Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Kornit Digital Ltd.

Kornit Digital Ltd.

krnt · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker krnt
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 715
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Kornit Digital Ltd.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)
☐  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

OR

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☐  SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-36903

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Israel
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

12 Ha’Amal St.
Rosh-Ha’Ayin 4809246, Israel
(Address of principal executive offices)

Guy Avidan
Chief Financial Officer
Kornit Digital Ltd.
12 Ha’Amal St.
Rosh-Ha’Ayin 4809246, Israel
Tel: +972 3 908-5800
Fax: +972 3 908-0280
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share  

Trading Symbol(s) 
 KRNT

  Name of each exchange on which registered

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the  annual
report:

As of December 31, 2019, the registrant had outstanding 40,684,340 ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

☒ Yes       ☐ No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

☐ Yes      ☒ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

☒ Yes      ☐ No

☒ Yes      ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See
definition of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer: ☒

Accelerated filer: ☐

Non-accelerated filer: ☐
Emerging growth company: ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected
not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the
Exchange Act. ☐

†  The  term  “new  or  revised  financial  accounting  standard”  refers  to  any  update  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  to  its  Accounting
Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

☒  U.S. GAAP

☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International

☐ Other

Accounting Standards Board

If  “Other”  has  been  checked  in  response  to  the  previous  question,  indicate  by  check  mark  which  financial  statement  item  the  registrant  has  elected  to
follow. ☐  Item 17     ☐  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

☐ Yes      ☒ No

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF TRADE NAMES
CERTAIN ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

SIGNATURES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

i

ii
iii
iii

1
1
1
24
45
45
62
83
87
87
88
99
100

101
101
101
102
102
102
102
103
103
103
103
103

104
104
104

106

F-1

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain information included or incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 20-F may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements”
within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Forward-looking  statements  are  often  characterized  by  the  use  of  forward-looking  terminology  such  as
“may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” “believe,” “should,” “intend,” “project” or other similar words, but are not the only way these
statements are identified.

These forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our objectives, plans and strategies, statements that
contain  projections  of  results  of  operations  or  of  financial  condition  and  all  statements  (other  than  statements  of  historical  facts)  that  address  activities,
events or developments that we expect, project, believe, anticipate, intend or project will or may occur in the future. The statements that we make regarding
the following matters are forward-looking by their nature:

● our expectations regarding the expansion of our servable addressable market;

● our expectations regarding our future gross margins and operating expenses;

● our expectations regarding our growth and overall profitability;

● our expectations regarding the impacts of variability on our future revenues;

● our expectations regarding drivers of our future growth, including anticipated sales growth, penetration of new markets, and expansion of our

customer base;

● our plans to continue our expansion into new product markets;

● our plans to continue to invest in research and development to introduce new systems and improved solutions;

● our plans regarding our distribution strategy for our products;

● our expectations concerning the timing for completion of the development of our new, modern manufacturing facility in Kiryat Gat, Israel;

● our expectations regarding the success of our new products and systems;

● the expected impact of new accounting pronouncements on our results of operations;

● the impact of government laws and regulations;

● our expectations regarding our anticipated cash requirements for the next 12 months;

● our plans to expand our international operations;

● our plans to file and procure additional patents relating to our intellectual property rights and the adequate protection of these rights; and

● our plans to pursue strategic acquisitions or invest in complementary companies, products or technologies.

The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on
our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only
predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, levels
of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the
forward-looking statements. In particular, you should consider the risks described in “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors” and the additional information contained in
“ITEM 4 Information on the Company” and “ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

ii

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the
forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  the  future  results,  levels  of  activity,  performance  and  events  and  circumstances
reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or will occur.

USE OF TRADE NAMES

Throughout this annual report, we refer to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in our business. “Kornit Digital”, the
“K”  logo  and  other  trademarks  or  service  marks  of  Kornit  Digital  Ltd.  appearing  in  this  annual  report  are  the  property  of  Kornit  Digital  Ltd.  We  have
several  other  registered  trademarks,  service  marks  and  pending  applications  relating  to  our  solutions.  Although  we  have  omitted  the  “®”  and  “™”
trademark designations for such marks in this annual report, all rights to such trademarks are nevertheless reserved. Other trademarks and service marks
appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective holders. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ tradenames, trademarks
or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

In this annual report, unless the context otherwise requires:

CERTAIN ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

● references to “Kornit Digital,” “our company,” “the Company,” “the registrant,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Kornit Digital Ltd.;

● references to “ordinary shares”, “our shares” and similar expressions refer to the Company’s Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share;

● references to “dollars”, “U.S. dollars”, “U.S. $” and “$” are to United States Dollars;

● references to “shekels” and “NIS” are to New Israeli Shekels, the Israeli currency;

● references to “GAAP” are to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles;

● references to our “articles” are to our Articles of Association, as amended;

● references to the “Companies Law” are to the Israeli Companies Law, 5759-1999, as amended;

● references to the “Securities Act” are to the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

● references to the “Exchange Act” are to the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; 

● references to “NASDAQ” are to the NASDAQ Stock Market; and

● references to the “SEC” are to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

iii

 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
ITEM 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

PART I

Not Applicable.

ITEM 3.

Key Information.

A. Selected Financial Data

The  following  tables  set  forth  our  selected  consolidated  financial  data.  You  should  read  the  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  in
conjunction with, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our historical financial information and other information provided in this annual report,
including “ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in
this annual report.

The selected consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and selected consolidated balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing in ITEM 18. Financial Statements.
The selected consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as
of  December  31,  2015,  2016  and  2017  has  been  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  not  appearing  in  this  annual  report.  The
historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods. Our financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP.

2015

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2018

2016

2019

Consolidated Statements of Income:
Revenues
Cost of revenues(1)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development(1)
Sales and marketing(1)
General and administrative(1)
Restructuring expenses
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Finance income (expenses), net
Income (loss) before taxes on income (tax benefit)
Taxes on income (tax benefit)
Net income (loss)
Net earnings (loss) per ordinary share(2)

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in

computing income per ordinary share(2)
Basic

Diluted

  $

  $
  $

86,405    $
45,820     
40,585     

11,950     
13,367     
9,500     
-     
34,817     
5,768     
(334)    
5,434     
709     
4,725    $

0.19    $
0.18    $

108,694    $
59,284     
49,410     

114,088    $
59,977     
54,111     

142,373    $
72,504     
69,869     

179,866 
97,790 
82,076 

17,383     
18,338     
12,259     
-     
47,980     
1,430     
46     
1,476     
648     
828    $

0.03    $
0.03    $

20,834     
21,279     
13,578     
503     
56,194     
(2,083)    
452     
(1,631)    
384     
(2,015)   $

(0.06)   $
(0.06)   $

21,912     
25,596     
16,436     
321     
64,265     
5,604     
1,433     
7,037     
(5,392)    
12,429    $

0.36    $
0.35    $

22,407 
33,573 
18,498 
- 
74,478 
7,598 
3,313 
10,911 
744 
10,167 

0.27 
0.26 

24,633,369     
26,458,584     

30,562,255     
31,732,532     

33,574,147     
33,574,147     

34,521,352     
35,363,704     

38,079,394 
39,294,115 

1

 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital(3)
Total assets
Total long term liabilities
Total shareholders’ equity

(1) Includes share-based compensation expense as follows:

Share-based compensation expense:
Cost of revenues
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total share-based compensation expense

2015

2016

As of December 31,
2017
(in thousands)

2018

2019

18,464    $
65,455     
123,352     
1,839     
100,262     

22,789    $
68,651     
140,046     
2,725     
107,188     

18,629    $
63,907     
178,374     
2,155     
150,699     

74,132    $
107,584     
214,823     
2,515     
179,136     

40,473 
205,825 
405,466 
21,586 
338,303 

2015

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in thousands)

2018

2019

306    $
281     
537     
1,259     
2,383    $

482    $
217     
654     
1,640     
2,993    $

629    $
775     
920     
2,087     
4,411    $

892    $
1,022     
1,240     
2,392     
5,546    $

1,152 
1,294 
1,689 
2,479 
6,614 

  $

  $

  $

(2) Basic and diluted net earnings per ordinary share is computed based on the basic and diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding
during  each  period.  For  additional  information,  see  Notes  2aa  and  11  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  ITEM  18.  Financial
Statements.

(3) Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities. In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the
FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17),
which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as noncurrent on the balance
sheet. We adopted this standard early in 2015 retrospectively and reclassified all of our current deferred tax assets to noncurrent deferred tax assets.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Our business involves a high degree of risk. Please carefully consider the risks we describe below in addition to the other information set forth in
this annual report and in our other filings with the SEC. These risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

If the market for digital textile printing does not develop as we anticipate, our sales may not grow as quickly as expected and our share price could
decline.

The  global  printed  textile  industry  is  currently  dominated  by  analog  printing  processes,  the  most  common  of  which  are  screen  printing  and
carousel printing. If the global printed textile industry does not more broadly accept digital printing as an alternative to analog printing, our revenues may
not  grow  as  quickly  as  expected,  or  may  decline,  and  our  share  price  could  suffer.  Widespread  adoption  of  digital  textile  printing  depends  on  the
willingness and ability of businesses in the printed textile industry to replace their existing analog printing systems with digital printing systems. These
businesses may decide that digital printing processes are less reliable, less cost-effective, of lower quality, or otherwise less suitable for their commercial
needs than analog printing processes. For example, screen printing currently tends to be faster and less expensive than digital printing on a cost per print
basis for larger production runs. Even if businesses are persuaded as to the benefits of digital printing, we do not know whether potential buyers of digital
printing systems will delay their investment decisions. As a result, we may not correctly estimate demand for our solutions, which could cause us to fail to
meet customer needs in a timely manner or fail to take advantage of economies of scale in the production of our solutions.

Our results of operations will be adversely impacted by our failure to timely introduce new products, or to achieve market acceptance or gain adequate
market share for new or existing products.

Our ability to develop innovative new systems and products is important to our business strategy and competitive position. Difficulties or delays in
research,  development,  production  or  commercialization  of  new  systems  and  products  could  adversely  impact  our  sales  and  competitive  position.  We
cannot ensure that the significant investments that we have made in distribution, sales and customer service teams to launch the new systems will enable us
to successfully market, sell and distribute the systems as planned. Market acceptance of the new systems will depend on, among other things, the systems
demonstrating a real advantage over existing printers, the success of our sales and marketing teams in creating awareness of the systems, the sales price and
the  return  on  investment  of  the  systems  relative  to  alternative  printers,  customer  recognition  of  the  value  of  our  technology,  the  effectiveness  of  our
marketing  campaigns,  and  the  general  willingness  of  potential  customers  to  try  new  technologies.  If  we  fail  to  develop  and  launch  new  systems  and
products, experience cost overruns in connection with such development, or the market does not accept our new systems and products, our business, results
of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. Even if we are successful in selling our new systems which provide greater efficiency
and lower cost per print, sales of ink and other consumables per system may decrease, which may adversely affect our results of operations, including gross
margin and overall profitability.

If our customers use alternative ink and consumables and/or alternative spare parts in our systems, our gross margin could decline significantly, and
our business could be harmed.

Our  business  model  benefits  significantly  from  recurring  sales  of  our  ink  and  other  consumables  and  spare  parts  for  our  existing  and  growing
installed  base  of  systems.  Third  parties  could  try  to  sell,  and  purchasers  of  our  systems  can  seek  to  buy,  alternative  versions  of  our  ink  and  other
consumables or alternative spare parts. We have encountered limited instances of these activities by third parties in specific regions. Third-party ink and
other consumables and spare parts might be less expensive or otherwise more appealing to our customers than our ink and other consumables. Significant
sales of third-party inks and other consumables and spare parts to our customers could adversely impact our revenues and would have a more significant
effect on our gross margins and overall profitability.

Given  the  sensitivity  of  our  systems  and,  in  particular,  print  heads  to  lower  quality  ink,  which  may  cause  our  print  heads  to  clog  or  otherwise
malfunction, our systems are setup to operate at the highest throughput level only when using our original ink and other consumables in order to protect
them from damage. In addition, since we are unable to control the impact of third-party inks, their use and the use of third-party spare parts might void the
warranty that comes with our systems. We have also sought to protect the proprietary technology underlying our ink through patents and other forms of
intellectual property protections and include an RFID mechanism with our ink tanks. These steps that we have taken to ensure the smooth operation of our
systems and our ability to fully invoke all our intellectual property rights may be challenged. Any reduction in our ability to market and sell our ink and
other consumables and spare parts for use in our systems may adversely impact our future revenues and our overall profitability.

3

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
We face increased competition and if we do not compete successfully, our revenues and demand for our solutions could decline.

The principal competition for our digital printing systems comes from manufacturers of analog screen printing systems, textile printers and ink,
such  as  M&R  Printing  Equipment,  Inc.,  Machines  Highest  Mechatronic  GmbH  and  S.  Roque  –  Máquinas  e  Tecnologia  Laser,  S.A.  Our  principal
competitor  in  the  industrial  digital  direct-to-garment  market  is  Aeoon  Technologies  GmbH.  We  also  face  competition  in  this  market  from  Brother
International  Corporation,  Seiko  Epson  Corporation,  Ricoh  Company  Ltd.  and  a  number  of  smaller  competitors  with  respect  to  our  entry  level  system.
Recently,  a  new  competitor,  with  little  track  record,  entered  into  the  market  The  Dream  Junction/OvalJet.  Our  competitors  in  the  Direct-to-Fabric  (also
known  as  R2R),  or  DTF,  market  include:  Dover  Corporation  through  its  MS  Printing  Solutions  S.r.l.  subsidiary;  Seiko  Epson  Corporation  through  its
subsidiary, Fratelli Robustelli S.r.l; Durst Phototechnik AG; Electronics for Imaging, Inc. through its Reggiani Macchine SpA subsidiary; and a number of
smaller  competitors.  Some  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  have  larger  overall  installed  bases,  longer  operating  histories  and  greater  name
recognition than we have. In addition, many of these competitors have greater sales and marketing resources, more advanced manufacturing operations,
broader distribution channels and greater customer support resources than we have. Some of our competitors in the DTF market gained their current market
position by merging with, or acquiring, existing companies in the DTF market. Current and future competitors may be able to respond more quickly to
changes in customer demands and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their printers and ink and other consumables than we
can. Our current and potential competitors in both the direct-to-garment and direct-to-fabric markets may also develop and market new technologies that
render our existing solutions unmarketable or less competitive. In addition, if these competitors develop products with similar or superior functionality to
our solutions at prices comparable to or lower than ours, we may be forced to decrease the prices of our solutions in order to remain competitive, which
could reduce our gross margins.

Our move towards a higher proportion of direct sales in place of indirect sales may have adverse consequences.

Our go-to-market strategy consists of a hybrid model of indirect and direct sales, depending on the specific territory into which we are selling. We
continually evaluate that strategy in the geographies we serve in an effort to best serve our direct or indirect customers. As we shift towards a direct sales
model, we may experience an initial disruption to our sales efforts in those jurisdictions as we transition from our previous sales structure. In addition, a
shift to a direct sales model might result in a short-term impact on our results of operations, including due to the acquisition of inventory that requires a step
up  in  basis  and  other  such  accounting  impacts  and  costs  associated  with  increased  headcount  and  related  expenses.  Moreover,  the  implementation  of  a
direct sales model might require significant management time and attention which might have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations
during  the  transition  period.  We  have  been  exposed  to  risks  as  a  result  of  transitioning  from  an  indirect  sales  model  to  a  direct  sales  model,  such  as
difficulties  maintaining  relationships  with  specific  customers,  hiring  appropriately  trained  personnel  and  ensuring  compliance  with  local  product
registration requirements.

A significant portion of our sales is concentrated among a small number of customers, and our business would be adversely affected by a decline in
sales to, or the loss of, those customers.

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  2019,  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  55%  and  45%  of  our  revenues,
respectively. During those same years, Amazon Corporate LLC, a subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc., which we collectively refer to as Amazon, accounted
for approximately 17% and 12% of our revenues, respectively. Given the concentration of our revenues with these customers, the loss of either Amazon or
another one of our significant customers, or variability in their order flows, could materially adversely affect our revenues or results of operations.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our operating results are subject to seasonal variations, which could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline.

Our business is seasonal. Either the third or fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter in terms of revenues, and the first quarter has
been our weakest. This seasonality coincides with spending in anticipation of the holidays towards the end of the year, especially in the United States and
Europe. In the last three fiscal years, we have continuously increased our operating expenses throughout the year, and as such, the expense run rate at which
we have ended each year is significantly higher than where we started the given year. The carryover of such costs into the first quarter of the following year
results in downward pressure on operating margins, which is compounded by seasonally lower revenue in the first quarter compared to other quarters.

In  addition,  during  the  third  and  fourth  quarters,  when  customer  spending  is  at  its  highest  levels,  we  enjoy  a  more  favorable  revenue  mix,
generating greater revenues from the sales of ink and other consumables than in the first quarter. Since sales of ink and other consumables generate higher
gross margins than systems sales, gross margin in the third or fourth quarter tends to be higher than gross margin in the first quarter, when our customers
typically reduce their system utilization rates significantly, and thereby purchase less ink and other consumables. This impact leads to a reduction in overall
operating margins. As we continue to focus our sales efforts on larger accounts, and as we continue to invest in the growth of our business, the impact of
this seasonal decline in revenues generated from sales of ink and other consumables has had and may continue to have a more pronounced impact on gross
margins and operating margins.

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future due to variability in our revenues.

Our revenues and other results of operations have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past and could continue to fluctuate in the future. Our
revenues depend in part on the sale and delivery of our systems, and we cannot predict with certainty when sales transactions for our systems will close or
when  we  will  be  able  to  recognize  the  revenues  from  such  sales,  which  generally  occurs  upon  delivery  of  our  systems.  Customers  that  we  expect  to
purchase our systems may delay doing so due to timing of obtaining regulatory permits or a change in their priorities or business plans, including as a result
of adverse general economic conditions that may disproportionately impact the ability of the small businesses that constitute a significant portion of our
customer base to expend capital or access financing sources. Such conditions could also force us to reduce our prices or limit our ability to profit from
economies of scale, which could harm our gross margins. As a result of these factors, we may fail to meet market expectations for any given quarter if sales
that we expect for that quarter are delayed until subsequent quarters. Our Allegro and Vulcan systems are offered at a higher average selling price than our
other systems and, as a result, have longer sales cycles. The closing of one or more large transactions in a particular quarter may make it more difficult for
us to meet market expectations in subsequent quarters, and our failure to close one or more large transactions in a particular quarter could adversely impact
our revenues for that quarter. In addition, we may experience slower growth in our gross margins as our new systems gain commercial acceptance. Our
gross margins may also fluctuate based on the regions in which sales of these systems occur.

Our customers generally purchase our ink and other consumables on an as-needed basis, and delays in making such purchases by a number of
customers could result in a meaningful shift of revenues from one quarter to the next. Moreover, because ink and other consumables have a shelf life of up
to 12 months, we typically maintain inventories of ink and other consumables sufficient to cover our average sales for one quarter. These inventories may
not match customers’ demands for any given quarter, which could cause shortages or excesses in our inventory of ink and other consumables and result in
fluctuations of our quarterly revenues. To the extent that we have excess inventory of ink and consumables that we are unable to sell due to spoilage or
otherwise,  we  may  have  to  write  off  such  inventory.  These  inventory  requirements  may  also  limit  our  ability  to  profit  from  economies  of  scale  in  the
production and marketing of our ink and other consumables.

Furthermore, we base our current and future expense levels on our revenue forecasts and operating plans, and our costs are relatively fixed in the
short term, due in part to long lead times required for ordering certain components of our systems and ordering assembly of our systems by third-party
manufacturers. Accordingly, we would likely not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for an unexpected shortfall in revenues during a
particular quarter, and even a relatively small decrease in revenues could disproportionately and adversely affect our financial results for that quarter. The
variability and unpredictability of these and other factors could result in our failing to meet financial expectations for a given period.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Our contractual arrangements with Amazon, a significant customer, contain a number of material undertakings by us and other agreements the impact
of which cannot be fully predicted in advance.

In January 2017, we entered into a master purchase agreement with an affiliate of Amazon.com, Inc. governing sales of our systems and ink and
other consumables at agreed-upon prices that vary based on sales volumes. We also agreed to provide maintenance services and extended warranties to
Amazon at agreed prices. The term of the agreement is five years beginning on May 1, 2016 and extends automatically for additional one-year periods
unless terminated by Amazon. The agreement was amended effective as of March 1, 2017, January 1, 2018 and June 29, 2018, respectively. Under the
agreement, we were required to issue to an affiliate of Amazon warrants to purchase up to 2,932,176 of our ordinary shares, which vest based on payments
made by Amazon in connection with the purchase of goods and services from us.

Our contractual agreements with Amazon contain a number of material undertakings and other arrangements:

● Our revenues are presented net of the relative value of the warrants in each particular period related to the revenues recognized. The value of
the warrants is determined as the fair value as of January 1st 2019, and reported as a reduction of revenue in the Company’s income statement
when related revenues are recognized.

● We have agreed to provide a rebate to Amazon based on the number of systems and amount of ink and other consumables Amazon orders in a
given 12-month period. The timing and scale of any such rebate may be difficult to predict and may cause fluctuations in our quarterly and
annual revenues, gross profit and operating profit.  

● We are required to notify Amazon 12 months in advance if we intend to stop supporting one of the products or services that we supply to
Amazon and to continue to manufacture the product or provide such service during such 12-month period. Subject to certain exceptions, we
are required to continue to supply ink in such quantities as Amazon requires for at least 36 months after the earlier of (1) the end of the term
of the master purchase agreement or (2) 18 months following the purchase of the last product sold pursuant to the agreement.

● We  are  required  to  deliver  our  products  and  services  to  Amazon  and  to  comply  with  a  service  level  agreement.  If  we  fail  to  meet  the

requirements under such service level agreement Amazon will receive credits against its cost for those delayed products or services.

The impact of the provisions listed above cannot be fully predicted in advance and could, in certain circumstances, adversely impact our business

or results of operations, or the manner in which investors or analysts assess and perceive our performance.

If our relationships with suppliers, especially with single source suppliers of components, were to terminate, our business could be harmed.

We maintain an inventory of parts to facilitate the timely assembly of our systems, production of our ink and other consumables, and servicing our
installed base. Most components are available from multiple suppliers, although certain components used in our systems and ink and other consumables,
such as our print heads and certain chemicals included in our inks, are only available from single or limited sources as described below.

● The print heads for our systems are supplied by a sole supplier, FujiFilm Dimatix, Inc., or FDMX. We entered into an agreement with FDMX
in  2015,  pursuant  to  which  FDMX  sells  us  certain  off-the-shelf  print  heads  and  additional  products,  all  of  which  FDMX  regularly  sells  to
providers of inkjet systems. Our current agreement terminates in December 2022, at the conclusion of an initial three-year renewal period, and
provides for further one-year renewal periods thereafter. The agreement provides that beginning with the start of the first one-year renewal
period,  FDMX  may  increase  the  prices  of  the  products  that  we  purchase  from  it  upon  90-days’  prior  notice,  subject  to  certain  conditions.
During the successive one-year periods, FDMX or we can terminate the agreement upon 90 days’ notice prior to the end of the then-current
term. Our agreement further provides that FDMX may, at its option, discontinue products supplied under the agreement, provided that we are
given one-year notice of the planned discontinuance and are provided with an end-of-life purchase program.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
● A chemical used in some of our inks is supplied by B.G. (Israel) Technologies Ltd., or BG Bond, a subsidiary of Ashtrom Ltd., a large public
Israeli industrial company. We entered into an agreement with BG Bond in December 2016 pursuant to which we agree to purchase, and BG
Bond agrees to produce this chemical at set prices. In exchange for an upfront payment, which is refundable upon the purchase of a minimum
quantity of the chemical, BG Bond agreed to install additional equipment dedicated to the production of the chemical. The agreement is for a
term of five years or until we purchase a certain agreed-upon minimum quantity and cannot be terminated by us other than in case of material
breach by BG Bond. For some of our inks, this chemical is supplied by The Dow Chemical Company, a multinational producer of chemicals
and other compounds. We currently purchase these chemicals from the Dow Chemical Company on a purchase order basis.

● Certain parts of the control system of our systems are supplied by a sole supplier, Yaskawa Europe Technology Ltd., or Yaskawa. Our turnkey
suppliers (Flextronics and Sanmina), which assemble the control system on our behalf, purchase those control system parts from Yaskawa.
We  also  purchase  additional,  spare  control  system  parts  from  Yaskawa  for  our  service  department  on  a  purchase  order  basis.  Yaskawa
maintains additional inventory of these control system parts as safety stock for our benefit, based on our requirements.

● One of our printing systems contains a dryer that we purchase from Adelco Screen Process, or Adelco, which serves as a sole supplier of that

part. The dryer is supplied under an April 2019 agreement that we entered into with Adelco.

The  loss  of  any  of  these  suppliers,  or  of  a  supplier  for  which  there  are  limited  other  sources,  could  result  in  the  delay  of  the  manufacture  and
delivery of our systems or inks and other consumables. For instance, FDMX has from time to time indicated that it may discontinue manufacturing the
print head that we currently source from it and use in our systems, although it has never provided notice that it is actually doing so. In the event FDMX
discontinues manufacturing the print head, we would be required to qualify a new print head for our systems. In order to minimize the risk of any impact
from  a  disruption  or  discontinuation  in  the  supply  of  print  heads,  raw  materials  or  other  components  from  limited  source  suppliers,  we  maintain  an
additional inventory of such components, in addition to the end of life purchase program that would be available to us if the products we purchase from
FDMX were discontinued. Nevertheless, such inventory may not be sufficient to enable us to continue supplying our products should we need to locate and
qualify a new supplier.

Other risks stemming from our reliance on suppliers include:

● if we experience an increase in demand for our solutions, our suppliers may be unable to provide us with the components that we need in

order to meet that increased demand in a timely manner;

● our suppliers may encounter financial hardships unrelated to our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders

and meet our requirements;

● we may experience production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers;

● we may be subject to price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components;

● we  or  our  suppliers  may  lose  access  to  critical  services  and  components,  resulting  in  an  interruption  in  the  manufacture,  assembly  and

shipment of our systems or inks and other consumables; and

● fluctuations in demand for components that our suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability or willingness to deliver components

to us in a timely manner.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If any of these risks materialize, the costs associated with developing alternative sources of supply or assembly in a timely manner could have a
material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  meet  demand  for  our  solutions.  Our  ability  to  generate  revenues  could  be  impaired,  market  acceptance  of  our
solutions  could  be  adversely  affected,  and  customers  may  instead  purchase  or  use  alternative  products.  We  may  not  be  able  to  find  new  or  alternative
components of a requisite quality or find that we are unable to reconfigure our systems and manufacturing processes in a timely manner if the necessary
components become unavailable. As a result, we could incur increased production costs, experience delays in the delivery of our solutions and suffer harm
to our reputation, which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our new Kiryat Gat facility is being constructed on lands leased by the Company from the Israel Lands Administration, or ILA. If we are unable to
continue to use such lands, we would be unable to use the facility and our results of operations and future prospects will suffer as a result. In addition,
construction of the facility may subject us to risks of construction delays or cost overruns.

In  November  2018,  we  entered  into  a  development  agreement,  which  we  refer  to  as  the  Development  Agreement,  with  the  ILA  for  the
construction of our new, modern, manufacturing facility in Kiryat Gat on lands leased from the ILA. Construction has begun and is currently expected to be
completed by 2020. The Development Agreement provides that if our company were a “foreign subject,” which includes our company being under foreign
control  (i.e.,  a  majority  of  our  ordinary  shares  are  held  by  non-Israelis),  that  would  constitute  a  fundamental  breach  under  the  agreement.  We  intend  to
follow a specific standard process for seeking approval from the ILA in which the ILA approves our entering into the Development Agreement despite our
potential  status  as  a  “foreign  subject,”  since  our  shares  are  traded  on  Nasdaq,  and  we  are  held  by  multiple  shareholders  whose  identities  are  unknown.
However, should such approval not be provided, the ILA would be entitled to terminate the Development Agreement if our company would be considered a
“foreign  subject”  under  the  terms  of  such  agreement.  If  the  Development  Agreement  were  terminated,  we  would  be  unable  to  use  the  new  Kiryat  Gat
facility  being  constructed  on  this  property  pursuant  to  the  Development  Agreement,  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of
operations.

In addition, in January 2019 we entered into a primary contractor agreement with Agrotop Ltd. to begin construction of our Kiryat Gat facility. In
April 2019, we entered into an agreement with Y.V. Galil Engineering Ltd. for the design and installation of a production line at the new facility. We are
also paying Galil Engineering on a time and materials basis. The construction of the new facility, including the production line, is expected to be completed
on or about August 2020. We anticipate some delays due to the Coronavirus effect. We currently estimate that the total cost for land, construction of the
facility and design and installation of the production line will be approximately NIS 62 million (approximately $17.5 million based on current exchange
rates).  This  project  is  subject  to  risks  of  delay  or  cost  overruns  inherent  in  any  construction  project  resulting  from  numerous  factors,  including  the
following:

● shortages of key equipment, materials or skilled labor;

● unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment;

● unanticipated cost increases;

● weather interferences; and

● difficulties in obtaining necessary permits or in meeting permit conditions.

A  material  delay  or  cost  overrun  in  connection  with  the  construction  of  the  Kiryat  Gat  facility  or  the  installation  of  the  production  line  could

adversely impact our results of operations and future prospects.

Disruption of operations at our manufacturing site or those of third-party manufacturers could prevent us from filling customer orders on a timely
basis.

We manufacture our ink and other consumables at our facility in Kiryat Gat, Israel (which we are in the process of replacing with a new, modern
facility being constructed). We also rely on contract manufacturing services provided by Flextronics Israel Ltd. and Sanmina-SCI Israel Medical Systems
Ltd., which are also in Israel, to assemble our systems. We expect that almost all of our revenues in the near term will be derived from the systems and ink
and other consumables manufactured at these facilities.

8

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  loss  of  any  of  these  contract  manufacturers  could  result  in  the  delay  of  the  assembly  and  delivery  of  our  systems.  If  that  occurs  or  these
contract manufacturers cease to provide manufacturing services for any reason, the costs associated with developing alternative sources of assembly in a
timely manner could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet demand for our solutions. Our ability to generate revenues could be impaired,
market acceptance of our solutions could be adversely affected, and customers may instead purchase or use alternative products.

If operations in any of these facilities were to be disrupted due to a major equipment failure or power failure lasting beyond the capabilities of
backup  generators  or  other  events  outside  of  our  reasonable  control,  our  manufacturing  capacity  could  be  shut  down  for  an  extended  period,  we  could
experience a loss of raw materials or finished goods inventory and our ability to operate our business would be harmed. In addition, in any such event, the
repair  or  reconstruction  of  our  or  our  third-party  manufacturers’  manufacturing  facilities  and  storage  facilities  could  take  a  significant  amount  of  time.
During this period, we or our third-party manufacturers would be unable to manufacture some or all of our systems or we may not be able to produce our
ink and other consumables. In addition, at any given moment we have only a limited inventory of our systems and ink and other consumables that we can
supply to our customers in the event that our manufacturing is disrupted.

Our operating results could decline in the near-term if we fail to execute on our growth strategies.

Our operating margin was 4.2% in 2019 and 3.9% in 2018, and we had an operating loss of 1.8% in 2017. Our growth strategies, many of which
are aimed at achieving operating and net profit margins, include increasing sales to existing customers, acquiring new high-volume customers, capitalizing
on growth in our targeted markets and extending our serviceable addressable market by continuing to enhance our solutions. If we do not execute these
strategies successfully, it could adversely impact our revenues and have a negative impact on our operating and net profit margins.

Our business and operations may be negatively affected if we fail to effectively manage our growth.

We have experienced significant growth in a relatively short period of time and intend to continue to grow our business. Our revenues grew from
$66.4 million in 2014 to $179.9 million in 2019. Our headcount increased from 251 as of December 31, 2014 to 547 as of December 31, 2019. We plan to
continue to hire additional employees across all areas of our company. Our rapid growth has placed significant demands on our management, sales and
operational  and  financial  infrastructure,  and  our  growth  will  continue  to  place  significant  demands  on  these  resources.  Further,  in  order  to  manage  our
future  growth  effectively,  we  must  continue  to  improve  our  IT  and  financial  infrastructure,  operating  and  administrative  systems  and  controls  and
efficiently manage headcount, capital and processes. We may not be able to successfully implement these improvements in a timely or efficient manner,
and our failure to do so may materially impact our projected growth rate.

Significant disruptions of our information technology systems or breaches of our data security could adversely affect our business.

A significant invasion, interruption, destruction or breakdown of our information technology, or IT, systems and/or infrastructure by persons with
authorized or unauthorized access could negatively impact our business and operations. We could also experience business interruption, information theft
and/or reputational damage from cyber attacks, which may compromise our systems and lead to data leakage either internally or at our third party suppliers
or customers. Both data that has been inputted into our main IT platform, which covers records of transactions, financial data and other data reflected in our
results of operations, as well as data related to our proprietary rights (such as research and development, and other intellectual property- related data), are
subject to material cyber security risks. Our IT systems have been, and are expected to continue to be, the target of malware and other cyber attacks. To
date, we are not aware that we have experienced any loss of, or disruption to, material information as a result of any such malware or cyber attack.

9

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have invested in advanced protective systems to reduce these risks, some of which have been installed and others that are still in the process of
installation. Based on information provided to us by the suppliers of our protective systems, we believe that our level of protection is in keeping with the
customary practices of peer technology companies. We also maintain back-up files for much of our information, as a means of assuring that a breach or
cyber attack does not necessarily cause the loss of that information. We furthermore review our protections and remedial measures periodically in order to
ensure that they are adequate.

Despite  these  protective  systems  and  remedial  measures,  techniques  used  to  obtain  unauthorized  access  are  constantly  changing,  are  becoming
increasingly more sophisticated and often are not recognized until after an exploitation of information has occurred. We may be unable to anticipate these
techniques  or  implement  sufficient  preventative  measures,  and  we  therefore  cannot  assure  you  that  our  preventative  measures  will  be  successful  in
preventing  compromise  and/or  disruption  of  our  information  technology  systems  and  related  data.  We  furthermore  cannot  be  certain  that  our  remedial
measures will fully mitigate the adverse financial consequences of any cyber attack or incident.

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations which, if not met, could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our  manufacturing  and  development  facilities  use  chemicals  and  produce  waste  materials,  which  require  us  to  hold  business  licenses  that  may
include conditions set by the Ministry of Environmental Protection for the operations of such facilities. We are also subject to extensive environmental,
health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations  governing,  among  other  things,  the  use,  storage,  registration,  handling  and  disposal  of  chemicals  and  waste
materials, the presence of specified substances in electrical products, air, water and ground contamination, air emissions and the cleanup of contaminated
sites.  In  the  future  we  may  incur  expenditure  of  significant  amounts  in  the  event  of  non-compliance  and/or  remediation.  Furthermore,  requirements  of
environmental laws have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the ability of our customers to install and use our systems in a timely
manner. If we fail to comply with such laws or regulations, we may be subject to fines and other civil, administrative or criminal sanctions, including the
revocation of our toxin permit, business permits, or other permits and licenses necessary to continue our business activities. In addition, we may be required
to pay damages or civil judgments in respect of third-party claims, including those relating to personal injury, including exposure to hazardous substances
that we use, store, handle, transport, manufacture or dispose of, or property damage. Some environmental, health and safety laws and regulations allow for
strict, joint and several liability for remediation costs, regardless of comparative fault. We may be identified as a potentially responsible party under such
laws. In addition, our customers may encounter delays in obtaining or be unable to obtain regulatory permits to operate our systems in their facilities, which
may result in cancellation or delay of orders of our systems.

The export of our products internationally subjects us to environmental laws and regulations concerning the import and export of chemicals and
hazardous substances. In the European marketplace, electrical and electronic equipment is required to comply with the Directive on Waste Electrical and
Electronic  Equipment,  or  WEEE,  which  aims  to  prevent  waste  by  encouraging  reuse  and  recycling,  and  the  Directive  on  Restriction  of  Use  of  Certain
Hazardous Substances, or RoHS, which restricts the use of ten hazardous substances in electrical and electronic products. Additionally, we are required to
comply with certain laws, regulations and directives such as the United States Toxic Substances Control Act, or TSCA, and the Registration, Evaluation,
Authorization and Restriction of Chemical Substances, or REACH. These laws and regulations require the testing and registration of some chemicals that
we ship along with, or that form a part of, our systems and other products. If we fail to comply with these or similar laws and regulations, we may be
required to make significant expenditures to reformulate the chemicals that we use in our products and materials or incur costs to register such chemicals to
gain  and/or  regain  compliance.  Additionally,  we  could  be  subject  to  significant  fines  or  other  civil  and  criminal  penalties  should  we  not  achieve  such
compliance.

Any  of  such  developments  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Environmental,
health and safety laws and regulations may also change from time to time. Complying with any new requirements may involve substantial costs and could
cause significant disruptions to our research, development, manufacturing, and sales.

10

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the Israeli shekel, the Euro and other non-U.S. currencies may negatively affect our earnings.

The U.S. dollar is our functional and reporting currency. However, a significant portion of our operating expenses are incurred in Israeli shekels,
or NIS. As a result, we are exposed to the risk that the NIS may appreciate relative to the dollar, or, if the NIS instead devalues relative to the dollar, that the
inflation rate in Israel may exceed such rate of devaluation of the NIS, or that the timing of such devaluation may lag behind inflation in Israel. In any such
event, the dollar cost of our operations in Israel would increase and our dollar-denominated results of operations would be adversely affected. To protect
against an increase the dollar-denominated value of expenses paid in NIS during the year, we have instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program,
which  seeks  to  hedge  a  portion  of  the  economic  exposure  associated  with  our  anticipated  NIS-denominated  expenses  using  derivative  instruments.  We
expect that the substantial majority of our revenues will continue to be denominated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion
of our expenses will continue to be denominated in NIS. We cannot provide any assurances that our hedging activities will be successful in protecting us in
full from adverse impacts from currency exchange rate fluctuations since we only plan to hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposure, and we cannot
predict  any  future  trends  in  the  rate  of  inflation  in  Israel  or  the  rate  of  devaluation  (if  any)  of  the  NIS  against  the  dollar  For  example,  based  on  annual
average exchange rates, the NIS appreciated by 6.3%, 0.1% and 0.9% against the dollar in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. During these periods, there
was inflation of 0.4%, 0.8% and 0.6% in Israel in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. If the dollar cost of our operations increases, our dollar-measured
results of operations will be adversely affected. See “ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Currency Risk.” 

In addition, a material portion of our leases are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, mainly in NIS. In accordance with a new
lease accounting standard, which became effective on January 1, 2019, the associated lease liabilities will be remeasured using the current exchange rate in
future reporting periods, which may result in material foreign exchange gains or losses. See Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies”, to the consolidated
financial statements included in Item 18 of this annual report for more details.

Our business could suffer if we are unable to attract and retain key employees.

Our success depends upon the continued service and performance of our senior management and other key personnel. Our senior executive team is
critical to the management of our business and operations, as well as to the development of our strategies. The loss of the services of any of these personnel
could delay or prevent the continued successful implementation of our growth strategy, or our commercialization of new applications for our systems and
ink and other consumables, or could otherwise affect our ability to manage our company effectively and to carry out our business plan. Members of our
senior management team may resign at any time. High demand exists for senior management and other key personnel in our industry. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to continue to retain such personnel. Following certain previously reported changes to our senior management team in 2018
and  2019,  effective  as  of  April  1,  2020,  Gilad  Yron,  our  Executive  VP  Global  Business,  will  no  longer  serve  in  that  role  at  our  company  and  will  be
succeeded  by  Ms.  Jecka  Glasman,  our  recently  appointed  Chief  Commercial  Officer.  To  the  extent  we  experience  additional  frequent  changes  in  our
leadership team (or the leadership teams of our subsidiaries) going forward, that could adversely affect our performance in a material manner.

Our  growth  and  success  also  depend  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  additional  highly  qualified  scientific,  technical,  sales,  managerial,
operational, HR, marketing and finance personnel. We compete to attract qualified personnel, and, in some jurisdictions in which we operate, the existence
of non-competition agreements between prospective employees and their former employers may prevent us from hiring those individuals or subject us to
lawsuits from their former employers. While we attempt to provide competitive compensation packages to attract and retain key personnel, some of our
competitors have greater resources and more experience than we have, making it difficult for us to compete successfully for key personnel. If we cannot
attract  and  retain  sufficiently  qualified  technical  employees  for  our  research  and  development  operations  on  acceptable  terms,  we  may  not  be  able  to
continue to competitively develop and commercialize our solutions or new applications for our existing systems. Further, any failure to effectively integrate
new personnel could prevent us from successfully growing our company.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors
from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former employees.

We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our employees. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us,
from competing directly with us or working for our competitors or clients for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the
laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from benefiting from the expertise that our
former  employees  or  consultants  developed  while  working  for  us.  For  example,  Israeli  labor  courts  have  required  employers  seeking  to  enforce  non-
compete undertakings of a former employee to demonstrate that the competitive activities of the former employee will harm one of a limited number of
material interests of the employer that have been recognized by the courts, such as the secrecy of a company’s trade secrets or other intellectual property.

We have a significant presence in international markets and plan to continue to expand our international operations, which exposes us to a number of
risks that could affect our future growth.

We have a worldwide sales, marketing and support infrastructure that is comprised of independent distributors and value added resellers, and our
own  personnel  resulting  in  a  sales,  marketing  and  support  presence  in  over  100  countries,  including  markets  in  North  America,  Western  and  Eastern
Europe, the Asia Pacific region and Latin America. We expect to continue to increase our sales headcount, our applications development headcount, our
field  support  headcount,  our  marketing  headcount  and  our  engineering  headcount  and,  in  some  cases,  establish  new  relationships  with  distributors,
particularly  in  markets  where  we  currently  do  not  have  a  sales  or  customer  support  presence.  As  we  continue  to  expand  our  international  sales  and
operations, we are subject to a number of risks, including the following:

● greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable collection, as well as longer collection periods;

● increased expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining office space and equipment for our international operations;

● fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies in markets where we do business;

● greater difficulty in recruiting local experienced personnel, and the costs and expenses associated with such activities;

● general economic and political conditions in these foreign markets;

● economic uncertainty around the world, including in respect of how our operations and sales in the European Union and the United Kingdom

may potentially be impacted by Brexit;

● management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

● disruption to the supply of certain of our raw materials for our products that are sourced in countries impacted by the coronavirus outbreak,

due to the slowdown in activity there (although our products are manufactured in Israel only);

● adverse impact to our revenues worldwide, due to the spread of the coronavirus throughout the world, which has reduced economic activity in

markets into which we sell our products;

● risks  associated  with  trade  restrictions  and  foreign  legal  requirements,  including  the  importation,  certification,  and  localization  of  our
solutions required in foreign countries, such as high import taxes in Brazil and other Latin American markets where we sell our products;

● greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs, and tax laws and treaties;

● the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

12

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● greater risk of a failure of employees to comply with both U.S. and foreign laws, including antitrust regulations, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act, or FCPA, the European Union General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR (which broadened the scope of personal privacy
laws to protect the rights of European Union citizens and requires organizations to report on data breaches promptly and obtain the consent of
individuals on how their data can be used), the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA (which imposes enhanced disclosure requirements
for us vis-à-vis our interactions with customers that are residents of California), and any trade regulations ensuring fair trade practices; and

● heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain regions and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact

financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements.

Any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our revenues from outside the United States or increase our operating
costs,  adversely  affecting  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  and  growth  prospects.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  all  of  our
employees  and  channel  partners  will  comply  with  the  formal  policies  that  we  have  in  place  and/or  will  implement,  or  applicable  laws  and  regulations.
Violations  of  laws  or  key  control  policies  by  our  employees  and  channel  partners  could  result  in  delays  in  revenue  recognition,  financial  reporting
misstatements, fines, penalties or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our software and services and could have a material adverse effect on
our business and results of operations.

If we are unable to obtain patent protection for our solutions or otherwise protect our intellectual property rights, our business could suffer.

The  success  of  our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  protect  our  proprietary  technology,  brand  owners  and  other  intellectual  property  and  to
enforce our rights in that intellectual property. We attempt to protect our intellectual property under patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and
through a combination of confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and other methods, all of which offer only limited protection.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  owned  twenty-three  (23)  issued  patents  in  the  United  States  and  twenty-three  (23)  provisional  or  pending  U.S.
patent applications, along with thirty-three (33) pending non-U.S. patent applications. We also had eighteen (18) patents issued in non-U.S. jurisdictions,
and eleven (11) pending Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications, which are counterparts of our U.S. patent applications. The non-U.S. jurisdictions in
which we have issued patents or pending applications are China, the European Union or European countries of the European Union, Hong Kong, Israel,
Canada,  Australia,  Republic  of  Korea,  South  Africa,  Brazil,  Japan  and  India.  We  may  file  additional  patent  applications  in  the  future.  The  process  of
obtaining patent protection is expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications
at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner all the way through to the successful issuance of a patent. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain
innovations and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions. Furthermore, it is possible that our patent applications may not issue as
granted patents, that the scope of our issued patents will be insufficient or not have the coverage originally sought, that our issued patents will not provide
us  with  any  competitive  advantages,  and  that  our  patents  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  may  be  challenged  by  others  through  administrative
processes or litigation resulting in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or unenforceable. In addition, issuance of a patent does not guarantee that we
have an absolute right to practice the patented invention. Our policy is to require our employees (and our consultants and service providers, including third-
party manufacturers of our systems and components, that develop intellectual property included in our systems) to execute written agreements in whiFch
they  assign  to  us  their  rights  in  potential  inventions  and  other  intellectual  property  created  within  the  scope  of  their  employment  (or,  with  respect  to
consultants and service providers, their engagement to develop such intellectual property), but we cannot assure you that we have adequately protected our
rights in every such agreement or that we have executed an agreement with every such party. Finally, in order to benefit from the protection of patents and
other  intellectual  property  rights,  we  must  monitor  and  detect  infringement  and  pursue  infringement  claims  in  certain  circumstances  in  relevant
jurisdictions, all of which are costly and time-consuming. As a result, we may not be able to obtain adequate protection or to effectively enforce our issued
patents or other intellectual property rights.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
In addition to patents, we rely on trade secret rights, copyrights, trademarks, and other rights to protect our proprietary intellectual property and
technology. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary intellectual property and technology, unauthorized parties, including our employees, consultants,
service  providers  or  customers,  may  attempt  to  copy  aspects  of  our  solutions  or  obtain  and  use  our  trade  secrets  or  other  confidential  information.  We
generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, service providers, vendors, channel partners and customers, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information and proprietary technology through certain procedural safeguards. These agreements may not
effectively  prevent  unauthorized  use  or  disclosure  of  our  intellectual  property  or  technology  and  may  not  provide  an  adequate  remedy  in  the  event  of
unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology. We cannot assure you that the steps taken by us will prevent misappropriation of
our intellectual property or technology or infringement of our intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries where we sell or
distribute our solutions do not protect intellectual property rights and technology to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and these countries
may not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States. Based on the 2017 report on intellectual property
rights  protection  and  enforcement  published  by  the  Office  of  the  United  States  Trade  Representative,  such  countries  included  Argentina,  Chile,  China,
India, Indonesia, Russia, Thailand and Ukraine (designated as priority watch list countries).

If we are unable to protect our trademarks from infringement, our business prospects may be harmed.

We  own  trademarks  that  identify  “Kornit”  “NeoPigment”  and  the  “K”  logo,  and  we  have  an  additional  pending  trademark  application  for  the
“Konnect” logo, among others, and have registered these trademarks in certain key markets. Although we take steps to monitor the possible infringement or
misuse of our trademarks, third parties may violate our trademark rights. In addition, we may not have trademark rights in all of the markets in which we
may  sell  our  products.  Any  unauthorized  use  of  our  trademarks  could  harm  our  reputation  or  commercial  interests.  In  addition,  efforts  to  enforce  our
trademarks may be expensive and time-consuming and may not effectively prevent infringement.

Our trademark rights may furthermore be subject to litigation. During 2016 we were subject to an opposition to our application to the European
Union Intellectual Property Office, or EUIPO, to register the “Kornit” trademark in the European Union, on the part of Grupo FB Maquinaria, S.A., or
Grupo, which claimed that it had earlier registered that trademark. While we ultimately succeeded, and the EUIPO ruled in our favor in April 2019 and
registered the trademark in our name, we could face similar future challenges to our trademark rights in various jurisdictions around the globe.  

We may become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties or may be required to indemnify our distributors or other third
parties  against  such  claims,  which,  regardless  of  their  merit,  could  result  in  litigation,  distract  our  management  and  materially  adversely  affect  our
business, results of operations or financial condition.

We have in the past and may in the future become subject to third-party claims that assert that our solutions, services and intellectual property

infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate third-party intellectual property or other proprietary rights.

Intellectual property disputes can be costly and disruptive to our business operations by diverting the attention and energies of management and
key technical personnel, and by increasing our costs of doing business. Even if a claim is not directly against us, our agreements with distributors generally
require  us  to  indemnify  them  against  losses  from  claims  that  our  products  infringe  third-party  intellectual  property  rights  and  entitle  us  to  assume  the
defense of any claim as part of the indemnification undertaking. Our assumption of the defense of such a claim may result in similar costs, disruption and
diversion of management attention to that of a claim that is asserted directly against us. We may not prevail in any such dispute or litigation, and an adverse
decision in any legal action involving intellectual property rights could harm our intellectual property rights and the value of any related technology or limit
our ability to execute our business.

Adverse outcomes in intellectual property disputes could:

● require us to redesign our technology or force us to enter into costly settlement or license agreements on terms that are unfavorable to us;

14

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
● prevent us from manufacturing, importing, using, or selling some or all of our solutions;

● disrupt our operations or the markets in which we compete;

● impose costly damage awards;

● require us to indemnify our distributors and customers; and

● require us to pay royalties.

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation
and adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course of their employment for us. Under the Israeli
Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee in the course and as a result of or arising from his or her employment with
a company are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the
employee proprietary rights. The Patent Law also provides under Section 134 that if there is no agreement between an employer and an employee as to
whether  the  employee  is  entitled  to  consideration  for  service  inventions,  and  to  what  extent  and  under  which  conditions,  the  Israeli  Compensation  and
Royalties  Committee,  or  the  Committee,  a  body  constituted  under  the  Patent  Law,  shall  determine  these  issues.  Section  135  of  the  Patent  law  provides
criteria  for  assisting  the  Committee  in  making  its  decisions.  According  to  case  law  handed  down  by  the  Committee,  an  employee’s  right  to  receive
consideration for service inventions is a personal right and is entirely separate from the proprietary rights in such invention. Therefore, this right must be
explicitly waived by the employee. A decision handed down in May 2014 by the Committee clarifies that the right to receive consideration under Section
134 can be waived and that such waiver can be made orally, in writing or by behavior like any other contract. The Committee will examine, on a case by
case basis, the general contractual framework between the parties, using interpretation rules of the general Israeli contract laws. Further, the Committee has
not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration, nor the criteria or circumstances under which an employee’s waiver of his right
to remuneration will be disregarded. Similarly, it remains unclear whether waivers by employees in their employment agreements of the alleged right to
receive  consideration  for  service  inventions  should  be  declared  as  void  being  a  depriving  provision  in  a  standard  contract.  We  generally  enter  into
assignment-of-invention agreements with our employees pursuant to which such individuals assign to us all rights to any inventions created in the scope of
their employment or engagement with us. Although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights and have specifically waived their
right to receive any special remuneration for such service inventions beyond their regular salary and benefits, we may face claims demanding remuneration
in consideration for assigned inventions.

Undetected defects in the design or manufacturing of our products may harm our business and results of operations.

Our  systems,  ink  and  other  consumables,  and  associated  software  may  contain  undetected  errors  or  defects  when  first  introduced  or  as  new
versions are released. We have experienced these errors or defects in the past during the introduction of new systems and system upgrades. We expect that
these  errors  or  defects  will  be  found  from  time  to  time  in  new  or  enhanced  systems  after  commencement  of  commercial  distribution  or  upon  software
upgrades. These problems may cause us to incur significant warranty and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineers from our product development
and  customer  service  efforts  and  harm  our  reputation.  We  may  experience  a  delay  in  revenue  recognition  or  collection  of  due  payments  from  relevant
customers as a result of our systems’ inability to meet agreed performance metrics. In addition, the use of third-party inks may harm the operation of our
systems and reduce customer satisfaction with them, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect sales of our systems. We may also be subject to
liability claims for damages related to system errors or defects. Although we carry insurance policies covering this type of liability, these policies may not
provide  sufficient  protection  should  a  claim  be  asserted  against  us.  Any  product  liability  claim  brought  against  us  could  force  us  to  incur  significant
expenses, divert management time and attention, and harm our reputation and business. In addition, costs or payments made in connection with warranty
and product liability claims and system recalls could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
We may need substantial additional capital in the future, which may cause dilution to our existing shareholders, restrict our operations or require us to
relinquish  rights  to  our  pipeline  products  or  intellectual  property.  If  additional  capital  is  not  available,  we  may  have  to  delay,  reduce  or  cease
operations.

Based on our current business plan, we believe our cash flows from operating activities and our existing cash resources will be sufficient to meet
our  currently  anticipated  cash  requirements  through  the  next  12  months  without  drawing  on  our  lines  of  credit  or  using  significant  amounts  of  the  net
proceeds  from  our  initial  public  offering  and  follow-on  offering.  Nevertheless,  to  the  extent  our  anticipated  cash  requirements  change,  we  may  seek
additional  funding  in  the  future.  This  funding  may  consist  of  equity  offerings,  debt  financings  or  any  other  means  to  expand  our  sales  and  marketing
capabilities, develop our future solutions or pursue other general corporate purposes. Securing additional financing may divert our management from our
day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to market our current solutions and develop and sell future solutions. Additional funding may
not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through, for example, the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be
diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a shareholder. The incurrence of indebtedness or the
issuance  of  certain  equity  securities  could  result  in  increased  fixed  payment  obligations  and  could  also  result  in  certain  restrictive  covenants,  such  as
limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions
that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such
issuance, may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.

We have acquired businesses and may acquire other businesses and/or companies, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our
business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our business strategy and in order to remain competitive, we have acquired businesses and may acquire or make investments in other
complementary companies, products or technologies. However, we have only made small acquisitions and our experience in acquiring and integrating other
companies,  products  or  technologies  is  limited.  We  may  not  be  able  to  find  suitable  acquisition  candidates,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  complete  such
acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we complete other acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals,
and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, analysts and investors. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating
such acquisitions or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, our revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected. Any integration
process may require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize
the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. We may have
to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the value of
our ordinary shares. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of
indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our
operations.

We may be subject to additional tax liabilities in the future as a result of audits of our tax returns.

We are subject to income taxes principally in Israel, Germany, Hong-Kong and the United States. Significant judgment is required in evaluating
our  uncertain  tax  positions  and  determining  our  provision  for  income  taxes.  We  recognize  income  taxes  under  the  liability  method.  Tax  benefits  are
recognized from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing
authorities based on the technical merits of the position. We are currently subject to a tax audit for the years 2013 to 2018 by the Israeli Tax Authority, or
ITA. We have received the assessments for years 2013 and 2014 and they subject to another review by the ITA before they are finalized. The company is
eligible to send its comments before the second review. According to a legal opinion we have received from our legal counsels, the claims we had and the
positions we took on our tax returns are solid and valid, and we don’t believe the first assessment will be effective. The ITA may furthermore disagree with
our positions taken in our tax returns for any other years as well, and we may be subject to additional tax liabilities, which could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The widespread outbreak of illness due to the coronavirus may hurt our business in many ways, and, if prolonged, would likely adversely impact our
operating results and financial condition in a significant manner.

Our business has begun to be adversely affected by the recent, widespread outbreak of respiratory illness caused by the coronavirus that was first
identified  in  Wuhan,  Hubei  Province,  China.  If  that  outbreak  continues  or  worsens,  or  if  any  other  outbreak  of  contagious  diseases  occurs,  and  is
accompanied  by  further  adverse  public  health  developments,  that  will  likely  have  a  material  and  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations.  The  impact
could include disruptions or restrictions on our ability to ensure the continuous manufacture and supply of our systems and services, as well as temporary
closures  of  our  facilities  or  the  facilities  of  the  third-party  distributors  or  service  providers  for  our  systems.  Any  such  disruptions  or  restrictions  will
adversely impact our revenues, cash flows, and profitability, as well as our overall operating results and financial condition. In addition, the outbreak of
contagious diseases in the human population that results in a prolonged widespread health crisis that adversely affects the economies and financial markets
worldwide and causes an economic downturn will affect demand for our products and services and significantly adversely impact our operating results.

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares

Our share price may be volatile.

Our ordinary shares were first offered publicly in our initial public offering in April 2015 at a price of $10.00 per share, and our ordinary shares
have subsequently traded as high as $44.55 and as low as $8.10 through March 15, 2020. The market price of our ordinary shares could be highly volatile
and may fluctuate substantially as a result of many factors, including:

● actual or anticipated variations in our and/or our competitors’ results of operations and financial condition;

● variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts;

● announcements  by  us  or  our  competitors  of  significant  business  developments,  changes  in  service  provider  relationships,  acquisitions,

strategic relationships or expansion plans;

● changes in the prices of our solutions;

● our involvement in litigation;

● our sale of ordinary shares or other securities in the future;

● market conditions in our industry;

● changes in key personnel;

● the trading volume of our ordinary shares;

● changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and

● general economic and market conditions;

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm
the  market  price  of  our  ordinary  shares,  regardless  of  our  operating  performance.  In  the  past,  following  periods  of  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  a
company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. If we were involved in any similar litigation, we could
incur substantial costs and our management’s attention and resources could be diverted. Furthermore, share price volatility may impact the fair value of the
warrants granted to Amazon and as a result may impact revenues and profits.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
We have never paid cash dividends on our share capital, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our share capital, nor do we anticipate paying any cash dividends on our share capital in the
foreseeable future. We currently intend (subject to any extraordinary market conditions that might arise) to retain all available funds and any future earnings
to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our ordinary shares should be investors’ principal expected
source of gain for the foreseeable future. To the extent that volatile or depressed market conditions (whether in the wake of the coronavirus outbreak or
otherwise) reduce the trading price of our ordinary shares substantially for an extended period of time, we may potentially consider using a portion of our
cash reserves for share repurchases. In addition to considerations related to corporate finance, Israeli law limits our ability to declare and pay dividends and
may subject our dividends to Israeli withholding taxes. Furthermore, our payment of dividends (out of tax-exempt income) may retroactively subject us to
certain Israeli corporate income taxes, to which we would not otherwise be subject.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we may follow certain home country corporate governance
practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules
applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

As  a  foreign  private  issuer  whose  shares  are  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market,  we  are  permitted  to  follow  certain  home  country
corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the corporate governance standards for U.S. domestic issuers. We currently follow
Israeli home country practices with regard to the (i) quorum requirement for shareholder meetings (25%, which is less than the one-third minimum required
under  the  NASDAQ  rules)  and  (ii)  independent  director  oversight  requirement  for  director  nominations  (the  board  as  a  whole,  rather  than  an  entirely
independent  nominating  committee  or  only  the  independent  directors,  handles  this  under  Israeli  law).  See  “ITEM  16G.  Corporate  Governance.”
Furthermore,  we  may  in  the  future  elect  to  follow  Israeli  home  country  practices  in  lieu  of  the  NASDAQ  requirements  on  other  matters,  such  as  the
requirement  to  hold  separate  executive  sessions  of  independent  directors  or  to  obtain  shareholder  approval  for  certain  dilutive  events  (such  as  for  the
establishment  or  amendment  of  certain  equity-based  compensation  plans,  issuances  that  will  result  in  a  change  of  control  of  the  company,  certain
transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of
another  company).  Accordingly,  our  shareholders  may  not  be  afforded  the  same  protection  as  provided  under  NASDAQ  corporate  governance  rules.
Following  our  home  country  governance  practices  as  opposed  to  the  requirements  that  would  otherwise  apply  to  a  United  States  company  listed  on
NASDAQ may provide less protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers. See “ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance.”

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the provisions of Regulation FD or U.S. proxy rules and are exempt from filing certain Exchange Act
reports.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of requirements under U.S. securities laws that apply to public companies that are not
foreign private issuers. In particular, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy
statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in
Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual and current reports and financial statements with the
SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we are generally exempt from
filing quarterly reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. We are also exempt from the provisions of Regulation FD, which prohibits issuers from
making selective disclosure of material nonpublic information to, among others, broker-dealers and holders of a company’s securities under circumstances
in which it is reasonably foreseeable that the holder will trade in the company’s securities on the basis of the information. These exemptions and leniencies
will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are entitled as an investor.

We  are  not  required  to  comply  with  the  proxy  rules  applicable  to  U.S.  domestic  companies,  including  the  requirement  applicable  to  emerging
growth companies to disclose the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other two most highly compensated executive officers on an individual,
rather  than  on  an  aggregate,  basis.  Nevertheless,  the  Companies  Law  requires  us  to  disclose  in  the  notice  of  convening  an  annual  general  meeting  the
annual  compensation  of  our  five  most  highly  compensated  office  holders  on  an  individual  basis,  rather  than  on  an  aggregate  basis,  as  was  previously
permitted for Israeli public companies listed overseas. This disclosure is not as extensive as that required of a U.S. domestic issuer.

18

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
We would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet
additional  requirements  necessary  to  avoid  loss  of  foreign  private  issuer  status.  Although  we  have  elected  to  comply  with  certain  U.S.  regulatory
provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities
laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration
statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We
would  also  be  required  to  follow  U.S.  proxy  disclosure  requirements,  including  the  requirement  to  disclose  more  detailed  information  about  the
compensation  of  our  senior  executive  officers  on  an  individual  basis.  We  may  also  be  required  to  modify  certain  of  our  policies  to  comply  with  good
governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we would lose
our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

The market price of our ordinary shares could be negatively affected by future sales of our ordinary shares.

 Future sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales might
occur,  could  cause  the  market  price  of  our  ordinary  shares  to  decline  or  could  impair  our  ability  to  raise  capital  through  a  future  sale  of,  or  to  pay  for
acquisitions using, our equity securities.

Amazon is entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the 2,932,176 ordinary shares underlying its warrants, pursuant to a transaction
agreement that we entered into with Amazon on January 10, 2017 and that was effective on May 8, 2016. All shares sold pursuant to an offering covered by
a registration statement will be freely transferable except if purchased by an affiliate. See “ITEM 10.C — Material Contracts — Agreements with Amazon
—Transaction Agreement and Warrant” in this annual report.

In addition, 455,735 ordinary shares are issuable under currently vested and exercisable share options granted to employees and office holders as
of February 14, 2020. We have filed registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act registering our potential issuance of those ordinary shares
under our share incentive plans, of which as of February 24, 2020, there were options, restricted share units and warrants to purchase 3,363,054 shares
outstanding. Shares included in such registration statements may be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, except for shares held by affiliates who
have certain restrictions on their ability to sell

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, because we are no longer an emerging growth company, we are for the first time required to obtain an
auditor attestation regarding our internal control over financial reporting, which requires enhanced actions on our part that we may not successfully
implement in an ongoing manner.

Effective as of January 1, 2019, we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we have lost the ability to rely
on the exemptions related thereto. Consequently, for the first time, in connection with this annual report, our independent registered public accounting firm
is required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are furthermore
required  (as  we  had  been  previously)  to  comply  with  the  evaluation  and  certification  requirements  of  Section  404  with  respect  to  internal  control  over
financial reporting. To maintain the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting, we may need
to  continue  enhancing  existing,  and  implement  new,  financial  reporting  and  management  systems,  procedures  and  controls  to  manage  our  business
effectively and support our growth in the future. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material
adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. If any such failure were to occur, we may be required to take remedial actions
and make required changes to our internal control over financial reporting and we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as
higher independent auditor fees during and after the implementation of these changes. If we are unable to implement any of the required changes to our
internal control over financial reporting effectively or efficiently, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations
and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors.

19

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
Our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are classified as a passive foreign investment company.

Generally, if for any taxable year 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the average quarterly value of our assets
(which may be determined in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) are held for the production of, or produce, passive
income, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Based on historic and certain
estimates of our gross income, gross assets and market capitalization (which may fluctuate from time to time) and the nature of our business, we believe we
were  not  a  PFIC  for  the  taxable  year  ended  December  31,  2019  and  we  do  not  expect  that  we  will  be  classified  as  a  PFIC  for  the  taxable  year  ending
December 31, 2020. However, because PFIC status is based on our income, assets and activities for the entire taxable year, it is not possible to determine
whether  we  will  be  characterized  as  a  PFIC  for  our  2020  taxable  year  until  after  the  close  of  the  year.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  not  be
considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we are characterized as a PFIC, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having
gains  realized  on  the  sale  of  our  ordinary  shares  treated  as  ordinary  income,  rather  than  as  capital  gain,  the  loss  of  the  preferential  rate  applicable  to
dividends  received  on  our  ordinary  shares  by  individuals  who  are  U.S.  Holders  (as  defined  in  “ITEM  10.E  Taxation  and  Government  Programs—U.S.
Federal Income Taxation”), and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and the proceeds of sales of our ordinary shares. Certain elections exist
that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment (such as mark-to-market treatment) of our
ordinary shares. For a more detailed discussion, see “ITEM 10.E Taxation and Government Programs - U.S. Federal Income Taxation - Passive Foreign
Investment Company Considerations.”

Certain  U.S.  holders  of  our  ordinary  shares  may  suffer  adverse  tax  consequences  if  we  or  any  of  our  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  are  characterized  as  a
“controlled foreign corporation”, or a CFC, under Section 957(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

A  non-U.S.  corporation  is  considered  a  CFC  if  more  than  50  percent  of  (1)  the  total  combined  voting  power  of  all  classes  of  stock  of  such
corporation entitled to vote, or (2) the total value of the stock of such corporation, is owned, or is considered as owned by applying certain constructive
ownership rules, by United States shareholders who own stock representing 10% or more of the vote or (for the taxable year of a non-U.S. corporation
beginning after December 31, 2017 and for taxable years of shareholders with or within which such taxable years of such non-U.S. corporation ends) 10%
or more of the value on any day during the taxable year of such non-U.S. corporation (“10% U.S. Shareholders”). Generally, a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a
CFC is required to include currently in gross income such 10% U.S. Shareholder’s share of the CFC’s “Subpart F income”, a portion of the CFC’s earnings
to the extent the CFC holds certain U.S. property, and certain other new items under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the Tax Act. Such 10% U.S.
Shareholders  are  subject  to  current  U.S.  federal  income  tax  with  respect  to  such  items,  even  if  the  CFC  has  not  made  an  actual  distribution  to  such
shareholders.  “Subpart  F  income”  includes,  among  other  things,  certain  passive  income  (such  as  income  from  dividends,  interests,  royalties,  rents  and
annuities or gain from the sale of property that produces such types of income) and certain sales and services income arising in connection with transactions
between the CFC and a person related to the CFC.

Certain changes to the CFC constructive ownership rules introduced by the Tax Act may cause one or more of our non-U.S. subsidiaries to be
treated as CFCs, may also impact our CFC status and, thus, may affect holders of our common shares that are United States shareholders. For 10% U.S.
Shareholders,  this  may  result  in  adverse  U.S.  federal  income  tax  consequences,  such  as  current  U.S.  taxation  of  Subpart  F  income  and  of  any  such
shareholder’s share of our accumulated non-U.S. earnings and profits (regardless of whether we make any distributions), taxation of amounts treated as
global intangible low-taxed income under Section 951A of the Code with respect to such shareholder, and being subject to certain reporting requirements
with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. Any 10% U.S. Shareholder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the U.S. tax consequences of acquiring,
owning, or disposing our common shares and the impact of the Tax Act, especially the changes to the rules relating to CFCs. We have taken steps with the
assistance of external tax consultants to prevent our subsidiaries from being treated as CFCs subsidiaries and it is not expected that any of the subsidiaries
will be treated as CFCs.

20

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if analysts, including short sellers, issue unfavorable commentary
or  downgrade  our  ordinary  shares,  the  price  of  our  ordinary  shares  could  decline.  Additionally,  we  may  fail  to  meet  publicly  announced  financial
guidance or other expectations about our business, which would cause our ordinary shares to decline in value.

The  trading  market  for  our  ordinary  shares  relies  in  part  on  the  research  and  reports  that  equity  research  analysts  publish  about  us  and  our
business. The price of our ordinary shares could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our ordinary shares or if one or more of those analysts
issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. The market price for our ordinary shares has been in the past, and
may  be  in  the  future,  materially  and  adversely  affected  by  allegations  made  in  reports  issued  by  short  sellers  regarding  our  business  model,  our
management and our financial accounting. If our financial results for a particular period do not meet our guidance or if we reduce our guidance for future
periods, the market price of our ordinary shares may decline.

Risks Related to Our Operations in Israel

Our  headquarters,  manufacturing  and  other  significant  operations  are  located  in  Israel  and,  therefore,  our  results  may  be  adversely  affected  by
political, economic and military instability in Israel.

Our headquarters, research and development and manufacturing facility, and the primary manufacturing facilities of our third-party manufacturers,
are  located  in  Israel.  In  addition,  the  majority  of  our  key  employees,  officers  and  directors  are  residents  of  Israel.  Accordingly,  political,  economic  and
military conditions in Israel may directly affect our business. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken
place between Israel and its neighboring countries. In recent years, these have included hostilities between Israel and Hezbollah in Lebanon and Hamas in
the Gaza Strip, both of which resulted in rockets being fired into Israel, causing casualties and disruption of economic activities. In addition, Israel faces
threats from more distant neighbors, in particular, Iran. Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated
with  the  security  situation  in  the  Middle  East.  Although  the  Israeli  government  is  currently  committed  to  covering  the  reinstatement  value  of  direct
damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot assure you that this government coverage will be maintained, or if maintained, will be
sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business. While
we have commenced implementation of a business continuity plan which provides for alternative sites outside of Israel, there can be no assurance that such
plan will be successful. Any armed conflict involving Israel could adversely affect our operations and results of operations.

Further,  our  operations  could  be  disrupted  by  the  obligations  of  personnel  to  perform  military  service.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  339
employees  based  in  Israel,  certain  of  whom  may  be  called  upon  to  perform  up  to  54  days  in  each  three  year  period  (and  in  the  case  of  non-officer
commanders or officers, up to 70 or 84 days, respectively, in each three year period) of military reserve duty until they reach the age of 40 (and in some
cases,  depending  on  their  specific  military  profession,  up  to  45  or  even  49  years  of  age)  and,  in  certain  emergency  circumstances,  may  be  called  to
immediate and unlimited active duty. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence of a significant number of employees related to military service,
which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Several countries, principally in the Middle East, restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose
restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies whether as a result of hostilities in the region or otherwise. In addition, there have been
increased efforts by activists to cause companies and consumers to boycott Israeli goods based on Israeli government policies. Such actions, particularly if
they become more widespread, may adversely impact our ability to sell our solutions.

In addition, the shipping and delivery of our systems and ink and other consumables from our manufacturing facilities and those of our third-party
manufacturers in Israel could be delayed or interrupted by political, economic, military, and other events outside of our reasonable control, including labor
strikes  at  ports  in  Israel  or  at  ports  of  destination,  military  attacks  on  transportation  facilities  or  vessels,  and  severe  weather  events.  If  delivery  and
installation of our products is delayed or prevented by any such events, our revenues could be materially and adversely impacted.

21

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
The government tax benefits that we currently receive require us to meet several conditions and will be terminated in the future, which will increase
our costs.

We and our wholly owned Israeli subsidiary, Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd., or Kornit Technologies, are entitled to various tax benefits under
the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, or the Investment Law. As a result of this status, we expect to have a reduced tax rate
for our taxable income generated in Israel in 2020. However, if we do not meet the requirements for maintaining these benefits, the tax benefits may be
reduced or cancelled and the relevant operations would be subject to Israeli corporate tax at the standard rate, which is currently set as 23%. In addition to
being subject to the standard corporate tax rate, we might be required to refund any tax benefits that we have already received, as adjusted by the Israeli
consumer price index, plus interest and monetary penalties thereon. Once these tax benefits are eliminated, the amount of taxes that we pay will increase, as
all our operations would consequently be subject to corporate tax at the standard rate, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally,
prior to the expiration of our tax benefits, if we increase our operational activities outside of Israel, for example, via acquisitions, our increased activities
may  not  be  eligible  for  inclusion  in  Israeli  tax  benefit  programs.  See  “ITEM  5.  Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  -  Taxation  and  Israeli
Government Programs Applicable to our Company — Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959.”

We have received and may receive further Israeli government grants for certain research and development activities. The terms of those grants restrict
our ability to transfer manufacturing operations or technology outside of Israel.

Our research and development efforts have been financed in part through grants from the Israeli National Authority for Technological Innovation,
or the Innovation Authority (previously known as the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist). Prior to 2015, we received various grants from the Innovation
Authority, all of which we repaid. In 2019, we received new commitments from the Innovation Authority for non-royalty bearing grants to reimburse us for
up to 50% of our research and development expenses in connection with two projects, for an amount of NIS 1.59 million (approximately $0.44 million), in
the aggregate. To date, we have received from the Innovation Authority NIS 0.87 million (approximately $245,000) of this new committed amount. We
must  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Encouragement  of  Research,  Development  and  Technological  Innovation  in  the  Industry  Law,  5744-1984
(formerly  known  as  the  Law  for  the  Encouragement  of  Research  and  Development  in  Industry  5744-1984),  and  related  regulations,  or  collectively,  the
Innovation  Law,  in  connection  with  that  new  funding  that  we  have  begun  to  receive  and  any  past  funding  that  we  had  received  from  the  Innovation
Authority.

When a company develops know-how, technology or products and related services using grants provided by the Innovation Authority, the terms of
these grants and the Innovation Law, among others, restrict the transfer outside of Israel of such Innovation Authority-supported know-how (including by a
way of license for research and development purposes), the transfer inside Israel of such know-how and the transfer of manufacturing or manufacturing
rights of such products, and technologies outside of Israel, without the prior approval of the Innovation Authority. We may not receive those approvals.

The restrictions set forth under the Innovation Law, to which we are subject (even after repaying grants we have received) include:

● Transfer of know-how outside of Israel. Transfer of the know-how that was developed with the funding of the Innovation Authority outside of
Israel  requires  prior  approval  of  the  Innovation  Authority,  and,  if  approved  will  require,  the  payment  of  a  redemption  fee,  which  cannot
exceed 600% of the grant amount plus interest. Upon payment of such fee, the know-how and the production rights for the products supported
by such funding cease to be subject to the Innovation Law.

● Local manufacturing obligation. The terms of the grants under the Innovation Law require that the manufacturing of products resulting from
the Innovation Authority funded programs are carried out in Israel, unless a prior written approval of the Innovation Authority is obtained.
Such approval may be given in special circumstances and upon the fulfillment of certain conditions set forth in the Innovation Law, including
payment of increased royalties. Such approval is not required for the transfer of less than 10% of the manufacturing capacity in the aggregate,
and in such event, a notice to the Innovation Authority is required.

● Certain reporting obligations. A recipient of a grant or a benefit under the Innovation Law is required to notify the Innovation Authority of

events enumerated in the Innovation Law.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
These restrictions and requirements for payment may impair our ability to sell our technology assets outside of Israel or to outsource or transfer
manufacturing  activities  with  respect  to  any  product  or  technology  outside  of  Israel;  however,  they  do  not  restrict  the  export  of  our  products  that
incorporate know how funded by the Innovation Authority. Furthermore, the consideration available to our shareholders in a sale transaction involving the
actual transfer outside of Israel of technology or know-how developed with funding by the Innovation Authority pursuant to a merger or similar transaction
may be reduced by any amounts that we are required to pay to the Innovation Authority. Failure to comply with the requirements under the Innovation Law
may subject us to mandatory repayment of grants received by us, together with interest and penalties, as well as expose us to criminal proceedings.

Provisions of Israeli law and our articles may delay, prevent or otherwise impede a merger with, or an acquisition of, our company, even when the
terms of such a transaction are favorable to us and our shareholders.

Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for
transactions  involving  directors,  officers  or  significant  shareholders  and  regulates  other  matters  that  may  be  relevant  to  such  types  of  transactions.  For
example, a tender offer for all of a company’s issued and outstanding shares can only be completed if the acquirer receives positive responses from the
holders  of  at  least  95%  of  the  issued  share  capital,  otherwise,  the  acquirer  may  not  own  more  than  90%  of  a  company’s  issued  and  outstanding  share
capital. Completion of the tender offer also requires approval of a majority in number of the offerees that do not have a personal interest in the tender offer,
unless at least 98% of the company’s outstanding shares are tendered. Furthermore, the shareholders, including those who indicated their acceptance of the
tender offer (unless the acquirer stipulated in its tender offer that a shareholder that accepts the offer may not seek appraisal rights), may, at any time within
six months following the completion of the tender offer, petition an Israeli court to alter the consideration for the acquisition. See “ITEM 10.B — Articles
of Association — Acquisitions under Israeli Law.”

Our articles provide that our directors (other than external directors) are elected on a staggered basis, such that a potential acquirer cannot readily

replace our entire board of directors at a single annual general shareholder meeting.

Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders whose country of residence does
not have a tax treaty with Israel exempting such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free share exchanges to
the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers involving an exchange of shares, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but
makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of a number of conditions, including, in some cases, a holding period of two years from the date of the
transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are subject to certain restrictions. Moreover, with respect to certain
share swap transactions in which the sellers receive shares in the acquiring entity that are publicly traded on a stock exchange, the tax deferral is limited in
time, and when such time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no disposition of such shares has occurred. In order to benefit from the tax deferral, a
pre-ruling from the Israel Tax Authority might be required.

It may be difficult to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court against us or our officers and directors, to assert U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or to
serve process on our officers and directors.

We are incorporated in Israel. The majority of our directors and executive officers reside outside of the United States, and most of our assets and
most of the assets of these persons are located outside of the United States. Therefore, a judgment obtained against us, or any of these persons, including a
judgment based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States and may not be enforced by
an Israeli court. It also may be difficult for you to effect service of process on these persons in the United States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in
original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws reasoning that Israel is not
the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and
not  U.S.  law  is  applicable  to  the  claim.  If  U.S.  law  is  found  to  be  applicable,  the  content  of  applicable  U.S.  law  must  be  proven  as  a  fact  by  expert
witnesses, which can be a time consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case
law in Israel that addresses the matters described above. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against us in Israel, you may not
be able to collect any damages awarded by either a U.S. or foreign court. It may be difficult to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court against us, our officers
and directors or the Israeli experts named in this prospectus supplement in Israel or the United States, to assert U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or to
serve process on our officers and directors and these experts.

23

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Your  rights  and  responsibilities  as  a  shareholder  are  governed  by  Israeli  law,  which  differs  in  some  material  respects  from  the  rights  and
responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.

The  rights  and  responsibilities  of  the  holders  of  our  ordinary  shares  are  governed  by  our  articles  and  by  Israeli  law.  These  rights  and
responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in U.S.-based corporations. In particular, a shareholder
of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company
and other shareholders, and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, in voting at a general meeting of shareholders
on  matters  such  as  amendments  to  a  company’s  articles  of  association,  increases  in  a  company’s  authorized  share  capital,  mergers  and  acquisitions  and
related party transactions requiring shareholder approval. In addition, a shareholder who is aware that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a
shareholder vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of a director or executive officer in the company has a duty of fairness toward the company.
There is limited case law available to assist us in understanding the nature of this duty or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be
interpreted  to  impose  additional  obligations  and  liabilities  on  holders  of  our  ordinary  shares  that  are  not  typically  imposed  on  shareholders  of  U.S.
corporations.

ITEM 4.

Information on the Company.

A. History and Development of the Company

Our History

Our legal name is Kornit Digital Ltd. and we were incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel on January 16, 2002. 

In  April  2015,  we  completed  our  initial  public  offering,  or  IPO,  pursuant  to  which  we  sold  8.165  million  ordinary  shares  for  aggregate  gross
proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses) of $81.65 million. Our ordinary shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select
Market, under the symbol “KRNT,” on April 2, 2015. On January 31, 2017 and June 18, 2019, we completed follow-on offerings pursuant to which we
sold 2.3 million and 5.0 million ordinary shares, respectively, for aggregate gross proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses) of
$38.0 million and $137.3 million, respectively.

We are subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, 5759-1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 12 Ha’Amal Street, Rosh
Ha’Ayin 4809246, Israel, and our telephone number is +972-3-908-5800. Our website address is www.kornit.com (the information contained therein or
linked thereto shall not be considered incorporated by reference in this annual report). Our agent for service of process in the United States is Kornit Digital
North America Inc., located at 480 South Dean Street Englewood, NJ 07631, and its telephone number is (262) 518-0200.

Principal Capital Expenditures

Capital  expenditures  in  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2018  and  2019  were  principally  used  for  the  purchase  of  property,  plant  and
equipment  ($5.7  million,  $7.3  million  and  $5.4  million  in  2017,  2018  and  2019,  respectively).  Those  amounts  included  $1.8  million,  in  the  aggregate
invested over the course of those three years towards our now-complete, new headquarters in the United States. The amounts for 2018 and 2019 included
$6.1 million spent towards land and construction of our new 6,400 square meter manufacturing and ink storage facility in Kiryat Gat, Israel, for which
construction began in January 2019. The construction of that new facility, including a production line being installed there, is expected to be completed
approximately in August 2020. We may experience some delays in construction due to the effects of the coronavirus. We currently estimate that the total
cost for land, construction of the facility, design and installation of the production line, will be approximately NIS 62 million (approximately $17.5 million
based on current exchange rates). We are financing the construction of that facility from cash on hand. On February 7, 2019, we consummated an asset
purchase from Hirsch Solutions Inc., our former primary distributor in the United States and Canada, which accounted for 18% and 15% of our revenues in
the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2018,  respectively,  to  purchase  remaining  Kornit  business  assets  related  to  the  former  distribution  agreement
between the companies. On the closing date, our company, through our wholly owned subsidiary Kornit Digital North America Inc., took ownership of
relevant  Kornit-related  customer  business  assets  as  well  as  remaining  inventory  of  systems  and  ink.  Under  the  related  acquisition  agreement,  the  total
consideration was $4.7 million.

24

 
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
B. Business Overview

Industry Overview

The General Textile Industry

Textile  is  a  flexible  material  formed  using  various  processes,  including  weaving,  knitting,  crocheting  or  felting.  This  material  may  be  used  for
manufacturing  a  broad  range  of  conventional  as  well  as  advanced,  finished  goods,  which  may  be  broadly  categorized  (as  related  to  the  focus  of  our
business) into fashion, apparel, home decoration and soft signage applications. According to a report published by Marketline in December 2018, the value
of the global apparel retail market totaled $1.4 trillion in 2017. The compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of the market was 4.4% between 2013 and
2017.  The  global  apparel  retail  market  is  forecast  to  reach  $1.8  trillion  in  2022,  an  increase  of  29.7%  since  2017,  reflecting  a  CAGR  of  5.3%.  Rising
disposable  income,  urbanization  and  population  growth  in  emerging  economies  is  expected  to  play  an  important  role  in  improving  the  lifestyle  of
consumers, which is expected to drive the demand for textile products.

The global printed textile industry involves printing on fabric rolls, finished garments and unsewn pieces of cut fabric at various stages along the
value  chain  in  the  production  of  goods  for  (as  related  to  the  focus  of  our  business)  fashion,  apparel,  home  decoration  and  soft  signage  applications.
According to The Future of Digital Textile Printing report published by Pira in 2019, approximately 95% of the global output of printed textile in 2018 was
carried  out  via  analogue  methods  of  printing.  According  to  the  same  Pira  report,  the  global  value  of  digital  printed  textile  output  was  estimated  to  be
approximately $3.2 billion in 2018 and is expected to grow to approximately $5.5 billion by 2023, reflecting a CAGR of 11.6% in the five-year period from
2018 to 2023. According to the same Pira report, digital textile output volume was estimated to be approximately 2.2 billion square meters in 2018 and is
expected to reach 4.1 billion square meters in 2023, reflecting a CAGR of 13.4% for the five-year period from 2018 to 2023. Pira estimates that global
digital printed textile output constituted less than 5% of the total global printed textile output in 2018. 

Mega Trends Affecting Our Industry

Industry 4.0

Digitization  of  manufacturing  is  transforming  the  way  products  are  being  produced.  This  transformation  process  is  also  broadly  referred  to  as
Industry 4.0, representing the fourth industrial revolution occurring in manufacturing. This fourth industrial revolution is mainly about full digitization and
the move away from analogue production methods, as well as cloud networks connectivity, and the introduction of autonomous systems fueled by data and
machine learning. As a result of the support of machines that keep getting smarter as they get access to more data, the increased use of affordable robotics
in production environments, and the data-connected logistics supply chain, our future factories are predicted to become more efficient, productive and less
wasteful.  The  fashion  and  apparel  industry  segments  in  which  we  operate  have  been  operating  for  decades  in  traditional,  analogue  and  labor-intensive
models, which will yield to what can also be referred to as Textile 4.0.

25

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E-Commerce Boom

E-commerce  has  grown  globally  at  an  unprecedented  rate  and  is  transforming  retailing,  across  industries.  Around  the  world,  e-commerce  is
entirely changing the way people shop. In the major consumer markets of Europe, the U.S. and China, e-commerce is fast trending towards becoming the
preferred shopping method for many people. Having access to global shopping opportunities allows consumers to save time, save money and have access
to greater choices. E-commerce giants and technology vendors continue to invest in advanced technologies such as virtual reality, 3D modeling, augmented
reality, and artificial intelligence in a continuous effort to improve the online shopping experience.

Goldman  Sachs  estimated  in  a  research  report  dated  September  24,  2019  that  the  global  ecommerce  market  (excluding  travel)  was  worth
approximately  US  $2.5  trillion  in  2019,  with  a  projected  year-over-year  CAGR  of  +20%  until  2023.  According  to  the  same  report,  e-commerce  was
estimated  to  represent  approximately  23.0%,  13.3%,  and  10.6%  of  all  retail  sales  in  2019  in  China,  the  U.S.  and  Western  Europe,  respectively.  M-
commerce is about to burst into the mainstream thanks to a host of technological advances that are making it easier for people to shop on their phones.
Business Insider predicted, in a 2019 report, m-commerce volume to rise at a CAGR of 24% from $205.0 billion at 2019 to hit $488.0 billion, or 44% of e-
commerce, in 2024.

According to a global consumer survey performed by The Nilsen Company in 2018, fashion and apparel are, together, one of the top segments in
ecommerce retail, predicted (according to a study published by Statista, the Statistics Portal) to increase at a compound annual rate of 12.2% from $518.9
billion in 2018 to more than $992 billion by 2023, as brands and retailers continue to adopt digital technologies that offer highly relevant and personalized
customer experiences.

In the fashion and apparel industry, mobile purchases account for 65.4% of traffic to online fashion retailers and 57.1% of sales, much higher than

the overall retail average.

Traditional Retail Meltdown

For  the  last  decade,  various  factors  have  resulted  in  the  shrinking,  bankruptcy/reorganization  or  total  closing  of  numerous  traditional  North
American retailers. Announcements from major retailers of plans to either discontinue or greatly scale back their retail presence continued in 2018 and into
2019. For example, Sears Holdings filed for bankruptcy protection in October 2018, J.C Penney has been closing stores, including in 2019, and Payless
Shoesource has announced plans to close all of its stores in 2019.

According to real estate tracking done by Coresight Research in 2019 US retailers announced 9,302 store closings, a 59% jump from 2018 and the

highest number since Coresight Research began tracking the data in 2012.

A research report published by Goldman Sachs on September 5, 2018, states that approximately 27% of announced store closures in 2018 were in

the apparel and accessories categories.

According to a research held by UBS in April 2019, Online sales rise will force up to 75,000 stores in the US to close by 2026, including more

than 20,000 clothing stores, or 17% of all clothing shops across the US.

The primary factors affecting the continued closing of traditional retail stores are the shift in consumer habits towards online shopping, a less than
inspiring  shopping  experience  at  traditional  brick-and-mortar  stores,  retailers’  inability  to  sell  trend-right  apparel,  and  the  ongoing  pile-up  of  unsold
inventory, which has put pressure on profits. Traditional retailers are struggling to find the right balance between supply and demand, so that they do not
end up with too much inventory on their shelves or in stock rooms. When merchandise piles too high, traditional retailers are forced to use steep discounts
to deplete inventory and make room for next season’s goods. Further, eCommerce share gains continue to put pressure on traditional retail stores that are
finding it difficult to compete with the level of selection, price, service, and convenience provided by many of the pure-play eCommerce companies or
scaled omni-channel retailers.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Social Media Platforms

Social platforms, historically categorized into media and networks (which categories have merged in recent years), have changed the industrial and
business landscape, both for companies that have adopted them and for those that have not. Social media platforms have an extremely powerful impact on
the  ways  in  which  individuals  and  organizations  are  communicating  with  each  other,  and  a  powerful  impact  on  consumer  trends,  demand  and  brands
perception. The number of social media users, according to Dataportal data from Jan 2020, was 3.8 billion, 49% of the total world population. In the US
alone, according to Statista data from December 2019, more than 73% of the population use social medias. This mainstream effect has a dramatic impact
on  the  ability  of  small  and  micro  brands,  some  of  which  are  initiated  by  individuals  or  organizations  that  are  leveraging  their  social  influence  status  to
inspire  individuals  who,  in  turn,  purchase  those  brands’  products,  to  achieve  ultra-fast  recognition  and  exponential  growth  at  the  expense  of  traditional
players, which need to develop agility in order to connect with consumers.

Sustainability

The need to reduce or contain the ecological footprint of the textile industry is affecting the entire industrial system. The urgency for change has
flowed through from political and environmental activists and scientists, into mainstream government regulators and business leadership across the globe.
A sustainable industrial system requires formulation of new strategies and thinking, integrated into business and operational frameworks around sustainable
manufacturing, supply chain design, sustainability performance measurement and ongoing management. Industry is now considered not only part of the
problem  but  also  part  of  the  solution.  From  a  practical  point  of  view,  as  it  comes  to  sustainability  strategies,  companies  are  focused  on  technology
improvements enabling cleaner production, pollution prevention, and other sustainable manufacturing practices.

Among  the  biggest  environmental  impacts  of  the  textile  industry,  two  noticeable  impacts  are  water  pollution  and  waste  of  both  water  and

garments.

In  some  of  the  countries  in  which  garments  are  produced,  untreated  toxic  wastewaters  from  textile  factories  are  dumped  directly  into  the
rivers. These are extremely harmful for the aquatic life and the health of millions of people living by those riverbanks. The contamination also reaches the
sea and eventually spreads around the globe. 200,000 tons of dyes are lost to effluents every year according to an article published by Sustain Your Style.
The textile industry is also the second largest consumer of water. According to Sustain Your Style data, it can take up to 200 tons of freshwater per ton of
dyed fabric. Consumer behavior and frequently changing fashion trends are making it difficult for fashion brands to predict the volumes of items that will
be purchased. Combined with the traditional production methods designed to produce mass volumes of items, result with very large quantities of inventory
leftovers. Redundant inventory and lack of adequate recycling infrastructure cause textile waste to rise and become an industry wide problem. According to
Common Objective, a global tech solution for sustainable fashion business, 39 million tons of post-consumer textile waste that is generated worldwide each
year.

Considering the size of the textile industry— one of the largest industries in the world—sustainability of the industry is important, but, on top of
that,  companies  can  furthermore  make  a  huge  difference  environmentally,  economically  and  socially.  The  textile  industry  has  many  reasons  to  place  an
emphasis on sustainability, including reduced costs, protection of the environment and sustained goodwill from its customers for eco-friendly practices. As
one of the world’s most water and air polluting industries, sustainability issues in the textile/apparel industry continue to receive great attention.

Mega Consumer Trends Affecting our Industry

Personal Expression 

We  believe  that  modern  consumers,  impacted  by  the  mega  industry  trends,  are  increasingly  seeking  the  ability  to  express  their  identities  and
beliefs through the everyday choices that they make. If in the past it was mainly about the choice of brand affiliation that was considered “appropriate” for
their self-image, consumers are now seeking new and creative ways to express their identities through unique, customized or personalized impressions,
styles, and messages – whether affiliated with their favorite brands, through the creation of their own “private brands” or via affiliation with unique “no
brand” designed goods. According to Facebook’s data, 72% of US fashion shoppers say at least one form of personalization increases their likelihood of
making a purchase.

Younger consumers are more and more concerned with social and environmental causes, as many increasingly back their beliefs with their tightly
coupled expression and consumption habits, favoring goods and brands that are aligned with their personal, social and environmental values and avoiding
those that do not.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Instant Gratification 

Modern  consumers  seek  solutions  faster  and  easier  than  ever  before,  catalyzed  by  the  explosive  growth  of  technology  and  mobile  applications
usage. This shift has given way to an on-demand economy where immediate gratification has become the standard across industries, in the form of instant
arrival  rides  in  the  transportation  industry,  unlimited  on-demand  video  streaming,  minimal  wait  time  for  food  deliveries,  or  in  the  case  of  retail,  instant
visibility and availability of product and inventory, and ultra-fast delivery. Consumers expect to be serviced almost instantaneously and are rewarding the
brands that understand and meet their instant gratification needs. According to a 2018 report published by Internet Retailer, 66.8% of the top 1,000 retailers
in North America offer free shipping and 55.6% offer the option to pay for next-day delivery. According to a US consumer survey conducted in October
2019 among 2,500 consumers, a faster estimated delivery date in the online shopping cart has a big impact on purchase decisions, with 28.6% of shoppers
saying they’d be more likely to buy if the order would arrive within a week. Already, 38% of online shoppers expect retailers to offer free two-day delivery
and 24% expect free same-day delivery, according to the National Retail Federation.

A recent data published by Statista in September 2019 estimated that the number of Amazon customers in the United States willing to pay more to

receive products faster, through its Amazon Prime service, exceeded 105 million as of June 2019.

This change in consumer behavior is causing retailers to evaluate ways to alter their approach towards their entire supply chain, with high focus on
improved inventory management and an efficient and scalable fulfillment infrastructure. In addition to retooling their internal fulfillment capabilities, many
retail brands have begun to leverage the capacity of third-party online stores to meet customer demands for delivery speed and product availability.

Social Media Influence 

With the rise of mega social platforms like YouTube and Instagram, and fueled by the explosive mobile device accessibility, influencer marketing
continues making waves on social media and narrowing the bridge between discovery, inspiration and purchase. According to a Yotpo 2019 US fashion
eCommerce report,  which  surveyed  2,000  online  consumers,  most  of  today’s  consumers  are  likely  to  find  inspiration  from  external  sources  rather  than
directly  from  a  brand  or  retailer,  more  than  half  (55.2%)  of  Gen  Z  (14-24  years  old)  respondents  found  inspiration  for  the  most  recent  online  fashion
purchase on social media while 50.6% of Millennials (25-34 years old) reported the same. According to another recent study conducted (the Robin Report
by Catherine Schetting Salfino), 55% of millennials say that they are less loyal to apparel brands now than they were a few years ago.

According to Morning Consult’s latest study, “The Influencer Report” published in 2019, surveying more than 2,000 13-38-year-olds in the US,
when asked what traits they consider when deciding which influencers to follow, the vast majority (88%) of respondents are looking for influencers who
are authentic and genuinely care about their interests. That can explain why sustainable bloggers and green living influencers are becoming an increasingly
popular subgroup. Many fashion influencers across the globe are using their platforms to promote ethical fashion brands, spread eco-conscious messages
and encourage users to create a positive impact on the planet.

“Be Greener”

Environmental degradation has been hitting headlines in recent years. News articles and documentaries around rising seas, declining air quality
and shrinking animal populations have become more commonplace. Sales of reusable coffee cups and water bottles took off, plastic straws were banned in
many bars and restaurants, and mega consumer brands like Evian and Coca-Cola have committed to manufacture from recycled materials. The impulse to
“be greener” is clearly gaining momentum. According to a recent bespoke study carried out in the UK and U.S. by Globalwebindex, half of the digital
consumers surveyed said environmental concerns impact their purchasing decisions. Millennials are the ones driving the sustainable movement with their
lifestyle and behavioral changes. According to Deloitte 2019 millennials survey, millennials and Gen Zs they are inclined to spend their income on products
and services from brands that speak about issues that resonate with them most, such as protecting the environment. Also, when asked on the essence of
businesses 27% mentioned improving and protecting the environment, versus 12% in 2018. Social impact and ethics are the most common reasons why
millennials  change  their  relationships  with  businesses.  Often  coined  as  the  “green  generation”,  many  brands  are  starting  to  see  the  appeal  of,  and  the
opportunity to connect with their consumers through, these changes, rather than viewing the changes as a regulatory burden. On Stanford Social Innovation
Review  paper  from  2018,  more  than  90%  of  CEOs  surveyed  state  that  sustainability  is  important  to  their  company’s  success,  and  companies  develop
sustainability strategies, market sustainable products and services, create positions such as chief sustainability officer, and publish sustainability reports for
consumers, investors, activists, and the public at large.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
According to the Globalwebindex study, 60% of Millennials (aged 22-35) said that they would be more likely than any other generation to pay
extra for ecofriendly or sustainable products. With plastic waste currently at the center stage of consumers’ attention, it is likely just a matter of time before
consumers better research the manufacturing processes and decoration techniques for their clothes, shoes and bags before buying them, which will increase
pressure on brands to connect with the consumer by adopting eco-friendly printing and decoration methods that minimize water pollution, toxic chemicals
use and other textile waste.

Governments and brands are collaborating and joining efforts in forming industry regulation to support the eco-friendly global trends. In August
2019,  major  fashion  brands  announced  a  Fashion  Pact  at  the  G7  Summit  in  France,  outlining  commitments  focused  on  reducing  the  fashion  industry’s
contribution to climate change. This is the first time major industry players have set a level of ambition consistent with the UN Paris Agreement goal of
keeping  global  temperature  rise  below  1.5  degrees  Celsius.  More  than  30  companies  signed  the  pact,  including  Kering,  Gap,  Nike,  Adidas,  H&M,  and
Chanel.  The  signatories  committed  to  implementing  Science  Based  Targets  to  achieve  zero  greenhouse  gas  emissions  by  2050,  including  sustainable
sourcing of raw materials and 100 percent use of renewable energy in their supply chains by 2030.

Implications on Fashion and Apparel Transformation, as it Relates to our Business

Regardless of size and specific segment, industry players in fashion and apparel, whether traditional brands, digital start-ups, new generation e-
tailers, or different forms of customized designers, now need to be nimble, think digital-first and achieve ever-faster speed to market. They need to connect
to  the  end  consumer  for  self-expression,  take  an  active  stance  on  social  issues,  satisfy  consumer  demands  for  ultra-transparency  and  sustainability,  and
ensure that they invest in an omni-channel strategy, thereby enhancing their manufacturing productivity, supply chain resilience and their ability to respond
to  the  immediate  gratification  needs  of  the  evolving  consumer.  Traditional  brands  are  beginning  to  self-disrupt  their  own  business  models,  image  and
offering  in  response  to  the  new  breed  of  emerging  high  growth  online-first  brands  that  are  accelerating,  thanks  to  changing  consumer  preferences,
decreasing  brand  loyalty,  growing  appetite  for  self-expression,  and  instant  gratification.  We  expect  more  traditional  brands  to  follow  suit  on  this  omni-
channel  path  of  self-disruption,  which  will  have  a  significant  impact  on  their  ability  to  connect  with,  and  meet  the  needs  of,  consumers.  In  a  survey
published in 2019 by a leading management consulting firm, top industry executives were asked to describe the words that best describe the industry, with
the top three words being: “Changing”, “Digital”, and “Fast”.

We believe that the following objectives capture some of the key areas of focus, as they relate to our business, as traditional and new generation
online-first fashion and apparel players continue to adapt their value propositions and operating models to the rapidly changing industry environment and
consumer preferences. We believe that these industry areas of focus will continue to fuel the growing need and demand for our innovative digital textile
printing solutions:

o Connect with consumers need for self-expression via unique graphical and text designs

o Capture the moment, by shortening the time from inspiration and design to market

o Offer “unlimited” variety and availability in their virtual and traditional storefronts

o Connect with consumers via personalization and customization offerings

o

o

Respond to the sustainability demands of consumers and regulators

Respond to consumers’ immediate gratification needs

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact on the Industry Need and Demand for Operational Transformation

New generation start-up apparel and fashion businesses born and grown in digital and online retail and production, some of which are existing
customers  of  our  solutions,  have  already  implemented  successful  full  or  partial  on-demand  production  models  as  they  establish  their  greenfield
environments. We expect these businesses to continue scaling and perfecting their existing digital business and operational models, investing in front-end
technologies to continue improving the online customer experience, and operationally scaling their partial or full on-demand production capabilities.

We believe that in order to address the focus areas identified above, traditional industry and brands players will continue to examine and transform
their  predominantly  mass  production  and  inefficient  analogue  operating  production  models  and  supply  chains,  especially  as  it  comes  to  managing  their
finished  goods  inventory  levels,  which  remains  a  huge  financial  risk.  Traditional  companies  have  continued  to  invest  “upstream  the  chain”  in  better
predicting  buying  trends,  consumer  preferences,  and  demand  via  sophisticated  big-data  analytics,  as  they  plan  their  collections  and  inventory  levels;
however,  consumer  demand  is  more  volatile  and  difficult  to  predict  than  ever.  The  challenge  with  prediction-only  production  planning  is  growing,  and
industry executives, as evidenced in a 2018 study published by a leading management consulting firm, are increasingly shifting their focus “downstream”
to  the  manufacturing  environment,  seeking  a  shift  to  a  more  agile,  partial  or  full  on-demand  production  model.  We  believe  that  industry  players  will
continue to seek ways to adopt major changes to their business and operational models, and supply chains, and - specifically as it relates to our business - in
how they design, produce, and decorate garments and apparel.

The below lists a few key production gaps, that prevent a successful transition to partial or full on-demand retailing models, that traditional fashion

and apparel manufacturers are looking to close as they plan their future marketing and production strategies:

Mass Customization and Personalization: The  capability  to  manufacture  a  relatively  high  volume  of  product  options,  carrying  unique  designs,
without  tradeoffs  in  cost,  delivery  and  quality.  In  a  simplified  way,  the  ability  to  cater  demand  to  mass  produce  customizable  products  with  unlimited
designs, on a one-by-one basis, in a cost-efficient manner.

“Shorter Runs”: Mass production of smaller batches with (most likely) higher number of order amounts, at a similar cost per garment structure
achieved by producing large batches. This flexibility reduces finished goods inventory risks by identifying buying patterns and responding to demand in a
more accurate manner by replenishing stock in ultra-short cycles. The pressure for smaller batch sizes and on-demand replenishment is driven partly by
profitability, but also by a desire for sustainability.

Proximity Production, Proximity Decoration and Nearshoring: Two  decades  ago,  U.S.  and  European  mass-market  apparel  brands  and  retailers
shifted production to Asia to gain a cost advantage. Factors are changing this calculus by making it critical for companies to bring new styles to market
more quickly and switch out lines mid-season. According to a recent 2018 survey published by a leading management consulting firm, 54% of purchasing
managers  surveyed  in  the  US  and  the  EU  said  that  proximity  to  customers  is  becoming  more  important.  In  another  study  published  by  a  leading
management consulting firm, 60% of apparel procurement executives said that they expect that over 20% of their sourcing volume will be from nearshore
by 2025. In addition, rising wages for factory workers across Asia mean that production in Asia is less cost-efficient than it used to be. The real prize is
shorter  lead  times.  By  reducing  time-to-market,  companies  can  produce,  partially  produce,  finish,  print  or  decorate  more  closely  in-line  with  demand,
reducing overstocks and increasing full-price sell-through.

Microfactories,  Speedfactories,  Reshoring:  Smaller  and  nimble  manufacturing  sites,  usually  planned  out  in  an  urban  cell  model,  that  can
efficiently source or produce the raw materials as well as produce and ship finished apparel goods end-to-end. Success of such factories is heavily reliant
on a fully digital, real estate efficient, either semi or fully automated manufacturing workflow capability that offsets the inefficient cost structure associated
with large analogue equipment, rising costs of real estate and labor costs, predominantly in developed countries.

We believe that the technology and solutions that we bring to the market in the form of digital textile printing solutions, as listed in our products
and technology sections, are key enablers for these business and operating models. We expect increasing demand and adoption of our solutions by start-ups
and new-generation digital apparel brands (some of which are our customers), as well as from traditional apparel brands that need to adapt their operational
models in order to remain connected with their customers.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview of Textile Printing Processes

The graphic and accompanying description below present various textile printing processes: 

Screen printing is the most commonly used printing process for textiles. The two primary methods of screen printing are rotary screen printing and

automated carousel screen printing.

The following chart summarizes the key steps involved in the analog printing process:

Rotary Screen Printing Rotary screen printing is commonly used to print on outerwear, underwear, sportswear, upholstery and linens. It involves
multiple,  time-consuming  process  steps.  Rolls  of  fabric  pass  through  rotating  cylinders  that  are  engraved  with  the  image  or  design  to  be  printed.  Each
cylinder then applies ink of a different color, which forms part of the image or design. This process is generally used to print a pattern on a fabric roll that is
then cut and sewn into finished products. Rotary screen engraving is a costly process that takes between four and five hours per cylinder and is frequently
done offsite. Preparation of colors typically takes an additional 30 minutes and the setup of the printer itself typically takes nearly 1.5 hours. The process
can require up to seven people. The maximum size of an image or design is limited based on the circumference of the cylinders, which is typically no more
than 60 centimeters.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The following diagram depicts the analog rotary screen printing process:

Automated  Carousel  Screen  Printing  Automated  carousel  screen  printing  is  commonly  used  to  print  on  finished  garments  and  cut  pieces.  In
automated carousel screen printing, a blade or squeegee squeezes printing paste or ink through mesh stencils onto fabric. The process typically employs a
series of printing stations arranged in a carousel. At each station, one color of ink is pressed through specially prepared mesh stencils, or screens, on to the
textile surface. Between color stations, there are also flash drying stations and cool-down stations to ensure that deposited ink does not inadvertently mix
with the next color to be applied. Preparation of the mesh stencils is a specialized process and its complexity is a function of the number of discrete color
separations and screens that need to be prepared for a given design. The process of color separations, film production, and screen exposure and alignment
typically  takes  approximately  1.5  hours  for  six  colors.  Once  the  screens  and  color  separations  are  complete,  preparation  of  the  carousel  typically  takes
between  40  and  60  minutes.  After  being  manually  loaded,  the  textile  moves  along  the  carousel  from  station  to  station  where  each  color  is  applied
separately. Unlike rotary screen printing, carousel screen printing does not require fixing the image or design with steam or hot air and, in most cases, does
not require washing and drying the textile afterward  

Digital Printing Processes

Digital  textile  printing  uses  specially  engineered  inkjet  heads,  rather  than  screens  and  cylinders  or  mesh  stencils,  to  print  images  and  designs
directly onto fabrics. As such, the use of digital technology eliminates multiple complicated, costly and time-consuming steps, such as screen preparation or
cylinder engraving, preparation of pastes or inks, and screen or cylinder alignment.

Most fabrics need to be pre-treated before printing by submerging them in a solution that is designed specifically for the type of fabric and ink
being used. This coating process is essential for achieving the desired chemical reaction between the ink and the fabric. The fabric is dried following pre-
treatment. After the ink drops are applied, the printed fabric undergoes a process of fixation that is also specific to the type of fabric and ink being used.
Digital textile printing generally uses either dye-based or pigment-based ink.

The digital textile printing market principally includes two types of printing processes:

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Direct-to-Garment (DTG) In DTG printing, an inkjet printer prints directly on the textile. DTG printing allows for printing images and designs
onto finished textiles, such as t-shirts that have already been sewn and dyed. The following chart summarizes the key steps involved in the DTG printing
process:

Direct-to-Fabric (DTF) In DTF printing, rolls of fabric pass in-line through wide-format inkjet printers that are utilized to directly print images

and designs onto rolling fabric. The following chart summarizes the key steps involved in the DTF printing process:

Recent  technological  developments  in  digital  printing  have  supported  the  adoption  of  digital  printing  by  the  global  printed  textile  industry,
including  by  custom  decorators,  online  businesses,  brand  owners  and  contract  printers.  As  a  result  of  consumer  and  macro  trends  impacting  these
businesses, we believe that the global printed textile industry offers a significant and rapidly growing market for digital printing solutions.

How Digital Textile Printing Addresses the Industry Needs

The  following  characteristics  of  digital  textile  printing  enable  new  business  and  operating  models,  help  industry  players  as  they  address  their

manufacturing gaps, and, as these characteristics relate to our business, are driving the shift from analog to digital textile printing:

Manufacturing flexibility: Digital textile printing allows a full image or design to be printed on a garment or cut fabric in one manufacturing step,
compared to multiple steps in an analog printing process. Digital textile printing gives manufacturers the ability to print short runs, with personalization
capabilities,  in  a  cost-effective  manner  with  a  minimum  order  quantity  of  one  unit.  Unlike  screen  printing,  digital  printing  cost  remains  the  same  when
printing a single unit or multiple units. This allows printers to execute orders one by one without needing to accumulate large demand for a design before
printing.

Design flexibility: Digital textile printing enables a larger variety of artwork to be imprinted, without limitations on number of colors per design

and high-resolution imaging.

Integration with advanced workflow environments: Digital textile printing is better suited for transition to full digitization of the production floor

environment, including connectivity to cloud networking elements and productivity analytics software solutions.

Reduced  time  between  design  and  production:  The  digital  textile  printing  process  allows  for  samples  to  be  quickly  produced,  evaluated,  and

modified, which permits brand owners to increase the frequency and variety of replenishment cycles in response to fashion trends.

Decreased risk of excess inventory: The costly and time-consuming upfront setup required in analog production methods is avoided when using
digital  printing  technologies.  Therefore,  digital  printing  enables  the  cost-efficient  production  of  a  smaller  quantity  of  garments,  which  mitigates  excess
inventory risk and improves profitability. Stocking blank garments or fabric and decorating them only when demand is identified significantly reduces the
amount of inventory at risk. This reduces working capital requirements, thereby enabling the emergence of numerous online businesses which are focused
on the sale of printed textiles.

Reduced labor and physical space requirements: Digital textile printing requires significantly less labor to print an equivalent output due to the
significant reduction in process steps. The unique Kornit proprietary process of digital textile printing further reduces the need for labor and introduces
additional floor space savings for manufacturing equipment by eliminating certain process steps and by consolidating multiple process steps into a single
printing system. The combination of labor savings and smaller shop floor footprint, coupled with lower energy consumption and a lack of environmental
impact, enables manufacturers to move production closer to consumers in a cost-effective manner. Textile business is very seasonal and the need to retain
employees bares a heavy financial burden. The move to digital printing significantly reduces the need for manpower and allows for a more flexible cost
structure.

33

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Sustainability: Digital textile printing significantly reduces industrial water consumption and discharge of toxic chemicals by eliminating the need
to wash screens for color changes and repeated use. We believe that this results in reduced environmental impact and, in turn, enables manufacturers to
comply with regulatory and brand guidelines at a location of their choosing, in many cases in populated areas which are not industrial in nature.

Our Business

We  develop,  design  and  market  innovative  digital  printing  solutions  for  the  global  printed  textile  industry,  with  a  major  focus  on  the  fashion,

apparel and home décor segments of the industry.

Our vision is to create a better world where everybody can bond, design and express their identities, one impression at a time.

Our mission is to revolutionize the fast-changing industry by facilitating and expediting the transition from analog processes that have not evolved
for decades and are not fit for the rapidly changing business models and self-disruption needs of the industry, to digital methods of garment, apparel and
home decor finished goods production and decoration that address the contemporary supply, demand, social and environmental needs of the industry in
which we operate.

We focus on the rapidly growing high throughput, direct-to-garment, or DTG, and Direct-to-Fabric, or DTF, segments of the printed and decorated
textile industry. Our solutions include our proprietary digital printing systems, ink and other consumables, associated software and value-added services
that allow for quality and cost-effective large-scale printing of short runs of complex images and designs directly on finished garments and fabrics. Our
solutions address the growing production gaps reflected in the need to shift to shorter runs, proximity production, proximity decoration, partial or full on-
demand production, and microfactory models by enabling our customers to print and decorate high quality products in a time efficient, cost-effective and
environmentally-friendly manner. This allows textile manufacturers to transition from their traditional business and operating models of supply based on
demand predictions, to partial or full on-demand or made-to-order models, by which decoration of fabric and production of finished goods only takes place
once a customer order has been issued.

Our  solutions  are  differentiated  from  other  digital  methods  of  production  because  they  eliminate  the  need  to  pre-treat  fabrics  prior  to  printing,
thereby offering our customers the ability to digitally print high quality images and designs on a variety of fabrics in a streamlined and environmentally-
friendly manner. When compared to analog methods of production, our solutions also significantly reduce production lead times and enable customers to
more efficiently and cost-effectively produce smaller quantities of individually printed designs, thereby mitigating the risk of excess inventory, which is a
significant challenge for the industry, as further described in our “Industry Overview” section above.

The success of evolving omni-channel apparel retail is dependent heavily on the ability to show a large variety of designs. Since it is more and
more  difficult  to  predict  consumer  preferences  and  demand,  it  is  increasingly  difficult  to  stock  every  possible  design.  Having  digital  capacity  available
allows  printers,  brands  and  retailers  to  offer  unlimited  design  with  minimal  to  no  inventory  risk.  We  believe  we  are  well  positioned  to  continue  taking
advantage of this trend.

Our DTG solutions utilize our patented wet-on-wet printing methodology that eliminates the common practice of separately coating and drying
textiles prior to printing. This methodology also enables printing on a wide range of untreated natural, synthetic and man-made fabrics, including cotton,
wool,  polyester,  lycra  and  denim.  With  throughputs  ranging  from  32  to  235  garments  per  hour,  our  entry  level,  industrial  and  mass  production  DTG
solutions  are  suited  to  the  needs  of  a  variety  of  customers,  from  smaller  industrial  operators  with  limited  budgets  to  mass  producers  with  complex
manufacturing requirements. Our patented NeoPigment ink and other consumables have been specially formulated to be compatible with our systems and
overcome  the  quality-related  challenges  that  pigment-based  inks  have  traditionally  faced  when  used  in  digital  printing.  Our  software  solutions  simplify
order  to  production  workflows  in  the  printing  process,  by  offering  a  complete  solution  from  web  and  traditional  order  intake  through  graphic  job
preparation and execution. We also offer customers maintenance and support services, as well as value-added services and application consulting, aimed at
optimizing the number of impressions printed by our systems.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
We  have  also  recently  (in  April  2019)  supplemented  our  original  DTG  printing  technology  with  our  Kornit  NeoPoly  Technology,  which  is  our
industry’s first digital, industrial process for high-quality printing on polyester, thereby opens the large sport and athleisure market to our digital printing
solutions.  The  new  Kornit  NeoPoly  Technology  addresses  existing  challenges  with  a  new  process  and  ink  set  implemented  in  the  Kornit  NeoPigmentT
process.  Our  new  process  handles  polyester  applications  without  having  to  compromise  on  design,  run  size,  substrate  or  labor.  The  breakthrough
technological  innovation  has  been  achieved  by  an  innovative  ink  set  and  a  physical  and  chemical  process  specifically  developed  for  low-temperature
curing, and polyester-enhancing functionalities developed to maintain fabric characteristics and provide superior fastness. This unique process overcomes
dye migration on polyester. The inks are Eco-Passport certified, and do not contain PVCs or any other toxic ingredients. The first system equipped with our
Kornit NeoPoly Technology is the Kornit Avalanche Poly Pro, a member of our industrial platform, which became commercially available in April 2019.

Building  on  the  expertise  and  capabilities  that  we  have  accumulated  in  developing  and  offering  differentiated  solutions  for  the  industrial  DTG
market,  we  also  market  an  industrial  digital  printing  solution,  the  Kornit  Presto,  which  targets  the  on-demand  DTF  market.  While  the  DTG  market
generally involves printing on finished garments, the DTF market is focused on printing on fabrics that are subsequently converted into finished garments,
home  or  office  décor,  and  other  items.  The  Kornit  Presto  (like  our  predecessor  DTF  product,  the  Kornit  Allegro)  utilizes  our  proprietary  wet-on-wet
printing  methodology  and  houses  an  integrated  curing  system.  It  offers  the  sole  (following  its  predecessor,  the  Allegro)  single-step,  eco-friendly,  stand-
alone industrial DTF digital textile printing solution available on the market. We primarily market the Kornit Presto to businesses seeking horizontal or
vertical expansions into fabric decoration, such as innovative web-based businesses operating on-demand business models that require a high degree of
variety  and  limited  quantity  orders,  as  well  as  to  fabric  converters,  which  source  large  quantities  of  fabric  and  convert  untreated  fabrics  into  finished
materials to be sold to garment and home décor manufacturers, and to sustainable fashion producers seeking a competitive edge in today’s changing supply
chains.  We  believe  that  with  the  Presto  we  are  well  positioned  to  take  advantage  of  the  growing  trend  towards  customized  home  décor  and  on-demand
fabric  printing,  with  increased  focus  on  sustainable  production.  We  began  selling  the  Presto  commercially  in  the  second  quarter  of  2019  (after  having
introduced our initial DTF digital textile printing solution, the Kornit Allegro, four years earlier, in the second quarter of 2015).

We were founded in 2002 in Israel, shipped our first system in 2005 and, as of December 31, 2019, had more than 1,000 customers globally. As of
December 31, 2019, we had 547 employees located across four regions: Israel, America, Europe and Asia Pacific. In the year ended December 31, 2019,
we generated revenues of $179.9 million, representing an increase of 26.3% over the prior fiscal year. In the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated
61% of our revenues from the Americas region, 27% from the Europe, Middle East and Asia (“EMEA”) region, and 12% from the Asia Pacific region.

Our Competitive Strengths

The following are our key competitive strengths:

Leading player in the fast-growing industrial digital DTG market.

We are the leading player in the fast-growing, industrial and mass production, digital DTG market based on our sales, and have more than 1,000
customers  globally.  We  have  been  revolutionizing  the  industry  since  2005  and  have  developed  a  robust  solutions  portfolio  and  scaled  our  go-to-market
infrastructure over the course of this period. Other than our unique intellectual property and technology, and our robust go-to-market infrastructure, our
application experts have the best industry knowledge. Consequently, we believe we can greatly support and advise our existing and future customers with
the best-known methods to optimize their production environments. Our own internal estimates, based on our understanding of the industry, combined with
data from available market reports on the estimated production quantities of garments, are that approximately 15 billion impressions are printed direct-to-
garment annually in the global apparel industry, including the decoration of, among other forms of garments, T-shirts, jerseys, and trousers. We estimate the
number  of  annual  impressions  to  grow  to  approximately  23  billion  on  an  annualized  run-rate  basis,  by  the  end  of  2023.  We  estimate  that  only
approximately  1  to  2%  of  these  impressions  are  printed  digitally  today.  We  therefore  believe  that  our  leadership  position,  combined  with  continued
technology innovation, and operational improvements, will allow us to grow our business in the coming years.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Well-positioned to disrupt the DTF market with our unique single-step manufacturing solution. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize
on the growing trend toward on-demand home décor with our unique DTF solution. Our Kornit Presto system (like our former Kornit Allegro), combined
with  our  proprietary  process,  was  designed  to  offer  a  single-step  manufacturing  solution  which  is  especially  suited  for  businesses  which  do  not  have  a
vertically-integrated textile mill. Unlike other digital textile printers, the Kornit Presto does not require multiple pre-processing and post-processing steps
that are customarily used in vertically integrated textile mills and that utilize high levels of energy and space and have a negative environmental impact.
Given its architecture, it is perfectly suited for short and micro runs. The Kornit Presto is compact in size, requires a single person to operate, and fits very
well in an urban and non-industrial setting. The Kornit Presto is unique in its ability to print on multiple fabric types without the need for different inks and
consumables, while generally other systems and technologies for DTF digital printing require dedication of discrete printers to specific fabric types.

Disruptive technology that enables our customers to adopt new, or improve existing, business models. Our digital printing solutions allow our
customers  to  develop  new,  or  improve  existing,  business  and  operational  models  by  enabling  them  to  produce  short  to  medium  runs  of  high-quality
customized garments efficiently. This facilitates online business models that require an on-demand and made-to-order basis and allows brand owners to
produce  and  decorate  garments  in-house.  With  a  constantly  growing  worldwide  customer  base  of  more  than  1,000  customers,  we  are  witnessing  the
creation of a global fulfillment network of printing specialists that are leveraged by large numbers of websites that offer customizable garment printing
services. As demand from these customers continues to grow, so does utilization of our systems, which in turn print more impressions, consume more ink
and once used to their full capacity, require purchasing of more systems.

Environmentally-friendly printing processes. A significant portion of global industrial water pollution comes from textile dyeing, printing and
finishing. We believe that environmental factors are beginning to assume a significant role in the decision-making process of our existing and potential
customers, with an increasing number of countries adopting restrictions on the use of technologies like screen printing that generate significant wastewater.
Our printing process eliminates the need for separate pre-treatment, as well as steaming, washing or rinsing of textiles during the printing process, which
leads to a significant reduction in water consumption compared to conventional printing methods. In addition, our inks are biodegradable and certified by
leading industry groups as being safe for system operators, consumers and the environment. Finally, our systems offer energy saving processes that result in
the  use  of  significantly  less  power  compared  to  traditional  printing  processes.  We  believe  that  these  environmental  benefits  will  further  drive  market
penetration of our solutions and enable manufacturers to move production closer to the consumer in a cost-effective manner.

Attractive  business  model.  We  currently  offer  a  broad  portfolio  of  differentiated  digital  printing  solutions  for  the  digital  industrial  and  mass
production DTG market. Our existing and growing installed base of systems results in recurring sales of ink and other consumables, which are specially
formulated to enable our systems to operate at the highest throughput level. These recurring sales are generated at attractive gross margins. Recurring sales
of ink and other consumables have historically offered us a degree of visibility into a significant component of our results of operations. We believe that our
recurring sales model also enables us to foster close customer relationships, as it facilitates ongoing engagement with our customers, which positions us to
provide tailored solutions and expands our ability to provide value-added services to our customers. Our customer relationships are further strengthened by
a trend towards ownership of multiple systems, as the number of customers with at least two systems has grown from 155 as of December 31, 2014, to 271
as of December 31, 2018, and to 277 as of December 2019. The number of customers with at least 10 systems has grown from nine as of December 31,
2014, to 17 as of December 31, 2019. We anticipate revenue from services to increase over time as we reach upgrade cycles across our growing installed
base and continue to expand our service contracts business model. Additionally, sales of ink and other consumables are generally higher in high throughput
systems such as the Vulcan Plus, Atlas, Avalanche and Presto systems. Large customers typically run at high utilization rates and can consume up to five
times as much ink per year compared to other customers. By developing and implementing proprietary end-to-end solutions for our customers, we believe
our business model is differentiated from more commoditized solutions serving the same end markets. We have proven our ability to grow revenues while
maintaining an attractive margin profile and we intend to continue investing in our business to drive profitable growth in the future.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
Product upgrade strategy. In 2016 we started implementing a long-term strategy for supporting our installed base with upgrade paths to newer,
more advanced, systems. The goal of this strategy is to allow our customers to extend the return on their investment in Kornit systems, and in return, we
enjoy growth in system utilization and on-going capital investments in our equipment through the depreciation cycle.

Product refurbishment strategy. In 2019, and going into 2020, we introduced a new line of factory refurbished systems, based on the Avalanche
and Storm platforms. This new line of business will enable us to expand our product offering with the latest technology capabilities at different price points,
as well as provide us with maximal control over any after-market activity. This initiative makes it easier for our existing customer base to adopt our latest
technology  as  they  trade-in  their  existing  relevant  installed  base,  which  in  turn  will  find  its  way  to  new  customers  who  are  more  capital  expenditure
sensitive.  As  a  part  of  our  sustainability  strategy,  this  new  line  of  business  enables  us  to  re-use  systems,  sub-modules  and  other  parts  to  their  fullest
potential and life expectancy, thus reducing waste and other environmental impacts of unnecessary production of new systems.

Robust  intellectual  property  portfolio  driven  by  an  innovation-based  culture.  Our  intellectual  property  portfolio  reflects  over  a  decade  of
significant investments in digital textile printing, which we believe creates significant barriers to entry. We have developed a strong base of technology
know-how, backed by our portfolio of intellectual property, which includes 30 issued patents and 21 provisional or pending US applications, 33 pending
non-US patent applications and 11 pending PCT applications that cover wet-on-wet printing methodology, ink formulations, printing processes and related
methods and systems. Our team of over 128 researchers and developers, including chemists, electrical engineers, system engineers, software engineers and
mechanical engineers, ensures that our systems remain technologically advanced, and are well engineered, user-friendly and highly reliable.

Extensive product portfolio and strong new product pipeline. With throughputs ranging from 32 to 235 garments per hour, our DTG systems are
suited for smaller industrial operators with limited budgets, as well as mass producers with complex needs. Since 2015, we have commercialized several
new  solutions  in  the  DTG  market:  the  Vulcan  and  (recently,  in  January  2020)  the  Vulcan  Plus,  cost-effective  digital  substitutions  for  carousel  screen
printing and high-capacity, industrial DTG systems; the HD family of solutions (including, in January 2020, the Storm HD6 Lite refurbished system); the
Atlas, our high throughput mass production digital DTG system; and, beginning in April 2019, our specialty DTG solutions—the Avalanche Poly Pro and
Avalanche DC Pro, which enable digital printing on a variety of polyester products and other fabric types, including cotton, cotton-polyester blends, silk,
leather, denim, linen and wool. Our future roadmap remains focused on the continued development of proprietary processes, continuously expanding the
breadth  of  applications  upon  which  we  can  print  while  pushing  the  envelope  of  cost-efficient  manufacturing  further  as  a  means  to  expand  our  servable
addressable markets.

At  the  heart  of  a  true  industrial  revolution,  or  Textile  4.0.  Every  digital  printing  revolution  starts  with  printing  small  quantities  of  particular
designs where the advantages of digital technology are most pronounced. The ability to expand the addressable market of digital printing relies heavily on
constant reduction of cost per printed unit (CPP). Given our deep technological foundations, we have been able to constantly reduce CPP by increasing
system  output  as  well  as  increasing  the  efficiency  of  our  inks,  allowing  customers  to  consume  less  ink  while  achieving  excellent  results.  Given  this
progression, we are now able to offer a cost-effective alternative to screen printing for runs of up to 500 garments, making our products a viable printing
solution for large scale retailers who now seek to move to quick inventory replenishment and are constantly moving to shorter runs of production.

Strong management team. Our Chief Executive Officer, Ronen Samuel, and our Chief Financial Officer, Guy Avidan, bring extensive experience
of  managing  publicly  traded  companies  and/or  in  management  roles  in  the  printing  industry.  Our  management  team’s  industry  expertise  and  extensive
experience in running global companies will enable us to execute our growth strategy. Our management infrastructure also includes executives who are
experienced in the management of people, large scale business, innovation and product development in larger public organizations including HP, Applied
Materials, NICE, Amdocs and Mitsubishi Fuso Trucks of America. Over the past five years, we have also invested heavily in human resources to support
our growth. Since 2013, our workforce has almost tripled from 190 to 547 as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, more than 208 of our employees are in
the field, enabling us to provide more localized service to our customers.

37

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Our Strategy and Catalysts for Growth

The following are the key elements of our growth strategy and catalysts that will drive our business expansion:

Remove market and technology barriers to drive continued organic growth.

We are focused on ongoing investments in our research and development, product management, and applications development areas to continue
driving innovation within the industry, thereby allowing our customers and prospects to grow their businesses by enabling them to expand their product
offering with additional applications, designs, and fabric types. We focus on constantly removing barriers as they relate to quality, hand feel, and cost (as
evidenced in the release of our latest HD family of solutions). We will continue to drive the productivity of our technology to allow existing and future
customers  to  cost  effectively  obtain  new  jobs  and  transfer  existing  recurring  jobs  and  impressions  from  analog  to  digital  printing,  which  will  drive
increased sales of systems, consumables and services. As part of our strategy, we will continue to bring to the market solutions that enable efficient mass
production and customization in a rapidly transforming industry that is shifting to shorter production runs and mass production of on-demand, at times one-
by-one,  orders.  We  believe  that  removing  market  barriers  includes  periodically  introducing  to  the  market  innovative  digital  processes  that  address  key
industry  pain  points  and  gaps,  which  traditional  analogue  techniques  cannot  handle,  do  so  with  poor  quality,  or  do  so  in  a  non-cost  efficient  or
environmentally sustainable manner. We believe that continuing to remove market and technology barriers and developing new features and functionality
of our solutions will allow us to win new customers and increase system, consumables and services sales to existing customers.

Enter Key Adjacent Markets.

We plan to continue growing our customer base by targeting new customers in markets that are adjacent to the markets in which we have been
operating.  To-date,  we  have  been  catering  predominantly  to  the  customized  design  market,  consisting  of  online  businesses  of  different  sizes,  focused
mainly  on  mass  customization  and  personalization  that  are  enabled  by  using  our  technology.  An  example  of  our  success  in  this  market  is  the  Master
Purchase  Agreement,  that  we  entered  into  on  January  10,  2017,  with  an  affiliate  of  Amazon.com,  Inc.  To  date  we  have  supplied  several  systems,  large
quantities  of  inks  and  consumables  and  have  been  providing  paid  service  to  multiple  facilities  under  the  agreement.  During  the  years  2018  and  2019,
Amazon related revenues were $24.2 million and $22.15 million, respectively. We expect that our relationship with Amazon will continue to expand in the
future and that they will remain a significant customer. We expect continued growth with other existing customers in the customized design market as they
seek  to  grow  capacity,  provide  new  applications  and  expand  into  new  market  segments  and  geographies.  We  also  expect  to  add  new  customers  in  the
customized design market, as the market continues to grow and develop. With the breadth of our existing portfolio and our continued investment in features
and functionality, we believe we are well positioned to expand our market reach by penetrating adjacent markets in the form of traditional and start-up
brands, private labels, and the promotional market, in which we can drive adoption of digital DTG printing solutions in place of analogue screen-printing
production methods, which are currently primarily relied upon. While we have started to penetrate these markets, directly or via third-party fulfillers and
decorators, we plan to deepen our penetration into these important markets as they seek to transform their business and operating models.

Maximize system utilization by existing customers.

We  are  focused  on  increasing  sales  to  existing  customers  by  introducing  new  digital  printing  applications,  developing  new  features  and
functionality of our systems, offering new system upgrade products to make it easier for customers to renew their fleets and update their IB to the latest
technology available, increasing sales of software and value-added services, offering customers empowerment program inclusive of basic and advanced
training,  with  a  goal  of  enabling  our  customers  to  increase  utilization  of  their  systems.  We  also  intend  to  actively  refer  business  to  our  customers  by
connecting them with online businesses that seek fulfillment partners, which will enhance customer intimacy. Our objective is to help customers operate
their  businesses  more  efficiently,  print  more  impressions  and  increase  utilization  of  their  systems,  thereby  requiring  more  ink  and  other  consumables
purchases as well as potential investment in new systems as they require additional capacity.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expanding our GTM and services business. 

We  continue  to  invest  in  our  go-to-market  infrastructure  across  geographies,  including  in  our  sales,  applications,  and  services  teams.  While
maintaining an overall hybrid go-to-market strategy that includes both indirect and direct sales, we have adopted a direct sales model in North America and
are assessing moving towards that model in one or more additional key markets. In North America, we initiated the transition towards direct sales via our
acquisition of the U.S.-based digital DTG printing assets of SPSI in 2016, in which we acquired an increasing number of larger accounts, which require a
more  direct  relationship  between  our  company  and  the  related  customers.  We  completed  the  transition  in  North  America  to  a  full  direct  sales  model  in
February 2019, with our acquisition of customer business assets from Hirsch, our former primary distributor in the United States and Canada. By fostering
direct sales relationships with our North American customers, we aim to deepen our relationship with them as well as better align our product roadmap to
meet their needs.

Strategic accounts are an important and valued part of our business and future growth, and we continue to make the appropriate investments in
ensuring we serve their needs as it comes to sales, application consulting and services support. We expect to continue developing our strategic accounts
practice in a combination of dedicated regional and corporate resources as we strive to help these important customers improve their business performances
by delivering best-in-class customer experience.

We are seeking to increase the number of customers that rely on us to provide services for their systems by expanding our service capabilities and
driving adoption of our portfolio of services contracts. As of December 31, 2019, we had service contracts in place with approximately 24% of our installed
base. Service revenues exceeded 10% of our overall revenues for the first time in 2017 and, in 2019, amounted to $23.3 million. In addition to driving gross
margin  improvement,  we  believe  this  will  provide  us  an  opportunity  for  direct  contact  with  customers  with  the  goal  of  reducing  system  down-time,
educating customers about optimal use of our systems to drive increased utilization and growth in the number of impressions printed, expanding the variety
of print applications and increasing sales of post-warranty service contracts and other professional application development services.

Extend our leadership position through acquisitions and strategic partnerships.

We seek to continue to differentiate ourselves and extend our leadership position. From time to time, we may supplement our internal efforts with
complementary inorganic initiatives such as acquisitions and strategic partnerships to enhance our positioning. For example, our acquisition of Polymeric
Imaging in 2015 expanded our ink technology capabilities, our acquisitions of the digital DTG printing assets of SPSI in 2016 enabled us to strengthen our
direct sales channel and gain access to a large screen-printing customer base, and the acquisition of business assets from Hirsch in 2019 helped us transition
to a full direct sales model in North America. Each of these acquisitions enhanced the positioning of our company. Future acquisitions may also allow us to
strengthen our existing portfolio of solutions or add new capabilities.

39

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Our Products

Direct-to-Garment (DTG) Systems

In 2019 we started consolidation of our core DTG products portfolio to rely on our HD technology. This represents a clear focus in our product
offering, supporting our strategy to penetrate the market segment of brands and private labels. The combination of our HD technology, together with the
Eco-Rapid  ink-set,  introduced  in  January  2019,  enables  our  customers  to  produce  retail-quality  prints  with  competitive  cost  per  print,  allowing  them  to
replace screen printed jobs, including those targeted for the retail market. Levelling up our entire product portfolio to the superior performance of our HD
technology  allows  us  to  execute  on  our  screen-replacement  strategy  across  different  market  segments  and  a  variety  of  customer  types  and  sizes.  The
underlying strategy behind this system lineup is to accommodate a variety of customer types with the highest digital printing capabilities at a variety of
productivity levels and price points, as they are now able to produce the same retail-quality at the same CPP on all our HD systems. The differentiation
across  our  new  line  of  HD  systems  is  mainly  based  on  system  productivity  and  total  cost  of  ownership,  with  a  clear  benefit  to  our  higher  productivity
systems.

Yearly Output HD Portfolio

System
Storm HD6 Lite
Storm HD6
Avalanche HD6
Atlas
Vulcan Plus

Output
range*
50K-60K (1)
    96K-165K (2)
    237K-360K (3)
    422K-640K (3)
    620K-940K (3)

Yearly output measured in high productivity print mode (13”X13“, Dark)

*
(1) The calculation is based on productivity of 8 hours shift in the range of 220 working days to 250 working days.
(2) The calculation is based on productivity range of 8 hours shift in 220 working days to 12 hours shift in 250 working days.
(3) The calculation is based on productivity range of 12 hours shift in 220 working days to 16 hours shift in 250 working days

In  the  beginning  of  2019,  we  launched  a  new  industrial  DTG  platform  –  the  Kornit  Atlas.  The  Atlas  represents  our  next  generation  direct-to-
garment  printing  platform,  equipped  with  our  next  generation  HD  technology  and  designed  mainly  for  high-volume  garment  decoration  businesses  and
mid-to-large size screen printers. With its retail-grade print quality, high productivity and attractive total cost of ownership, the Atlas allows our customers
to serve additional market needs and open new opportunities.

In January 2020, we introduced the Storm HD6 Lite Refurbished, which effectively replaces the Kornit Storm II, enables DTG printing for smaller
print  operations,  such  as  commercial  printers  moving  to  the  industrial  market  and  analogue  printers  broadening  their  production  capabilities.  It  has  a
production  capacity  of  up  to  60,000  impressions  annually  and  provides  on-demand  DTG  printing  that  meets  high-level,  retail  quality  and  sustainability
standards.

In January 2020, we also launched the Vulcan Plus, which is currently our highest productivity HD system, with the best total cost of ownership
for large production facilities with high volumes of mass customization print jobs. The Vulcan Plus is based on the Vulcan platform, that was introduced in
2016, and was designed based on our customers feedback and field experience with the platform.

Building on the massive new product introduction of 2019 and the beginning of 2020 we were able to create an extensive HD product portfolio,
ranging all our main product platforms and a multitude of product configurations – starting from the Storm, through the Avalanche, and all the way to the
Atlas and the Vulcan. In alignment with our products upgrade strategy, different upgrade paths are available to the HD systems, enabling our customers to
equip themselves with new and superior capabilities and improve cost of ownership on their existing systems, expanding their business opportunities and
allowing us to gain additional revenues from our existing installed base.

Specialty DTG:  In 2019 we established another line of products as a part of our DTG offering – specialty solutions. This new line of products
introduces a diversification in our offering, representing our product strategy of solutions. The underlying strategy behind this new line of products is to
identify specific market needs and application challenges representing major market opportunities and address them with unique and specific solutions. In
2019  we  introduced  a  new  and  innovative  process  for  printing  on  dyed  polyester,  addressing  the  cross-industry  challenge  of  dye-migration,  when
decorating dyed polyester. This new solution was introduced to market during 2019 on a new system from the Avalanche platform – the Avalanche Poly
Pro.

Based on our new NeoPoly technology, the Avalanche Poly Pro can print on dyed polyester, using our new and innovative low temperature curing

process, thus eliminating the challenge of dye-migration, currently existing in all other polyester decoration techniques.

The Avalanche Poly Pro enables the production of on-demand customized polyester products, without minimum order quantity, providing all the
advantages of digital printing on polyester. The system can print on a variety of polyester fabrics including poly blends (e.g. poly-lycra, poly-cotton), a
variety of fabric builds and textures, including woven and knitted fabrics, as well as on recycled polyester. This new specialty product solution is added to
the already existing Avalanche DC Pro, which is the only digital solution we know for discharge printing in the market.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct-to-Fabric (DTF) Systems

Presto: Our Presto system has replaced our Allegro system - which was the first DTF printing system to allow for one-step DTF printing. The
Presto, like the Allegro, combines a printing system and a drying and curing module so that a full end-to-end manufacturing process is enabled. Unlike the
Presto, most DTF printers require additional steps. The Presto (like the Allegro before it) takes advantage of our patented wet-on-wet methodology to allow
for in-line printing on various fabrics, without requiring a separate pre-treatment process, thereby avoiding the need to use textiles that are specifically pre-
treated for digital printing. The Presto is designed to achieve high throughputs and does not require water or steam for any part of the printing process,
making it friendly to the environment. By using our proprietary pigment-based ink, Presto can print on a variety of natural and synthetic fabrics providing
customers with a significant level of flexibility. Most other dye-based systems are specifically designed to print on specific fabric types and cannot be used
with other types of fabric as the processes and consumables used vary considerably from one to the other.

Our systems range in pricelist from $69,000 to over $820,000 and consume an average of $5,000 to $300,000 of ink and consumables annually per

system.

Summary of DTG Systems:

The following table summarizes key aspects of our DTG systems, all of which are compatible with a wide range of fabrics, including cotton, wool,
polyester, viscose, lycra and various blends, and print at maximum resolutions ranging from 600 to 1,200 DPI. With the introduction of our Avalanche Poly
Pro, our systems now also enable large-scale printing on dyed polyester, which has served as an entry point for us into the lucrative athleisure market.

System
Breeze
Storm HD6 Lite
Storm 1000*
Storm Hexa
Storm HD6
Storm Duo*
Avalanche*
Avalanche Poly Pro
Avalanche DC Pro
Avalanche 1000*
Avalanche Hexa*
Avalanche HDK
Avalanche HD6
Atlas
Paradigm II*
Vulcan
Vulcan Plus

Target Customer
Entry Level
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput
High Throughput

Effective Throughput
Light/Dark Garments(1)
32/25
40/30(2)
170/85
170/85
70/55(2)
190/N.A
150/100
106/85
150/100
220/160
180/140
105/85(2)
105/85(2)
200/160(2)
120/120
250/250
235/235

Colors
CMYK + White
CMYKGR + White
CMYK + White
CMYKRG + White
CMYKRG + White
CMYK + White
CMYK + White
CMYK + White + Poly Enhancer
CMYK + White + Discharge ink
CMYK + White
CMYKRG + White
CMYK + White
CMYKRG + White
CMYKRG + White
CMYK
CMYKRG + White
CMYKRG + White

  Max. Printing Area

14 x 18 in
20 x 28 in
20 x 28 in
20 x 28 in
20 x 28 in
20 x 28 in
23.5 x 35 in
23.5 x 35 in
23.5 x 35 in
23.5 x 35 in
23.5 x 35 in
23.5 x 35 in
23.5 x 35 in
23.5 x 35 in
15.5 x 19.5 in
15.5 x 19.5 in
15.7 x 19.7 in

System undergoing End of Life process.

*
(1) Maximum output for sellable product for dark and light garments. Output for all systems, except the Vulcan and Vulcan Plus, is measured in High
Productivity  print  mode  using  A4  size  prints  per  hour  with  pretreatment  included.  Output  for  the  Vulcan  and  Vulcan  Plus  systems  is  measured  in
Standard  print  mode  using  12  x  12  in  size  prints  per  hour  with  pretreatment  included.  The  throughput  measurement  is  based  on  10  t-shirt
print procedure.

(2) Measurement method changed to 13''x13'' image impression instead of A4.

41

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ink and Other Consumables

  Kornit NeoPigment™ inks are water based, non-toxic, phthalate free and free of heavy metals and follow the highest international sustainability
standards  such  as  Eco-Passport,  GOTS  and  per  specific  customer  requirements.  Our  ink  and  consumables  consist  of  our  patented  NeoPigment™  ink,
proprietary binding agent, priming fluid, wiping fluid and flushing fluid. We categorize our line of inks into two category groups: Direct-to-Garment and
Direct-to-Fabric.

For  our  DTG  systems  we  hold  four  set  of  ink  series:    NeoPigment™,  NeoPigment™  Rapid,  NeoPigment™  Eco-Rapid  and  NeoPigment™
Olympia. The first two ink sets are designed for Kornit legacy products while the Eco-Rapid is the most advanced ink set designed for retail quality. These
three ink sets are available in seven colors (W+CMYKRG) and a complementary binding agent. NeoPigment™ Olympia is designed for our new polyester
printing system, the Avalanche Poly Pro, available in five colors (W+CMYK) and an enhancer. The printing process is unique and innovative specially
designed  for  polyester  printing  overcoming  the  challenges  by  implementing  four  crucial  steps.  The  first  step,  a  fixation  agent  specially  designed  and
formulated  for  polyester  fabrics.  The  second  step,  white  layer  with  special  properties  resulting  in  high  quality  white  color,  high  opacity  and  elastic
properties  for  high  performance.  The  third  step,  CMYK  printing,  allowing  increased  color  gamut  and  spot  color  matching  and  finishing  with  a  poly-
enhancer, designed for high quality finishing with improved durability and refined hand-feel.

For our Direct-to Fabric systems we have two ink set: NeoPigment™ Intenso and NeoPigment™ Robusto. Those are designed for our Roll-to-Roll
systems  and  consist  of  six  colors  (CMYKRG),  while  the  Intenso  holds  additional  fluorescent  colors  and  a  light-K  color.  with  our  Direct-to-Fabrics  ink
series we have developed and patented a fixation on the fly (FOF) process. This unique consumable allows to print in a single step solution, avoiding the
need of fabric pre-treatment and enabling minimal environmental impact.

All our inks are formulated for optimal use exclusively in our systems. Our patented wet-on-wet printing methodology that involves spraying a
wetting solution on the fabric before applying our proprietary pigment-based inks. This unique capability enables our systems to reach high throughput
levels while still producing high quality images and designs. The wetting solution prevents the ink from bleeding into the textile and fixes the ink drops,
which enables digital printing with high color-intensity and image sharpness. This printing methodology combines the use of pigments rather than dyes in
conjunction with our proprietary binding agent and allows us to print on a wide range of fabrics without the need for a separate pre-treatment process or
system reconfiguration, resulting in minimal setup times for each run and high throughput levels. Given the proprietary nature of our printing methodology,
our ink and consumables attachment rate is close to 100%. We also continuously invest in the development of new ink formulas for our systems in order to
expand the range of applications we can print, further increase the quality of our high-resolution images and designs and improve color fastness.

We  have  developed  two  patented  methods  for  printing  on  dark  or  colored  fabrics.  The  first  method  involves  printing  a  layer  of  specially
formulated white ink as a base upon which to print colored images and designs. Printing on top of this foundation enhances color intensity and creates
contrast against the dark or colored fabric. In addition, we have developed a patented discharge ink for printing on dark or colored fabrics. The discharge
ink bleaches the fabric dye and applies colored ink in the locations where the discharge ink removed the fabric dye. This method, which is primarily used
by brand owners and contract printers, allows the printing of high-resolution images and designs without compromising the texture or feel of the garment.

Software Solutions

Our DTG systems arrive with our QuickP Production software embedded. The software manages the system operation and prepares image files
for print. QuickP Production is a simple to use solution that allows users to control key operating parameters, such as ink dots per inch, or DPI, perform
maintenance and calibration procedures and import image files and prepare them for print.

Some of our customers also purchase our QuickP Designer software. QuickP Designer is a software package that combines our own internally
developed Raster Image Processing, or RIP, software with other print job management capabilities and includes an advanced ink consumption estimation
tool. A single QuickP Designer license can be used to support multiple Kornit systems.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
In 2018 we introduced to market a new professional RIP software specifically designed in full collaboration with ColorGate. This new offering
allows our customers to enhance our systems’ performance in the areas of print quality and color management, allowing them to achieve superior results
and  manage  high-end  color  demanding  applications.  The  combination  of  this  new  product  offering,  together  with  our  HD  technology,  also  serves  our
screen-printing replacement strategy, allowing our customers to achieve color accuracy and matching to screen prints.

In  June  2019  we  introduced  to  the  market  the  Kornit  Konnect,  our  new  cloud-based,  software  analytics  connectivity  platform  that  enables
businesses  to  maximize  productivity  of  their  digital  printing  solutions.  In  its  first  phase,  the  Kornit  Konnect  enables  businesses  to  monitor  production,
analyze  insights  and  manage  their  fleet,  in  order  to  eliminate  blind  spots.    It  includes  a  fleet  management  dashboard,  data  driven  benchmarks,  actual
production costs, and cost structures per job, making it easy for businesses to learn more, react faster and perform better.

Our Services

Our services consist of maintenance and support, and professional services. We are seeking to increase the number of customers that rely on us to
provide services for their systems by expanding our service capabilities. As of December 31, 2019, we had service contracts in place with approximately
32% of our industrial and mass production installed base. Starting in 2020, we expect this rate to increase, as according to our new policy, each industrial
system will be sold along with a service contract. Service revenues exceeded 10% of our overall revenues for the first time in 2017 and, in 2019, amounted
to $23.3 million. In addition to driving gross margin improvement, we believe this will provide us an opportunity for direct contact with customers with the
goal of reducing system down-time, educating customers about optimal use of our systems to drive increased utilization, expanding the variety of print
applications and increasing sales of post-warranty service contracts and other professional application development services.

Maintenance and Support

Starting in 2019, we provide a six-month warranty, which covers parts, labor, and remote support. Our customers can also purchase an additional
year  of  support  coverage  at  the  time  of  purchase.  After  this  period,  customers  can  renew  their  support  contract  by  purchasing  a  support  package  that
includes remote support, on-site support, software updates, and on-site yearly maintenance.  Alternatively, they can choose to rely on our support on a time-
and-materials basis. In the United States, we provide direct service to all of our customers. In the EMEA region, we provide direct service to nearly half of
our  install  base,  while  the  other  half  receives  that  support  through  our  independent  distributors.  In  the  Asia  Pacific  region,  service  is  provided  by  our
independent distributors, and we provide second line support, if needed.

Professional Services

Our systems are designed such that customers can operate them without the assistance of our company or our independent distributors. However,
we  provide  the  Customer  Empowerment  Program  to  ensure  an  efficient  knowledge-transfer  process  and  to  help  our  customers  become  proficient  and
independent at operating their systems in a short period of time

The Customer Empowerment Program is composed of four touchpoints:

● Digital Touchpoint: This is available before the system is installed at the customer site. Includes access to a variety of online tutorials and

documentation.

● Basic  Technical  and  Application  Training:  Consists  of  a  five-day  course  in  our  training  center.  Includes  an  overview  of  the  system  and

involves practice by the customer performing typical maintenance, application, and operation procedures.

● Installation Training – Consists of three days on-site during the installation of the system, to ensure that the machine is up-and-running as

expected.

● Ramp-up Training – Three to five days of professional services.  Includes customized consulting aimed at optimizing the use of our systems.

These professional services are provided at our regional offices or on-site at the customer.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have furthermore established three training centers at our regional offices in the US, Germany, and Hong Kong, respectively. We continuously

seek to expand the number and content of our training programs.

 Our Customers

Our diverse global customer base consisted of more than 1,000 customers as of December 31, 2019. Throughout our growing installed base, our
customers  can  serve  a  variety  of  different  business  models,  particularly  the  new  business  models  that  have  developed  in  response  to  the  evolution  of
consumer  trends  and  the  rapid  growth  of  the  online  retail  market.  Our  solutions  enable  this  category  of  “web-to-print”  businesses  to  fulfill  consumer
demand more quickly and cost-effectively in a manner that is differentiated from traditional brick and mortar businesses. A number of large-scale, web-to-
print platforms have emerged. These platforms often leverage digital printing solutions to facilitate business for other content providers.

The ecosystem of web-to-print businesses that we currently serve includes:

Self-Fulfillment.  Companies manufacturing and selling their own designs that are advertised on their own websites and through other marketing

means.

Hybrid Printers.  Companies that both manufacture in-house and outsource manufacturing to third party fulfillment providers, who are often also

our customers.

Third Party Fulfillment Centers.  Companies serving as third party fulfillment for other businesses. Third party fulfillment providers include a

number of our customers. Demand for these businesses is typically generated online through other web retailers.

Proximity to the end customer is a key factor for these businesses since it minimizes shipping costs and enables them to offer rapid turnaround to
consumers, which is a key factor in choosing where to buy online apparel. In many cases, retailers have asked us for assistance in identifying our local
customers to help with their fulfillment.

See “ITEM 10. Additional Information— C. - Material Contracts - Agreements with Amazon.”

C. Organizational Structure

Our  corporate  structure  consists  of  Kornit  Digital  Ltd.,  our  Israeli  parent  company,  and  five  wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  (1)  Kornit  Digital
Technologies  Ltd.,  which  was  incorporated  on  July  5,  2006  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Israel,  (2)  Kornit  Digital  North  America  Inc.,  which  was
incorporated on September 12, 2007 under the laws of the State of Delaware, (3) Kornit Digital Europe GmbH, which was incorporated on April 20, 2011
under the laws of Germany, (4) Kornit Digital Asia Pacific Limited, which was incorporated on November 18, 2009 under the laws of Hong Kong, (5)
Kornit Digital UK Ltd., which was incorporated on August 30, 2017 under the laws of England and Wales, and (6) Kornit Digital Japan KK which was
incorporated on March 9, 2020 under the laws of Japan.

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

Our corporate headquarters are located in Rosh Ha’Ayin, Israel in an office and research and development facility consisting of approximately
107,000  square  feet.  The  lease  for  this  office  expires  in  December  2025,  with  an  option  to  extend  the  lease  for  an  additional  five  years.  We  lease  an
additional facility of approximately 8,000 square feet near our corporate headquarters. The lease for this additional space expires in December 2020, with
an option to extend the lease for an additional 18 months. In Israel, we also lease a manufacturing facility in Kiryat Gat, which consists of approximately
19,000  square  feet.  The  lease  for  the  Kiryat  Gat  manufacturing  facility  expires  on  May  31,  2021,  and  we  have  an  option  to  lease  this  facility  for  an
additional three years. We can terminate this lease by providing 180 days’ prior notice. During high season we can more than double our current output at
the facility by increasing the number of shifts on the existing production lines without requiring us to expand the physical structure of the facility. We have
secured a location for a new, modern, manufacturing facility that we intend to build in Kiryat Gat with the goal of increasing operational efficiency and
providing for improved safety and security. Construction began in January 2019 and is expected to be completed approximately in August 2020. We will
experience some delays due to the effects of the coronavirus. We have incurred capital expenditures for the new facility in order to complete the acquisition
of the property and building of this facility.

Our new U.S. headquarters are located in Englewood, New Jersey. We have entered into a lease for these headquarters, which are comprised of
approximately 15,845 square feet of offices and warehouse. The lease for this location expires in February 2028. We maintain additional sales, support and
marketing offices in Dusseldorf, Hong Kong and Shanghai.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
ITEM 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

ITEM 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and
related notes and the information contained elsewhere in this annual report. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as
those set forth under “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” our actual results may differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We  develop,  design  and  market  innovative  digital  printing  solutions  for  the  global  printed  textile  industry.  Our  vision  is  to  revolutionize  this
industry by facilitating the transition from analog processes that have not evolved for decades to digital methods of production that address contemporary
supply, demand and environmental dynamics. We focus on the rapidly growing high throughput DTG and DTF segments of the printed textile industry. Our
solutions  include  our  proprietary  digital  printing  systems,  ink  and  other  consumables,  associated  software  and  value-added  services  that  allow  for  large
scale printing of short runs of complex images and designs directly on finished garments and fabrics.

We have developed and offer a broad portfolio of differentiated digital printing solutions for the DTG market that provide answers to challenges
faced  by  participants  in  the  global  printed  textile  industry.  Our  DTG  solutions  utilize  our  patented  wet-on-wet  printing  methodology  that  eliminates  the
common practice of separately coating and drying textiles prior to printing. This methodology also enables printing on a wide range of untreated fabrics,
including cotton, wool, polyester, lycra and denim. Our patented NeoPigment ink and other consumables have been specially formulated to be compatible
with our systems and overcome the quality-related challenges that pigment-based inks have traditionally faced when used in digital printing. Our software
solutions simplify workflows in the printing process, by offering a complete solution from web order intake through graphic job preparation and execution. 

Building  on  the  expertise  and  capabilities  that  we  have  accumulated  in  developing  and  offering  differentiated  solutions  for  the  industrial  DTG
market,  we  also  market  an  industrial  digital  printing  solution,  the  Presto,  which  targets  the  on-demand  DTF  market.  While  the  DTG  market  generally
involves printing on finished garments, the DTF market is focused on printing on fabrics that are subsequently converted into finished garments, home or
office décor, and other items. The Presto (like our predecessor DTF product, the Allegro) utilizes our proprietary wet-on-wet printing methodology and
houses an integrated drying and curing system. It offers the sole (following its predecessor, the Allegro) single-step, eco-friendly, stand-alone industrial
DTF  digital  textile  printing  solution  available  on  the  market.  We  primarily  market  the  Presto  to  innovative  web-based  businesses  operating  on-demand
business models that require a high degree of variety and limited quantity orders, as well as to fabric converters, which source large quantities of fabric and
convert  untreated  fabrics  into  finished  materials  to  be  sold  to  garment  and  home  décor  manufacturers.  We  believe  that  with  the  Presto  we  are  well
positioned  to  take  advantage  of  the  growing  trend  towards  customized  home  décor  and  on-demand  fabric  printing.  We  began  selling  the  Presto
commercially in the second quarter of 2019 (after having introduced our initial DTF digital textile printing solution, the Allegro, four years earlier, in the
second quarter of 2015).

Our go-to-market strategy consists of a hybrid model of indirect and direct sales, with a trend towards adopting a direct sales model in certain key
markets,  as  we  have  done  in  North  America.  We  have  historically  generated  a  significant  portion  of  our  sales  through  a  global  network  of  independent
distributors and value added resellers that we refer to as our channel partners. Our channel partners, in turn, sell the solutions they purchase from us to
customers for whom we provide installation services, or sell and install our solutions on their own. Our channel partners work closely with our sales force
and assist us by identifying potential sales targets, closing new business and maintaining relationships with and, in certain jurisdictions, providing support
directly to our customers. Our agreement with our previous primary independent distributor in North America terminated effective as of February 7, 2019,
following which we transitioned towards a direct sales model in that region.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
Maintenance  and  support  for  our  systems  is  performed  either  by  our  own  service  organization  or  by  service  engineers  employed  by  our
distributors. This varies among the four regions that we currently serve, depending on the infrastructure we have established in each particular region. We
provide professional services directly to some of our customers in all regions. Our customers can renew maintenance and support contracts for additional
periods by purchasing a maintenance and support package that covers remote support, software upgrades and onsite yearly maintenance or they can choose
to rely on our support on a non-contractual time and material basis.

We have an attractive business model that results in recurring sales of ink and other consumables driven by our growing installed base of systems.
Our ink and other consumables are specially formulated to enable our systems to operate at the highest throughput level while adhering to high print quality
requirements.

We intend to capitalize on the continued growth of the DTG market by expanding our diverse global customer base, with particular focus on the
fast-growing web-to-print businesses. We also seek to increase our sales to existing customers, particularly sales of our ink and other consumables. At the
same time, we look to acquire new high-volume customers, which drives higher sales of ink and other consumables. We are also seeking to extend our
serviceable addressable market by introducing new features and functionality that enhance the capabilities of our systems and inks, and enable our systems
to print on new types of media. We plan to accomplish these goals by investing in our direct sales force, developing new applications for our systems,
introducing new solutions and growing our relationships with channel partners.

We were founded in 2002 in Israel and shipped our first system in 2005. As of December 31, 2019, we had 547 employees located across four

regions: Israel, America, Europe and the Asia Pacific regions. 

A. Operating Results

The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31,
2017, 2018 and 2019 and related notes and the information contained in ITEM 18. Financial Statements. Our financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP. 

Components of Statement of Operations

Revenues

Systems, Ink and Other Consumables, Value Added Services

Substantially all of our revenues are generated from sales of our systems and ink and other consumables. Prior to 2017, we derived, and in the near
term we expect to continue to derive, a majority of our revenues from sales of our systems. However, in 2017, due to lower systems sales, which resulted in
large part from the delay in receipt of permits for a new site for one of our large customers in the United States, we derived a larger portion of our revenues
from  sales  of  ink  and  consumables.    In  the  medium  term,  we  are  targeting  an  equal  mix  of  revenues  from  our  systems  compared  to  ink  and  other
consumables,  due  to  our  growing  installed  base,  which  generates  recurring  revenues  from  sales  of  ink  and  other  consumables.  We  do  not,  however,
consider the period-to-period changes in our total installed base to be a helpful metric in assessing our performance because we currently sell a number of
different  systems  that  have  significantly  different  throughput  characteristics  and  average  selling  prices,  which  do  not,  therefore,  provide  evidence  as  to
revenues from systems sales or expected consumables sales. Instead, because we have not experienced material changes in the prices at which we sell ink
and other consumables, we believe the best measure of the success of our strategy for recurring revenues from our growing installed base is the amount of
the increase in revenues from ink and other consumables that is generated in each period.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
We  generate  the  services  portion  of  our  revenues  from  the  provision  of  spare  parts  to  our  distributors  and  customers,  post-warranty  service

contracts, value added services consisting of time and material based support and system upgrades.

We  have  historically  sold  our  products  directly  and  through  independent  distributors  who  resell  them  to  customers.  Sales  by  our  distributors
accounted for approximately 44% and 30% of our revenues during 2018 and 2019, respectively. On February 7, 2019, our agreement with our previous
primary independent distributor in North America, which accounted for 15% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2018, terminated. Despite our
transition  to  a  direct  sales  model  in  North  America,  we  continue  to  generate  a  small,  non-material  portion  of  our  revenues  from  the  distribution  of  our
products in North America via certain independent distributors.

We recognize revenues in accordance with ASC No. 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. As such, we recognize revenue under the
core  principle  that  transfer  of  control  to  our  customers  should  be  depicted  in  an  amount  reflecting  the  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  revenue.
Therefore,  we  identify  a  contract  with  a  customer,  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  determine  the  transaction  price,  allocate  the
transaction price to each performance obligation in the contract and recognize revenues when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

We periodically provide customer incentive programs including product discounts, volume-based rebates and warrants, which are accounted for as
variable consideration which is deducted from revenue in the period in which the revenue is recognized. These reductions to revenue are made based upon
reasonable and reliable estimates that are determined by historical experience and the specific terms and conditions of the incentive

See “-Critical Accounting Policies-Revenue Recognition”. 

Geographic Breakdown of Revenues

The following table sets forth the geographic breakdown of revenues from sales to customers located in the regions indicated below for the periods

indicated:

U.S.
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Other
Total revenues

Shipping and handling

2017

2018

2019

$

%

$

%

$

%

  $

  $

60,541     
32,015     
16,092     
5,440     
114,088     

(in thousands except percentages)

53.1%  $
28.1 
14.1 
4.7 
100.0%  $

77,652     
45,195     
15,572     
3,954     
142,373     

54.5%  $
31.7 
10.9 
2.9 
100.0%  $

100,457     
48,810     
22,101     
8,498     
179,866     

55.9%
27.1 
12.3 
4.7 
100%

Shipping and handling fees that are charged to our customers are recognized as revenue in the period shipped and the related costs for providing

these services are recorded as a cost of revenues.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

Cost of revenues consists primarily of payments to the third-party contract manufacturers who assemble our systems and who are responsible for
ordering most of the components for those systems. Cost of revenues also includes components for our systems for which we are responsible, such as print
heads,  as  well  as  raw  materials  for  ink  and  other  consumables.    Cost  of  revenues  includes  personnel  expenses,  such  as  operation  and  supply  chain
employees, and related overhead for the manufacturing of our systems, as well as expenses for service personnel involved in the installation and support of
our systems, shipping and handling fees and overhead for the manufacturing process of ink and other consumables. We expect cost of revenues to increase
in absolute dollars due to increased revenues but remain relatively constant or decrease as a percentage of total revenues, as we continue to improve our
manufacturing processes and supply chain and as the costs related to our service infrastructure, which have a fixed component, are leveraged across a larger
installed base. 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
Gross  profit  is  revenues  less  cost  of  revenues.  Gross  margin  is  gross  profit  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenues.  Our  gross  margin  has
historically fluctuated from period to period as a result of changes in the mix of the systems that we sell and the amount of revenues that we derive from ink
and other consumables versus systems. In general, we generate higher gross margins from our high throughput systems compared to entry level systems. In
addition, customers that purchase our high throughput systems generally use larger quantities of ink and other consumables, which generate higher margins
than sales of systems. We expect that gross margins will increase due to improvements in economies of scale and improvements in services gross margin. 

We currently provide maintenance and support for all of our systems sold in the United States even if the sale is made through a distributor. We are
seeking  to  increase  the  number  of  customers  that  rely  on  us  to  provide  maintenance  and  support  for  their  systems  by  expanding  our  maintenance  and
support capabilities. In addition to driving gross margin improvement, we believe this will provide an opportunity for direct contact with customers with
the goal of reducing system down-time, educating customers about optimal use of our systems to drive increased utilization, expanding the variety of print
applications and increasing sales of post-warranty service contracts and other professional application development services. Our service operations have
not  been  profitable  on  a  stand-alone  basis.  We  are  seeking  to  generate  greater  revenues  from  our  service  offering,  and  thereby  leverage  the  fixed  cost
component associated with it, by increasing sales of post-warranty service contracts, selling upgrade kits and providing other professional services. 

Operating Expenses

Our  operating  expenses  are  classified  into  four  categories:  research  and  development  expenses,  sales  and  marketing  expenses,  general  and
administrative expenses and restructuring expenses. For each category, the largest component is generally personnel costs, consisting of salaries and related
personnel expenses, including share-based compensation expenses. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities, including rent
payments  under  our  facility  leases.  We  expect  personnel  and  allocated  costs  to  continue  to  increase  at  a  controlled  pace  as  we  hire  new  employees  to
support growth of our business, but at a slower pace than in prior years. In the long term, we expect operating expenses to decrease as a percentage of
revenues.

Research and Development Expenses. The largest component of our research and development expenses is salaries and related personnel expenses
for our research and development employees. Research and development expenses also include purchases of laboratory supplies; expenses related to beta
testing  of  our  systems;  and  allocated  overhead  costs  for  facilities,  including  rent  payments  under  our  facilities  leases.  We  record  all  research  and
development expenses as they are incurred. We expect research and development expenses to slightly increase in absolute terms as we continue to hire
additional personnel for the development of upgrades to existing systems and additional systems that we develop. Our current research and development
efforts are primarily focused on our next generation of DTF and DTG systems. We are also investing in the development of new ink formulas for our new
systems  and  in  order  to  expand  the  range  of  fabrics  on  which  we  can  print  and  further  improve  color  quality  and  diversification  of  our  high-resolution
images and designs.

Sales  and  Marketing  Expenses.  The  largest  component  of  our  sales  and  marketing  expenses  is  salaries  and  related  personnel  expenses  for  our
marketing, sales and other sales-support employees. Sales and marketing expenses also include trade shows, other advertising and promotions, including
distributor  open  houses  and  media  advertising;  sales-based  commissions  and  allocated  overhead  costs  for  facilities,  including  rent  payments  under  our
facilities leases. We market our solutions using a combination of internal marketing professionals and our network of channel partners. We expect sales and
marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute terms in the near term as we add sales and marketing personnel, including pursuant to our direct
product distribution strategy in certain key markets.

General  and  Administrative  Expenses.  The  largest  component  of  our  general  and  administrative  expenses  is  salaries  and  related  personnel
expenses for our executive officers, financial staff, information technology staff, and human resources staff. General and administrative costs also include
fees for accounting and legal services and allocated overhead costs for facilities, including rent payments under our facilities leases. We expect our general
and administrative expenses to increase in absolute terms in the near term, but at a slower pace than in prior years, as a result of the hiring of additional
personnel to support our growth and to support our operations at our relatively new U.S. headquarters, which had been moved from Mequon, Wisconsin to
Englewood, New Jersey.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance Income, Net

Finance income, net consists of interest income and foreign currency exchange gains or losses. Foreign currency exchange changes reflect gains or
losses  related  to  changes  in  the  value  of  our  non-U.S.  dollar  denominated  financial  assets,  primarily  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  and  trade  payables  and
receivables. As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any indebtedness for borrowed amounts. Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash,
cash  equivalents,  short-term  bank  deposits  and  marketable  securities,  offset  by  amortization  of  premium  on  marketable  securities.  We  expect  interest
income to vary depending on our average investment balances and market interest rates during each reporting period.

Taxes on Income

The corporate tax rate in Israel was 24% in 2017 and was reduced to 23% for 2018 and all subsequent years.  However, as discussed in greater
detail below under “Taxation and Israeli Government Programs Applicable To Our Company — Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs,” we
and our wholly-owned Israeli subsidiary, Kornit Technologies, are entitled to various tax benefits under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital
Investments, 1959, or the Investment Law.

Starting January 1, 2014 and based on the Israeli law, we consolidate the two separate results of our Israeli operations only for tax purposes such
that net operating loss carryforwards of Kornit Technologies generated from 2014 onwards can be used to offset Israeli taxable income from us. Kornit
Technologies currently generates enough carryforward net operating losses to offset the taxable income of the parent. Accordingly, we were not subject to
effective  income  tax  in  Israel  in  2017,  2018  or  2019,  and  our  effective  tax  rate  was  the  blended  rate  of  our  Israeli  tax  and  those  of  our  non-Israeli
subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization. [NATY – done 19.3.20]

Under the Investment Law and other Israeli legislation, we are entitled to certain additional tax benefits, including accelerated depreciation and
amortization rates for tax purposes on certain assets, deduction of public offering expenses in three equal annual installments and amortization of other
intangible property rights for tax purposes.

Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations

Revenues

Products
Services
Total revenues
Cost of revenues

Products
Services

Total cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Restructuring expenses
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Finance income, net
Income (loss) before taxes on income (tax benefit)
Taxes on income (tax benefit)
Net income (loss)

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2019

  $

101,953    $
12,135     
114,088     

125,729    $
16,644     
142,373     

156,594 
23,272 
179,866 

46,480     
13,497     
59,977     
54,111     

20,834     
21,279     
13,578     
503     
56,194     
(2,083)    
452     
(1,631)    
384     
(2,015)   $

53,303     
19,201     
72,504     
69,869     

21,912     
25,596     
16,436     
321     
64,265     
5,604     
1,433     
7,037     
(5,392)    
12,429    $

71,057 
26,733 
97,790 
82,076 

22,407 
33,573 
18,498 
- 
74,478 
7,598 
3,313 
10,911 
744 
10,167 

  $

49

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Revenues

Products
Services
Total revenues
Cost of revenues

Products
Services

Total cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Restructuring expenses
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Finance income, net
Income (loss) before taxes on income (tax benefit)
Taxes on income (tax benefit)
Net income (loss)

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenues

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(as a % of revenues)

2019

89.4%    
10.6 
100 

40.8 
11.8 
52.6 
47.4 

18.3 
18.7 
11.9 
0.4 
49.3 
(1.8)
0.4 
(1.4)
0.3 
(1.8)%   

88.3%   
11.7 
100 

37.4 
13.5 
50.9 
49.1 

15.4 
18.0 
11.5 
0.2 
45.1 
3.9 
1 
4.9 
(3.8)    
8.7%   

87.1%
12.9 
100 

39.5 
14.9 
54.4 
45.6 

12.5 
18.7 
10.3 
- 
41.5 
4.2 
1.8 
6.1 
0.4 
5.7%

Revenues increased by $37.5 million, or 26.3%, to $179.9 million in 2019 from $142.4 million in 2018, which is net of $5.1 million and $4.6
million, in 2019 and 2018, respectively, in fair value of the warrants associated with revenues recognized from Amazon. The growth in revenues resulted
from: a 8.9% increase in ink and other consumables revenues to $65.2 million in 2019 from $59.9 million in 2018; a 39.8% increase in service revenues to
$23.3 million in 2019 from $16.6 million in 2018, and an increase of 38.8% in systems revenues from $65.8 million in 2018 to $91.4 million in 2019. The
$5.3 million increase in ink and other consumables revenues was due to a larger installed base, partially offset by install base transition to HD technology
(which  does  not  consume  ink  and  other  consumables  as  much).  The  $25.5  million  increase  in  systems  revenues  was  attributable  to  the  launch  of  new
systems and upgrades, which resulted in accelerated growth of our install base. The increase in our services revenues was due to an increase in sales of
spare parts and service contracts to our installed base as well as an increase in systems upgrades.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

Cost  of  revenues  increased  by  $25.3  million,  or  34.9%,  to  $97.8  million  in  2019  from  $72.5  million  in  2018.  Gross  profit  increased  by  $12.2
million, or 17.5%, to $82.1 million in 2019 from $69.9 million in 2018. Gross margin decreased to 45.6% in 2019, compared to 49.1% in 2018 as a result
of the following factors: an additional $3.0 million of cost of revenues incurred related to an acquisition in 2019; less favorable product mix in 2019; and an
increase in inventory write-offs by $1.0 million in 2019 compared to 2018.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
Operating Expenses

Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Restructuring expenses
Total operating expenses

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2019

Change

Amount

% of
Revenues

Amount

% of
Revenues

($ in thousands)

Amount

%

  $

  $

21,912     
25,596     
16,436     
321     
64,265     

15.4%  $
18.0 
11.5 
0.2 
45.1%  $

22,407     
33,573     
18,498     
-     
74,478     

12.5%  $
18.7 
10.3 
- 
41.5%   

495     
7,977     
2,062     
(321)    
10,213     

2.3%
31.2 
12.5 
(100)
15.9%

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased by 2.3% in 2019 compared to 2018. This primarily reflected the robust
growth in our operations in 2019, and was driven by an increase of $1.1 million in salaries and related personnel expenses and share based compensation
due to an increase in the number of employees, with higher seniority and variable compensation payout, compared to 2018, offset, in part, by a decrease of
$0.4 million in expenses related to consulting services. As a percentage of total revenues, our research and development expenses decreased during this
period  from  15.4%  in  2018  to  12.5%  in  2019.  This  primarily  resulted  from  the  capitalization  of  software  development  expenses  in  an  amount  of  $1.2
million in 2019, which had the effect of reducing research and development expenses in 2019.

Sales  and  Marketing.  Sales  and  marketing  expenses  increased  by  31.2%  in  2019  compared  to  2018.  This  increase  was  primarily  due  to:  an
increase  of  $4.4  million  in  salaries  and  related  personnel  expenses  and  share-based  compensation  expenses,  mainly  due  to  a  higher  average  number  of
employees during 2019 compared to 2018; an increase in sales commissions and variable compensation paid in 2019; and a $1.6 million increase due to
participation in ITMA shows and increased investment in product roadshows compared to 2018. As a percentage of total revenues, our sales and marketing
expenses increased during this period from 18.0% in 2018 to 18.7% in 2019.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by 12.5% in 2019 compared to 2018. This primarily resulted from an
increase of $1.4 million in salaries, related personnel expenses and share-based compensation expenses mainly due to the hiring of additional personnel and
an  increase  of  $0.5  million  in  IT  expenses  and  of  $0.3  million  in  consulting  service  expenses.  As  a  percentage  of  total  revenues,  our  general  and
administrative expenses decreased from 11.5% in 2018 to 10.3% in 2019.

Restructuring  Costs.  During  2017,  we  determined  to  transition  our  US  headquarters  to  New  Jersey.  As  part  of  this  transition,  we  entered  into
agreements with certain employees for early retirement or retention. We recorded expenses of $0.3 million in 2018, related to those agreements. We did not
record any expenses related to restructuring costs in 2019.

Finance Income, Net

Finance income, net amounted to $1.4 million of income in 2018 compared to income of $3.3 million in 2019. The $1.9 million increase primarily
resulted from $4.5 million of financial income from interest on marketable securities, bank deposits and other sources in 2019 compared to $2.5 million of
financial income from those sources in 2018.

Taxes on Income

Taxes on income amounted to $0.7 million in 2019 compared to tax benefit of $5.4 million in 2018. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent
we  believe  these  assets  will  more  likely  than  not  be  realized.  As  of  each  reporting  date,  our  management  considers  new  evidence,  both  positive  and
negative, that could impact management’s view with regards to the future realization of deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction. During the year ended
December  31,  2018,  we  released  $5.5  million  of  valuation  allowances  against  our  deferred  tax  assets,  primarily  related  to  the  carrying  forward  of  net
operating losses, or NOLs.

51

 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are currently subject to a tax audit for the years 2013 to 2018 by the Israeli Tax Authority, or ITA. We have received the assessments for years
2013 and 2014 these assessments are subjects to another review by the ITA before they are finalized. The company is eligible to send its comments before
the second review. According to a legal opinion we received from our legal counsels, the claims we had and the positions we took on our tax returns are
solid and valid, and we don’t believe the first assessment will be effective. The ITA may furthermore disagree with our positions taken in our tax returns for
any other years as well, and we may be subject to additional tax liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

We have omitted in this annual report a discussion comparing the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. In
order to view that discussion, please see “ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - A. Operating Results - Comparison of Period to Period
Results of Operations - Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December
31, 2018, which we filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP).
These accounting principles are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report and require
us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions upon which we rely are reasonable
based upon information available to us at the time that these estimates, judgments and assumptions are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions
can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during  the  periods  presented.  To  the  extent  there  are  material  differences  between  these  estimates,  judgments  or  assumptions  and  actual  results,  our
financial statements will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to our financial results and to the understanding of
our past and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s estimates and assumptions. We consider an
accounting estimate to be critical if: (1) it requires us to make assumptions because information was not available at the time or it included matters that
were highly uncertain at the time we were making our estimate; and (2) changes in the estimate could have a material impact on our financial condition or
results of operations.

We believe that the following significant accounting policies are the basis for the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation

of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues from sales of systems, consumables and services. We generate revenues from sale of our products directly to end-users and
indirectly through independent distributors, all of whom are considered end-users. We recognize revenue under the core principle that transfer of control to
our  customers  should  be  depicted  in  an  amount  reflecting  the  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  revenue.  Therefore,  we  identify  a  contract  with  a
customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation
in the contract, and recognize revenues when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

Revenues  from  products,  which  consist  of  systems  and  consumables,  are  recognized  at  the  point  in  time  when  control  has  transferred,  in

accordance with the agreed-upon delivery terms.

Revenues from services are derived mainly from the sale of print heads, spare parts, upgrade kits and service contracts. Our print heads, spare
parts and upgrade kits revenues (collectively “Spare parts”) are recognized at the point in time when control has transferred, in accordance with the agreed-
upon delivery terms. Service contracts are recognized over time, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the service.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
For multiple performance obligations arrangements, such as selling a system with a service contract, installation and training, we account for each
performance  obligation  separately,  as  it  is  distinct.  The  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  distinct  performance  obligation  on  a  relative  stand-alone
selling price, or SSP, basis, and revenue is recognized for each performance obligation when control has passed. In most cases, we are able to establish SSP
based on the observable prices of services sold separately in comparable circumstances to similar customers and for products based on our best estimates of
the  price  at  which  we  would  have  sold  the  product  regularly  on  a  stand-alone  basis.  We  reassess  the  SSP  on  a  periodic  basis  or  when  facts  and
circumstances change.

We  do  not  account  for  training  and  installation  as  a  separate  performance  obligation  due  to  its  immateriality  in  the  context  of  our  contracts.

Accordingly, revenues from training and installation are recognized upon the delivery of our systems.

We periodically provide customer incentive programs in the form of product discounts, volume-based rebates and warrants, which are accounted
for as variable consideration that are deducted from revenue in the period in which the revenue is recognized. These reductions to revenue are made based
upon reasonable and reliable estimates that are determined according to historical experience and the specific terms and conditions of the incentive.

In cases in which old systems are traded in as part of sales of new printers, the fair value of the old printer is recorded as inventory, provided that

such value can be determined.

Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using weighted average cost, on a first-in, first-out basis.
Inventory costs consist of material, direct labor and overhead. We periodically assess inventory for obsolescence and excess and reduce the carrying value
by an amount equal to the difference between its cost and the estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about future demand and historical sales
patterns. This valuation requires us to make judgments, based on currently available information, about the likely method of disposition, such as through
sales and expected recoverable values of each disposition category. These assumptions about future disposition of inventory are inherently uncertain and
changes in our estimates and assumptions may cause us to realize material write-downs in the future.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  $37.5  million  of  inventory,  of  which  $21.4  million  consisted  of  raw  materials  and  components  and  $16.1
million consisted of completed systems, ink and other consumables. We recorded inventory write-offs in total amounts of $3.0 million, $1.8 million and
$2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

Under  U.S.  GAAP,  we  account  for  share-based  compensation  for  employees  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  FASB’s  ASC  Topic  718
“Compensation - Stock Based Compensation,” or ASC 718, which requires us to measure the cost of options and RSUs based on the fair value of the award
on the grant date.

The fair value of each RSU is the market value as determined by the closing share price at the date of the grant.

We selected the binomial option pricing model as the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value of options which requires
the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the award and the expected volatility of the price of our common stock. We recognize
compensation expense over the vesting period using the straight-line method and classify these amounts in the consolidated financial statements based on
the  department  to  which  the  related  employee  reports.  We  will  continue  to  use  judgment  in  evaluating  the  assumptions  related  to  our  share-based
compensation  expense  on  a  prospective  basis. As  we  continue  to  accumulate  additional  data,  we  may  have  refinements  to  our  estimates,  which  could
materially impact our future share-based compensation expense.

53

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in Israel, United States Europe and Asia Pacific. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our uncertain tax
positions  and  determining  our  provision  for  income  taxes.  We  recognize  income  taxes  under  the  liability  method.  Tax  benefits  are  recognized  from
uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based
on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the
final tax outcome of these matters will not be different. We adjust these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit,
the refinement of an estimate or changes in tax laws. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such
differences  will  impact  the  provision  for  income  taxes  in  the  period  in  which  such  determination  is  made.  The  provision  for  income  taxes  includes  the
effects of any reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  future  tax  consequences  arising  from  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  existing
assets and liabilities under U.S. GAAP and their respective tax bases, and for net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. We regularly
review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets  will  not  be  realized.  To  make  this  judgment,  we  must  make  predictions  of  the  amount  and  category  of  taxable  income  from  various  sources  and
weigh all available positive and negative evidence about these possible sources of taxable income.

While we believe the resulting tax balances as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 are appropriately accounted for, the ultimate outcome of
such matters could result in favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our consolidated financial statements and such adjustments could be material. We have
filed  or  are  in  the  process  of  filing  local  and  foreign  tax  returns  that  may  be  audited  by  the  respective  tax  authorities.  We  believe  that  we  adequately
provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcomes related to tax audits and settlement; however, our future results may include favorable or unfavorable
adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or resolved, audits are closed or when statute of limitations on potential
assessments expire.

Warranty costs

During 2019 we granted a six-months warranty on our systems and recorded a provision for warranty at the time at which a product’s revenue was
recognized. We estimate the liability of possible warranty claims based on our historical experience. We estimate the costs that may be incurred under our
warranty arrangements and record a liability in the amount of such costs at the time product revenue is recognized. We periodically assess the adequacy of
the recorded warranty liabilities and adjust the amounts as necessary.

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities currently are comprised of debt securities. We determine the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of
purchase and re-evaluate such designation at each balance sheet date. In accordance with FASB ASC No. 320, “Investment Debt and Equity Securities,” we
classify  marketable  securities  as  available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale  securities  are  stated  at  fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses  reported  in
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  a  separate  component  of  shareholders’  equity,  net  of  taxes.  Realized  gains  and  losses  on  sales  of
marketable securities, as determined on a specific identification basis, are included in finance income, net. The amortized cost of marketable securities is
adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount to maturity, both of which, together with interest, are included in finance income, net. We
classify our marketable securities as either short-term or long-term based on each instrument’s underlying contractual maturity date and our expectations as
to sales and redemptions in the following year.

We recognize an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of our investments in debt securities below the cost basis of such securities is
judged to be other-than-temporary. The determination of credit losses requires significant judgment and actual results may be materially different from our
estimates. Factors considered in making such a determination include the duration and severity of the impairment, the reason for the decline in value, the
ability of the issuer to meet payment obligations, the potential recovery period and our intent to sell, including whether it is more likely than not that we
will  be  required  to  sell  the  investment  before  recovery  of  cost  basis.  For  securities  that  are  deemed  other-than-temporarily  impaired,  the  amount  of
impairment is recognized in the statement of operations and is limited to the amount related to credit losses, while impairment related to other factors is
recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).

54

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, no other-than temporary impairment were recorded related to our marketable securities.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

For  a  summary  of  recent  accounting  pronouncements  applicable  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  see  Note  2,  “Significant Accounting

Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Taxation and Israeli Government Programs Applicable to Our Company

Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs

The following is a brief summary of the material Israeli tax laws applicable to us, and certain Israeli Government programs that benefit us.

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel

Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax on their taxable income. Since 2018, the corporate tax rate has been 23% (in 2017, the
corporate  tax  rate  was  24%).  However,  the  effective  tax  rate  payable  by  a  company  that  derives  income  from  an  Approved  Enterprise,  a  Benefited
Enterprise,  a  Preferred  Enterprise,  a  Special  Preferred  Enterprise,  a  Preferred  Technology  Enterprise  or  Special  Preferred  Technology  Enterprise  (as
discussed below) may be considerably less. Capital gains derived by an Israeli company are subject to the prevailing corporate tax rate.

Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969

The Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969, generally referred to as the Industry Encouragement Law, provides several tax
benefits for “Industrial Companies”. The Israeli companies are an "Industrial Company" as defined by the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Industry
(Taxation), 1969.

The Industry Encouragement Law defines an “Industrial Company” as a company resident in Israel, which was incorporated in Israel and of which
90% or more of its income in any tax year, other than income from certain government loans, is derived from an “Industrial Enterprise” located in Israel or
in the “Area”, in accordance with the definition under section 3A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) 1961, or the Ordinance, and owned
by it. An “Industrial Enterprise” is defined as an enterprise whose principal activity in any given tax year is industrial production.

The following tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:

● deduction of  the  cost  of  purchased  know-how,  patents  and  rights  to  use  a  patent  and  know-how  or  certain  other  intangible  property  rights
(other than goodwill) that were purchased in good faith and are used for the development or promotion of the Industrial Enterprise, over an
eight-year period commencing on the year in which such rights were first exercised;

● under limited conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with related Israeli Industrial Companies controlled by it; and

● expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years, commencing in the year of the offering.

Eligibility for benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There can be no assurance that we will continue to qualify as an Industrial Company or that the benefits described above will be available in the

future.

Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959

The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, generally referred to as the Investment Law, provides certain incentives for

capital investments in production facilities (or other eligible assets) by “Industrial Enterprises” (as defined under the Investment Law).

The Investment Law has been amended several times over the recent years, with the three most significant changes effective as of April 1, 2005,
or  the  2005  Amendment,  as  of  January  1,  2011,  or  the  2011  Amendment  and  as  of  January  1,  2017,  or  the  2017  Amendment.  Pursuant  to  the  2005
Amendment, tax benefits granted in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law prior to its revision by the 2005 Amendment remain in force but
any benefits granted subsequently are subject to the provisions of the 2005 Amendment. Similarly, the 2011 Amendment introduced new benefits to replace
those granted in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law in effect prior to the 2011 Amendment. However, companies entitled to benefits
under the Investment Law as in effect prior to January 1, 2011 were entitled to choose to continue to enjoy such benefits, provided that certain conditions
are met, or elect instead, irrevocably, to forego such benefits and have the benefits of the 2011 Amendment apply. We have examined the possible effect of
these provisions of the 2011 Amendment on our financial statements and have decided not to opt to apply the new benefits under the 2011 Amendment and
the 2017 Amendment for our company, and for our Israeli subsidiary we elected to apply the benefit under the 2011 Amendment. The 2017 Amendment
introduces new benefits for Technological Enterprises, alongside the existing tax benefits.

The following discussion is a summary of the Investment Law following its most recent amendments:

Tax Benefits Subsequent to the 2005 Amendment

The 2005 Amendment applies to new investment programs and investment programs commencing after 2004, but does not apply to investment
programs approved prior to April 1, 2005, referred to as Approved Enterprises. The 2005 Amendment provides that terms and benefits included in any
certificate  of  approval  that  was  granted  before  the  2005  Amendment  became  effective  (April  1,  2005)  will  remain  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the
Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval. Pursuant to the 2005 Amendment, the Israeli Authority for Investments and Development of the
Industry  and  Economy,  or  the  Investment  Center,  will  continue  to  grant Approved  Enterprise  status  to  qualifying  investments.  The  2005  Amendment,
however, limits the scope of enterprises that may be approved by the Investment Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as an Approved
Enterprise.

The  2005  Amendment  provides  that  Approved  Enterprise  status  will  only  be  necessary  for  receiving  cash  grants.  As  a  result,  it  was  no  longer
necessary  for  a  company  to  obtain  the  advance  approval  of  the  Investment  Center  in  order  to  receive  the  tax  benefits  previously  available  under  the
alternative benefits track. Instead, a company may claim the tax benefits offered by the Investment Law directly in its tax returns, provided that its facilities
meet  the  criteria  for  tax  benefits  set  forth  in  the  2005  Amendment.  Companies  or  programs  under  the  new  provisions  receiving  these  tax  benefits  are
referred to as Benefited Enterprises. A company that has a Benefited Enterprise may, at its discretion, approach the Israel Tax Authority for a pre-ruling
confirming that it is in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Law, as amended.

Tax benefits are available under the 2005 Amendment to production facilities (or other eligible facilities) which are generally required to derive
more than 25% of their business income from export to specific markets with a population of at least 14 million in 2012 (such export criteria will further be
increased in the future by 1.4% per annum). In order to receive the tax benefits, the 2005 Amendment states that a company must make an investment
which meets certain conditions set forth in the amendment for tax benefits, including exceeding a minimum investment amount specified in the Investment
Law. Such investment entitles a company to receive a “Benefited Enterprise” status with respect to the investment, and may be made over a period of no
more than three years from the end of the year in which the company requested to have the tax benefits apply to its Benefited Enterprise. Where a company
requests to have the tax benefits apply to an expansion of existing facilities, only the expansion will be considered to be a Benefited Enterprise and the
company’s effective tax rate will be the weighted average of the applicable rates. In such case, the minimum investment required in order to qualify as a
Benefited Enterprise must exceed a certain percentage of the value of the company’s production assets before the expansion.

56

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
The  extent  of  the  tax  benefits  available  under  the  2005  Amendment  to  qualifying  income  of  a  Benefited  Enterprise  depends  on,  among  other
things, the geographic location within Israel of the Benefited Enterprise. The location will also determine the period for which tax benefits are available.
Such tax benefits include an exemption from corporate tax on undistributed income for a period of between two to ten years, depending on the geographic
location  of  the  Benefited  Enterprise  within  Israel,  and  a  reduced  corporate  tax  rate  of  between  10%  to  25%  for  the  remainder  of  the  benefits  period,
depending on the level of foreign investment in the company in each year. The benefits period is limited to 12 or 14 years from the year the company first
chose to have the tax benefits apply, depending on the location of the company within Israel.

A company qualifying for tax benefits under the 2005 Amendment which pays a dividend out of income derived by its Benefited Enterprise during
the tax exemption period will be subject to deferred corporate tax in respect of the gross amount of the dividend distributed (grossed-up to reflect the pre-
tax  income  that  it  would  have  had  to  earn  in  order  to  distribute  the  dividend)  at  the  corporate  tax  rate  which  would  have  otherwise  been  applicable.
Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Benefited Enterprise (or out of dividends received from a company whose income is attributed to a Benefited
Enterprise) are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty (subject to
the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate). The reduced rate of 15% is limited to dividends
and distributions out of income derived during the benefits period and actually paid at any time up to 12 years thereafter. After this period, the withholding
tax is applied at a rate of up to 30%, or at a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel
Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate). In the case of a Foreign Investors’ Company (as such term is defined in the Investment Law), the 12-year
limitation on reduced withholding tax on dividends does not apply.

We currently have Benefited Enterprise programs under the Investment Law which, entitle us to a tax exemption for undistributed income and a
reduced tax rate. The benefits period for our company began in 2010. Our company had enjoyed these tax benefits until 2019. We believe that we qualify as
a Preferred Technology Enterprise under the 2017 Amendment (as described below), and we are considering whether apply for benefits under the 2017
Amendment.

Tax Benefits under the 2011 Amendment

The  2011  Amendment  canceled  the  availability  of  the  benefits  granted  to  companies  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Investment  Law
prior to 2011 and, instead, introduced new benefits for income generated by a “Preferred Company” through its “Preferred Enterprise” (as such terms are
defined  in  the  Investment  Law)  as  of  January  1,  2011.  The  definition  of  a  Preferred  Company  includes  an  industrial  company  that  was  incorporated  in
Israel, which is not wholly owned by a governmental entity, and which has, among other things, Preferred Enterprise status and is controlled and managed
from Israel. Pursuant to the 2011 Amendment, a Preferred Company is entitled to a reduced corporate flat tax rate of 15% with respect to its preferred
income derived by its Preferred Enterprise in 2011 and 2012, unless the Preferred Enterprise is located in a certain development zone, in which case the rate
will be 10%. Such corporate tax rate was reduced to 12.5% and 7%, respectively, in 2013 and increased to 16% and 9% in 2014 and through 2016. Pursuant
to the 2017 Amendment, in 2017 and thereafter, the corporate tax rate for a Preferred Enterprise which is located in a specified development zone was
decreased  to  7.5%,  while  the  reduced  corporate  tax  rate  for  other  development  zones  remains  16%.  Income  derived  by  a  Preferred  Company  from  a
‘Special Preferred Enterprise’ (as such term is defined in the Investment Law) would be entitled, during a benefits period of 10 years, to further reduced tax
rates  of  8%,  or  to  5%  if  the  Special  Preferred  Enterprise  is  located  in  a  certain  development  zone.  As  of  January  1,  2017,  the  definition  of  “Special
Preferred Enterprise” includes less stringent conditions.

The tax benefits under the 2011 Amendment also include accelerated depreciation and amortization for tax purposes.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
As of January 1, 2014, dividends paid out of preferred income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise or to a Special Preferred Enterprise are generally
subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance of
a  valid  certificate  from  the  Israel  Tax  Authority  allowing  for  a  reduced  tax  rate).  However,  if  such  dividends  are  paid  to  an  Israeli  company,  no  tax  is
required to be withheld (although, if subsequently distributed to individuals or a non-Israeli company, withholding of 20% or such lower rate as may be
provided in an applicable tax treaty will apply). In 2017 through 2019 dividends paid out of preferred income attributed to a Special Preferred Enterprise
directly to a foreign parent company are subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 5% (temporary provisions).

The 2011 Amendment also provided transitional provisions to address companies already enjoying existing tax benefits under the Investment Law.
These  transitional  provisions  provide,  among  other  things,  that  unless  an  irrevocable  request  is  made  to  apply  the  provisions  of  the  Investment  Law  as
amended in 2011 with respect to income to be derived as of January 1, 2011: (i) the terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval that was
granted to an Approved Enterprise which chose to receive grants and certain tax benefits before the 2011 Amendment became effective will remain subject
to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval, and subject to certain conditions; (ii) terms and benefits included in any
certificate  of  approval  that  was  granted  to  an  Approved  Enterprise  which  had  participated  in  an  alternative  benefits  track  before  the  2011  Amendment
became effective will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval, provided that certain conditions are
met; and (iii) a Benefited Enterprise can elect to continue to benefit from the benefits provided to it before the 2011 Amendment came into effect, provided
that certain conditions are met. Kornit Technologies has filed a notification that it wishes to apply the new benefits under the 2011 Amendment.

New Tax benefits under the 2017 Amendment that became effective on January 1, 2017.

The  2017  Amendment  was  enacted  as  part  of  the  Economic  Efficiency  Law  that  was  published  on  December  29,  2016,  and  is  effective  as  of
January 1, 2017, The 2017 Amendment provides new tax benefits for two types of “Technology Enterprises”, as described below, and is in addition to the
other existing tax beneficial programs under the Investment Law.

The 2017 Amendment provides that a technology company satisfying certain conditions will qualify as a Preferred Technology Enterprise and will
thereby enjoy a reduced corporate tax rate of 12% on income that qualifies as “Preferred Technology Income”, as defined in the Investment Law. The tax
rate  is  further  reduced  to  7.5%  for  a  Preferred  Technology  Enterprise  located  in  development  zone  A.  These  corporate  tax  rates  shall  apply  only  with
respect to the portion of the Preferred Technology Income derived from R&D developed in Israel. In addition, a Preferred Technology Company will enjoy
a reduced corporate tax rate of 12% on capital gain derived from the sale of certain “Benefitted Intangible Assets” (as defined in the Investment Law) to a
related foreign company if the Benefitted Intangible Assets were acquired from a foreign company on or after January 1, 2017 for at least NIS 200 million,
and the sale receives prior approval from the National Authority for Technological Authority (previously known as the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist),
referred to as the Innovation Authority.

The 2017 Amendment further provides that a technology company satisfying certain conditions will qualify as a “Special Preferred Technology
Enterprise” and will thereby enjoy a reduced corporate tax rate of 6% on “Preferred Technology Income” regardless of the company’s geographic location
within Israel. In addition, a Special Preferred Technology Enterprise will enjoy a reduced corporate tax rate of 6% on capital gain derived from the sale of
certain  “Benefitted  Intangible  Assets”  to  a  related  foreign  company  if  the  Benefitted  Intangible  Assets  were  either  developed  by  the  Special  Preferred
Technology Enterprise or acquired from a foreign company on or after January 1, 2017, and the sale received prior approval from the Innovation Authority.
A  Special  Preferred  Technology  Enterprise  that  acquires  Benefitted  Intangible  Assets  from  a  foreign  company  for  more  than  NIS  500  million  will  be
eligible for these benefits for at least ten years, subject to certain approvals as specified in the Investment Law.

Dividends  distributed  by  a  Preferred  Technology  Enterprise  or  a  Special  Preferred  Technology  Enterprise,  paid  out  of  Preferred  Technology
Income, are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty (subject to
the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate). However, if such dividends are paid to an Israeli
company, no tax is required to be withheld (although, if such dividends are subsequently distributed from such Israeli company to individuals or a non-
Israeli  company,  withholding  tax  at  a  rate  of  20%  or  such  lower  rate  as  may  be  provided  in  an  applicable  tax  treaty  will  apply).  If  such  dividends  are
distributed to a foreign parent company holding, solely or together with another foreign company, at least 90% of the shares of the distributing company
and other conditions are met, the withholding tax rate will be 4% (or a lower rate under a tax treaty, if applicable, subject to the receipt in advance of a valid
certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate).

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
We believe that our Israeli subsidiary qualify as a Preferred Technology Enterprise, as it meets the relevant conditions, and therefore subject to a

tax rate of 12%.

From time to time, the Israeli Government has discussed reducing the benefits available to companies under the Investment Law. The termination

or substantial reduction of any of the benefits available under the Investment Law could materially increase our tax liabilities.

Foreign Tax Considerations

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which among other provisions, reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate

from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. 

At December 31, 2017, we re-measured our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, based on the new rates at which they are expected to reverse in

the future. The tax expense recorded in 2017, related to the re-measurement of the deferred tax balance, was $355,000.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  approximately  $40.7  million  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  $95.0  million  in  short  term  deposits  and  $128.0
million in marketable securities, which, in the aggregate, total $263.7 million. We fund our operations with cash generated from operating activities and
cash raised via our equity financings, including our January 2017 and June 2019 follow-on offerings. In the past, we have also raised capital through the
sale of equity securities to investors in private placements.

Our cash requirements have principally been for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions. Our working capital requirements reflect
the growth in our business. Historically, we have funded our working capital requirements (primarily for inventory and accounts receivable) and capital
expenditures from cash flows provided by our operating activities, investments in our equity securities and cash and cash equivalents on hand. We have
funded our acquisitions from the proceeds of our April 2015 initial public offering and cash on hand. Our current capital expenditures relate primarily to
our manufacturing facility for our ink and other consumables in Kiryat Gat, Israel. In addition to investments in this facility, our capital investments have
included improvements and expansion of our worldwide locations and corporate facilities to support our growth and investment and improvements in our
information technology.

The most significant elements of our working capital requirements are for inventory, accounts receivable and trade payables. We partially fund the
procurement of the components of our systems that are assembled by our third-party manufacturers. Our inventory strategy includes maintaining inventory
of  systems  and  inks  and  other  consumables  at  levels  that  we  expect  to  sell  during  the  successive  months  based  on  anticipated  customer  demand.  Our
accounts receivable increased in 2019 due to the increase in our revenues. Our trade payables increased in 2019 due to an increase in sales projected for
2020 compared to the projection for 2019. 

As of December 31, 2019, we have two lines of credit with Israeli banks for total borrowings of up to $3 million, all of which was undrawn as of
December 31, 2019. These lines of credit are unsecured and available subject to: (i) our maintenance of a 30% ratio of total tangible shareholders’ equity to
total tangible assets; and (ii) the total credit use must be less than 70% of our and our subsidiaries’ receivables. Interest rates across these credit lines varied
from 0.2% to 2.3% as of December 31, 2019.

Based on our current business plans, we believe that our cash flows from operating activities and our existing cash resources will be sufficient to
fund our projected cash requirements for at least the next 12 months without drawing on our lines of credit or using significant amounts of the net proceeds
from  our  initial  public  offering  or  our  follow-on  offerings.  Our  future  capital  requirements  will  depend  on  many  factors,  including  our  rate  of  revenue
growth,  the  timing  and  extent  of  spending  to  support  product  development  efforts,  the  expansion  of  our  sales  and  marketing  activities,  the  timing  of
introductions of new solutions and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions, as well as other business development efforts.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The following table presents the major components of net cash flows for the periods presented:

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2019

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2019

  $

5,990    $
(46,744)    
36,437     

33,368    $
16,682     
5,525     

11,004 
(179,497)
135,131 

Net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2019 was $11.0 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities consisted of net income of $10.2 million, as adjusted upwards in an amount of $16.0 million for non-
cash  line  items,  including  stock-based  compensation  expenses,  depreciation,  amortization  of  intangible  assets,  fair  value  of  warrants  deducted  from
revenues, amortization of premium on marketable securities, realized loss on sale of marketable securities and foreign currency translation gain on inter-
company balances with foreign subsidiaries and other adjustments not included hereunder in an amount of $1.6 million.

During  2019,  our  accounts  receivable  increased  by  $18.6  million  reflecting  the  increase  in  our  revenues  in  2019.  DSO  for  the  year  ended

December 31, 2019 increased to 82, compared to 56 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

During 2019, our inventory increased by $7.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, out of which $4.2 was attributed to cash
operating activities. This was primarily due to our new product introduction and the need to maintain higher level if inventory to support increased install
base and future business activities.

We also experienced an increase of $6.0 million in trade payables in 2019 that mainly derived from an increase in the sales that we projected for

2020 compared to 2019, in line with the growth in our sales and operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2018 was $33.4 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities consisted of net income of $12.4 million, as adjusted upwards in an amount of $16.3 million for non-
cash  line  items,  including  stock-based  compensation  expenses,  depreciation,  amortization  of  intangible  assets,  fair  value  of  warrants  deducted  from
revenues, amortization of premium on marketable securities, realized loss on sale of marketable securities and foreign currency translation gain on inter-
company balances with foreign subsidiaries, and adjustments for cash line items of $4.7 million.

During 2018, our trade receivables decreased by $1.1 million due to an improvement in collection during December 2018. DSO for the year ended

December 31, 2018 was 56, compared to 74 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

During 2018, our inventory decreased by $4.0 million relative to the year ended December 31, 2017. This was primarily due to an improvement in

our sales and operations planning process.

60

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also experienced an increase of $4.4 million in trade payables that mainly derived from an increase in the sales that we projected for 2019

compared to 2018, in line with the growth in our sales and operations.

In addition, we also had an increase in deferred taxes in 2018. For more information, please see “ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects—  A.  Operating  Results—  Comparison  of  Period  to  Period  Results  of  Operations—  Comparison  of  the  Years  Ended  December  31,  2017  and
2018” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018, which we filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

Year Ended December 31, 2017

For  a  discussion  of  our  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  please  see  “ITEM  5.  Operating  and
Financial Review and Prospects— B. Liquidity and Capital Resources— Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities—Year Ended December 31,
2017” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018, which we filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $179.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was primarily attributable to our investment
in marketable securities and bank deposits of $205.5 million, purchase of property, plant and equipment of $5.4 million and cash paid in connection with
acquisition of $4.7 million, offset , in part, by $37.5 million of proceeds from the sale and maturity of marketable securities. Net cash provided by investing
activities  was  $16.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  $47.2  million  of  proceeds  from  the  sale  and
maturity of marketable securities, offset, in part, by $23.2 million of cash used for investment in short term bank deposits and marketable securities and
$7.3 million of cash used for purchase of property, plant and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was
$46.7 million which was primarily attributable to our investment in marketable securities and short term bank deposits.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $135.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  our
follow-on offering in June 2019, in which we raised $129.7 million of net proceeds. Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.5 million for the year
ended  December  31,  2018,  which  was  attributable  to  the  exercise  of  share  options,  partially  offset  by  $0.9  million  of  cash  used  for  the  payment  of
contingent  consideration  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  SPSI.  Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $36.4  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2017, which was primarily attributable to our follow-on offering in January 2017, in which we raised $35.1 million of net proceeds.

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

For a description of our research and development programs and the amounts that we have incurred over the last three years pursuant to those
programs,  please  see  “ITEM  5.  Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects—  A.  Operating  Results—  Components  of  Statement  of  Operations—
Operating  Expenses—  Research  and  Development  Expenses”  and  “ITEM  5.  Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects—  A.  Operating  Results—
Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations.”

D. Trend Information

Our results of operations and financial condition may be affected by various trends and factors discussed in “ITEM 3.D Risk Factors,” including
“If  the  market  for  digital  textile  printing  does  not  develop  as  we  anticipate,  our  sales  may  not  grow  as  quickly  as  expected  and  our  share  price  could
decline,”  and  in  “ITEM  4.B  Business  Overview—Industry  Overview.”  Additional  trends  that  could  potentially  impact  our  results  of  operations  and
financial  condition  include  changes  in  political,  military  or  economic  conditions  in  Israel  and  in  the  Middle  East,  general  slowing  of  local  or  global
economies and decreased economic activity in one or more of our target markets.

61

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable

interest entities, which includes special purposes entities and other structured finance entities.

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 are summarized in the following table:

Payments Due by Period
(in thousands)

Total

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Operating lease obligations (1)
Uncertain tax positions (2)
Purchase commitments (3)
Severance payment (4)
Total

  $

  $

26,316    $
3,039     
26,367     
1,035     
56,757    $

4,341    $

3,750    $

2,938    $

2,284    $

4,341    $

3,750    $

2.938    $

2,284    $

2025
and
thereafter  
10,722 
- 
- 
- 
10,722 

2,281    $

2,281    $

(1) Operating lease obligations consist of our contractual rental expenses under operating leases of facilities and vehicles.

(2) Consists of accruals for certain income tax positions under ASC 740 that are paid upon settlement, and for which we are unable to reasonably estimate
the ultimate amount and timing of settlement. See Note 13(i) to our consolidated financial statements included in ITEM 18 of this annual report for
further information regarding our liability under ASC 740. Payment of these obligations would result from settlements with tax authorities. Due to the
difficulty in determining the timing of resolution of audits, these obligations are only presented in their total amount.

(3) Consists of all open purchase order, or PO, commitments through the end of 2021.

(4) Severance payments obligation of $1.0 million are payable only upon termination, retirement or death of our employees. Of this amount, $0.7 million
is unfunded as of December 31, 2019. Since we are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of settlement, the timing of such payments is not specified
in the table. See also Note 2(x) to our consolidated financial statements appearing in “ITEM 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

ITEM 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this annual report:

Name
Executive Officers
Ronen Samuel
Guy Avidan
Gilad Yron*
Jecka Glasman
Omer Kulka
Kobi Mann
Directors (who are not also executive officers)
Yuval Cohen
Ofer Ben-Zur
Lauri Hanover(1)(2)(3)
Alon Lumbroso(3)
Stephen Nigro(3)
Yehoshua (Shuki) Nir (1)(2)(3)
Dov Ofer(1)(2)(3)
Gabi Seligsohn

Age

Position

51
57
47
52
43
41

57
55
60
62
60
50
66
53

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
  Chief Financial Officer
  Executive Vice President of Global Business
  Chief Commercial Officer
  Chief Marketing Officer
  Chief Technology Officer

  Chairman of the Board of Directors
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director

* Mr. Yron will serve as SVP Global Business until March 31, 2020. Beginning on April 1, 2020, he will assist in connection with specific projects, until
the end of his employment on August 31, 2020.

(1) Member of our audit committee.

(2) Member of our compensation committee.

(3) Independent director under the NASDAQ Stock Market rules.

62

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
           
   
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers

Ronen Samuel has served as our Chief Executive Officer since August 2018 and as a director since August 2019. Prior to joining our company,
Mr. Samuel served in various capacities at Hewlett –Packard, or HP, over the course of the previous 18 years. Most recently, he served as Vice President
and General Manager of HP Indigo and WebPress EMEA. Prior to that, Mr. Samuel led HP’s Asia Pacific and Japan region for seven years. He was also
engaged  in  Strategic  Marketing  while  at  HP,  working  closely  with  Research  and  Development  to  define  future  products.  While  at  HP,  Mr.  Samuel  also
served in various capacities as product/project manager. Prior to his career in printing technology, Mr. Samuel spent seven years in the Israeli Air Force,
rising  to  the  rank  of  major  while  serving  as  a  fighter  pilot  and  leading  the  establishment  of  Israel’s  second  Apache  Squadron.  Mr.  Samuel  received  an
M.B.A.  from  Northwestern  University’s  Kellogg  School  of  Management  and  received  an  undergraduate  Business  and  Law  degree  from  The
Interdisciplinary Center in Herzliya, Israel.

Guy Avidan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2014. From July 2010 until November 2014, Mr. Avidan served as Vice
President  of  Finance  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  AudioCodes  Ltd.  (“AudioCodes”)  (NASDAQ:  AUDC).  Prior  to  joining  AudioCodes,  Mr.  Avidan
served  for  15  years  in  various  managerial  positions,  including  Co-President,  at  MRV  Communications  Inc.  (NASDAQ:  MRVC),  a  global  provider  of
optical  communications  network  infrastructure  equipment  and  services.  While  at  MRV  Communications,  he  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  between
2007 and 2009, Vice President and General Manager of MRV International from 2001 to 2007. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Avidan served as Vice President of
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Ace North Hills, which was acquired by MRV Communications. Mr. Avidan is a CPA in Israel and holds a B.A. in
Economics and Accounting from Haifa University in Israel.

Gilad Yron has served as our Executive Vice President of Global Business since May 2016 and will continue till March 31st, 2020. From April
1st, 2020 he will assist in connection with specific projects until the end of his employment on August 31, 2020. From February 2015 until April 2016, Mr.
Yron  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Products  at  Stratasys,  Ltd.  (NASDAQ:  SSYS).  His  previous  positions  with  Stratasys  included  VP  Business
Development and strategic alliances and Managing Director of Asia Pacific and Japan operating out of Hong Kong. From 2006 until 2010, Mr. Yron served
in various positions for Nur Macroprinters, which later became part of HP, including Business Manager for the Asia-Pacific region and Service Director.
Mr. Yron holds a Bs.C. in Physics from Tel Aviv University in Israel.

Jecka Glasman has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since November 2019. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Glasman served as the US
General Manager for SodaStream (NASDAQ: SODA) since December 2017. Prior to joining SodaStream, for 3 years since November 2014, Jecka was the
President and CEO of Mitsubishi Fuso Trucks of America, A Daimler Trucks subsidiary of Daimler AG (ETR: DAI). Jecka began her career as an Officer
in  the  Israel  Defense  Forces,  followed  by  a  decade  in  the  Israeli  Prime  Minister’s  Office.  She  then  joined  Comverse  Technology,  a  world  leader  in  the
telecom  industry  (NASDAQ:  CMVT)  where  she  spent  over  10  years  progressing  from  a  Project  Manager  to  various  sales  and  operations  leadership
positions  covering  Central  Europe  and  EMEA.  Her  last  position  at  Comverse  was  Senior  VP,  Global  Services  Business  Unit.  Jecka  holds  an  Executive
MBA  from  Tel  Aviv  University,  a  BA  in  Computer  Science  and  a  BA  in  Economics  and  Business  Administration  from  the  Tel  Aviv  Jaffa Academic
College, Israel.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Omer Kulka has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since July 2017. Omer joined Kornit in 2011 with years of extensive experience in the
semiconductor industry, holding positions spanning R&D to Marketing and Business Management. Since joining Kornit he has held several managerial
positions at the company including Director of the Wide-Format Division and Director of Product Marketing. Omer holds a BSc in Computer Science, a
BA in Philosophy and an MA in History and Philosophy of Sciences and Ideas from Tel Aviv University.

Kobi  Mann  has  served  as  our  Chief  Technology  Officer  since  January  2020,  prior  to  that  he  has  held  the  position  of  VP  Consumables  &
Application  development  since  September  2017.  Kobi  Mann  joined  Kornit  in  2004  as  an  R&D  Chemist  and  has  held  core  technology  roles.  As  one  of
Kornit’s founders he brings over 15 years of experience in the field of Inkjet Technology. Kobi has played a critical role in the design and the execution of
core  projects  and  processes  in  the  company.  During  his  tenure  at  Kornit,  he  has  managed  and  led  R&D  Chemistry,  technology  groups,  transfer  to
production,  Print  heads  and  QA  as  well  as  lead  Kornit’s  Ink  plant  design.  Prior  to  his  executive,  Kobi  has  held  several  managerial  positions  including
Business Development of Consumables and Director of Global Application, an arena he established in Kornit. Kobi holds a B.Sc. Chemistry and Executive
MBA – both from Bar Ilan University in Israel.

Directors

Yuval  Cohen  has  served  as  the  Chairman  of  our  board  of  directors  since  August  2011.  Mr.  Cohen  is  the  founding  and  managing  partner  of
Fortissimo Capital, a private equity fund established in 2004 and our former controlling shareholder. From 1997 through 2002, Mr. Cohen was a General
Partner at Jerusalem Venture Partners (“JVP”), an Israeli-based venture capital fund. Prior to joining JVP, he held executive positions at various Silicon
Valley companies, including DSP Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: DSPG), and Intel Corporation (NASDAQ: INTC). Currently, Mr. Cohen serves as a director of
Wix.com Ltd. (NASDAQ: WIX). He also serves on the board of directors of several privately held portfolio companies of Fortissimo Capital. Mr. Cohen
holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering from Tel Aviv University in Israel and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School in Massachusetts.

Ofer Ben-Zur is a co-founder of our company and has served as director since 2002. From April 2014 to July 2016, Mr. Ben-Zur served as our
President  and  Chief  Technology  Officer.  From  2002  to  April  2014,  Mr.  Ben-Zur  served  as  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  as  well  as  the  manager  of  our
department of research and development. Currently Mr. Ben-Zur serves as the CEO and founder of Tritone Technologies, an Israeli start up specializing in
Additive Manufacturing of metals. Mr. Ben-Zur holds a B.Sc. in Mechanical Engineering from the Technion — Israel Institute of Technology in Israel, an
M.Sc. in Mechanical Engineering from Tel Aviv University in Israel, and an M.B.A. from Bradford University in England.

Lauri  Hanover  has  served  as  a  member  of  our  board  of  directors  since  March  2015  (until  August  2019,  as  an  external  director  under  the
Companies  Law),  and  serves  as  the  chairperson  of  our  audit  committee  and  a  member  of  our  compensation  committee.  Ms.  Hanover  has  served  as  the
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Netafim Ltd., a global leader in smart irrigation systems, since August 2013. From 2009 to 2013, she
served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of the Tnuva Group, Israel’s largest food manufacturer. From 2008 to 2009, Ms. Hanover
served as Chief Executive Officer of Gross, Kleinhendler, Hodak, Halevy and Greenberg & Co., an Israeli law firm. From 2004 to 2007, she served as
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Lumenis Ltd. (NASDAQ: LMNS), a medical laser device company. From 2000 to 2004, Ms. Hanover
served as the Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Vice President of NICE Systems Ltd. (NASDAQ: NICE), an interaction analytics company, and from
1997  to  2000,  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  Sapiens  International  Corporation  N.V.  (NASDAQ:  SPNS),  a  provider  of
software solutions for the insurance industry. From 1981 to 2007, she served in a variety of financial management positions, including Corporate Controller
and  Director  of  Corporate  Budgeting  and  Financial  Analysis  at  Scitex  Corporation  Ltd.,  a  developer  and  manufacturer  of  inkjet  printers,  and  Senior
Financial Analyst at Philip Morris Inc. (Altria), a leading consumer goods manufacturer. Ms. Hanover holds a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania, a
B.S. in Economics from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, as well as an M.B.A. from New York University.

64

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Alon Lumbroso has served as a member of our Board since March 2015. Since June 2019, Mr. Lumbroso serves as the CEO of Cardo Systems Ltd.
the world’s leading communication devices for the motorcycle industry. Since June 2015 until August 2017, Mr. Lumbroso has been the chief executive of
Dip-Tech Ltd. and from August 2017 until November 2018 served as Managing Director of Dip-Tech that become a subsidiary of Ferro (NYSE: FOE) a
leading global functional coatings and color solutions. From 2011 to 2014, Mr. Lumbroso served as President of Mul-T-Lock Ltd., a subsidiary of ASSA
ABLOY, a global supplier of locks and security solutions, as well as Market Region Manager of ASSA ABLOY. From 2005 to 2011, he served as Chief
Executive  Officer  and  director  of  Larotec  Ltd.,  a  developer  and  manufacturer  of  web-based  end-to-end  solutions.  From  2000  to  2003,  he  served  as
Managing Director of Creo Europe (now CreoEMEA and formerly CreoScitex), a manufacturer and supplier of digital presses and printers. In addition,
from 1998 to 2000, Mr. Lumbroso served as Managing Directors of Scitex and CreoScitex Asia Pacific, Hong Kong. Currently, he serves as a partner and
director of iCar 2007 Ltd. Mr. Lumbroso holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering from Tel Aviv University in Israel and an M.B.A. from Bar-Ilan University
in Israel. 

Stephen Nigro has served as a director of our company since August 2019, after having served as a strategic advisor to our company from April
through August 2019. Mr. Nigro retired in early 2019 after 37 years at Hewlett–Packard, or HP, most recently serving as President of HP’s 3D printing
business, where he created and scaled a new technology and business, serving as a driving force towards HP’s leadership in both the plastic and metal 3D
printing  markets.  Mr.  Nigro  currently  serves  on  the  steering  committee  for  the  Oregon  Business  Council  and  is  a  Board  member  of  iUrbanTeen,  which
promotes  STEM  education  to  underrepresented  teens.    Prior  to  heading  HP’s  3D  printing  business,  Mr.  Nigro  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  HP
Imaging and Printing Business, where he was responsible for leading HP’s World Wide HP 2D printing business.  Prior to that position, Mr. Nigro led the
World Wide Inkjet and Graphics Business, which served the consumer, business, and Graphics segments, with both inkjet and LEP printing solutions.  Mr.
Nigro was involved in initiating several matters at HP, including: delivery of the first HP color inkjet solution to the market; setting up HP’s Inkjet Supplies
operation in Singapore; development of HP’s first off-axis inkjet platform; HP’s move into the low-end consumer printing market, delivering a new low-
end inkjet platform; creation and scaling of the HP Graphics printing business;  the connected printing strategy introducing big data and a new Instant Ink
business  model;  and  the  creation  of  the  HP  3D  printing  business.    Mr.  Nigro  spent  time  at  HP’s  locations  in  San  Diego,  California;  Corvallis,  Oregon;
Singapore;  Palo  Alto;  and  Vancouver, Washington.  Mr.  Nigro  holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  mechanical  engineering  from  the  University  of  California  at
Santa Barbara and a master’s degree in electrical engineering from Stanford University.  

Yehoshua (Shuki) Nir has served as a director of our company since July 2018 (until August 2019, as an external director under the Companies
Law), and serves as the chairman of our compensation committee and a member of our audit committee. Since March 2017, Mr. Nir has served a director at
EarlySense  Ltd.,  a  company  that  provides  contact-free,  continuous  monitoring  solutions  for  the  medical  and  consumer  digital  health  markets.  From
December 2012 to May 2016, Mr. Nir served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Marketing, and General Manager, Retail of Sandisk Corp., or Sandisk.
From March 2008 to November 2012, Mr. Nir served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Retail of Sandisk. From November 2006 through
March 2008, he served in various other sales and marketing roles as a Vice President of Sandisk. Mr. Nir also served in various sales and marketing roles as
a  Vice  President  at  msystems  Ltd.  from  February  2003  until  November  2006,  when  it  was  acquired  by  Sandisk.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Nir  held  sales  and
marketing positions at Destinator Ltd. and also co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of MindEcho, Inc. Mr. Nir is a member of the board of
directors of EarlySense Ltd., a company that provides contact-free, continuous monitoring solutions for the medical and consumer digital health markets.
Mr. Nir has a B.A. in Law and Accounting and an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University.

Dov Ofer has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015 and is a member of our audit and compensation committees. From
2007 to 2013, Mr. Ofer served as Chief Executive Officer of Lumenis Ltd. (NASDAQ: LMNS), a medical laser device company. From 2005 to 2007, he
served as Corporate Vice President and General Manager of HP Scitex (formerly a subsidiary of Scailex Corporation Ltd. (TASE: SCIX)), a producer of
large format printing equipment. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Ofer served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Scitex Vision Ltd. Prior to joining Scitex,
Mr.  Ofer  held  various  managerial  positions  in  the  emerging  Israeli  high-tech  sector  and  participated  in  different  mergers  and  acquisitions  within  the
industry. Currently, Mr. Ofer serves as chairman of Magen Eco-Energy RCA Ltd., vice chairman of Scodix Ltd. and director of Copprint and Stratasys Ltd.
(Nasdaq: SSYS). He holds a B.A. in Economics from the Hebrew University in Israel as well as an M.B.A. from the University of California Berkeley in
California.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gabi Seligsohn has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015. He also served as our Chief Executive Officer from April
2014  through  July  2018.  From  August  2006  until  August  2013,  Mr.  Seligsohn  served  as  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Nova  Measuring
Instruments Ltd., (“Nova”) (NASDAQ: NVMI), a designer, developer and producer of optical metrology solutions. From 1998 until 2006, Mr. Seligsohn
served in several key positions in Nova, including Executive Vice President of the Global Business Management Group from August 2005 to August 2006.
From August 2002 until August 2005, he served as President of Nova’s U.S. subsidiary, Nova Measuring Instruments Inc. Additionally, prior to August
2002, Mr. Seligsohn was Vice President Strategic Business Development of Nova Measuring Instruments Inc. where he established Nova’s OEM group and
managed  the  Applied  Materials  and  Lam  Research  accounts  between  2000  and  2002.  From  1998  until  2000,  he  served  as  Global  Strategic  Account
Manager  for  Nova’s  five  leading  customers.  Mr.  Seligsohn  joined  Nova  after  serving  two  years  as  Sales  Manager  for  key  financial  accounts  at  Digital
Equipment Corporation. Currently, Mr. Seligsohn serves as a director of DSP Group Inc. (NASDAQ: DSPG). Mr. Seligsohn also serves as a Director on
the Board of privately owned PubPlus, a company specializing in AI and machine learning for the purpose of collecting and attributing data points to scale
profitable content across native and social channels. In 2010, he was voted Chief Executive Officer of the year by the Israeli Institute of Management for
hi-tech industries in the large company category. He holds an LL.B. from the University of Reading in Reading, England.

Arrangements Concerning Election of Directors; Family Relationships

Our board of directors consists of nine directors. We are not a party to, and are not aware of, any voting agreements among our shareholders. In

addition, there are no family relationships among our executive officers or senior management members.

B. Compensation

The aggregate compensation paid and equity-based compensation and other compensation expensed by us and our subsidiaries for our directors
and executive officers with respect to the year ended December 31, 2019 was $4.8 million. The foregoing sum includes approximately $0.4 million set
aside or accrued to provide pension, severance, retirement or similar benefits or expenses. The directors used in calculating that sum include our former
directors Messrs. Eli Blatt and Marc Lesnick, who served from the start of 2018 through our annual shareholder meeting in August 2019, and our current
director Mr. Stephen Nigro, who served from the date of his election at that August 2019 shareholder meeting through the end of 2019. As of December 31,
2019,  options  to  purchase  249,001  ordinary  shares  and  134,483  restricted  share  units,  or  RSUs,  granted  to  our  directors  and  executive  officers  were
outstanding under our share incentive plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $19.8 per share for the options. Certain of our officers and directors
receive a severance payment of up to four months’ of their base salary upon termination of their employment.

The following table presents the grant dates, number of options and RSUs, and related exercise prices and expiration dates of options and RSUs

granted to our directors and executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019:

Grant Date
March 08,2019
August 01, 2019
August 08, 2019
August 22, 2019
November 19, 2019

Director Compensation

Number of Options

Number of RSUs

Exercise Price
(per Share) of Options

Expiration Date 
of Options

100,000     

4,500     
13,167     
33,297     
23,446    $
8,000     

28.15   

August 22, 2029

Under the Companies Law, the compensation of our directors (including reimbursement of expenses) requires the approval of our compensation
committee,  the  subsequent  approval  of  the  board  of  directors  and,  unless  exempted  under  the  regulations  promulgated  under  the  Companies  Law,  the
approval  of  the  shareholders  at  a  general  meeting  as  described  in  “C.  Board  Practices—Approval  of  Related  Party  Transactions  under  Israeli  Law  —
Disclosure  of  Personal  Interests  of  an  Office  Holder  and  Approval  of  Certain  Transactions.”  Where  the  director  is  also  a  controlling  shareholder,  the
requirements for approval of transactions with controlling shareholders apply, as described below under “—Approval of Related Party Transactions under
Israeli Law — Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Certain Transactions.”

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
    
 
   
      
    
 
   
      
    
 
   
   
      
    
 
 
 
 
Our directors are entitled to cash compensation as follows:

All of our non-employee directors receive annual fees and per-meeting fees for their service on our board and its committees as follows:

● annual fees in an amount of $35,000, and $41,000 for the chairman; and

● per-meeting fees in an amount of $1,000, or $500 for participation in meetings via phone.

In addition, commencing with our 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders, we provide for annual RSU grants to our non-employee directors.
The number of RSUs granted to each director is linked to a fixed value— $100,000, in the case of the Chairman of the Board, and $80,000, in the case of
all other non-employee directors. The actual number of RSUs to be granted each year with the foregoing $100,000 and $80,000 values is determined based
on  the  closing  price  of  our  ordinary  shares  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  on  the  date  of  our  annual  shareholder  meeting.  Our  RSU  grant
agreements for non-employee directors are subject to the following additional terms:

● the RSUs are granted to each non-employee director as of the date of the annual shareholder meeting and on the date of each annual general

meeting thereafter;

● the RSUs vest in their entirety on the first anniversary of the grant, provided the director continues to serve as a director of our company at

such anniversary;

● the RSUs, to the extent then unvested, become fully vested (a) immediately prior to the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined
under  our  2015  Plan  (described  below))  in  which  the  director  is  required  to  resign  from  or  is  otherwise  terminated  from  the  service  as  a
director, or (b) upon termination of service of such director occurring immediately after the consummation of a Change of Control; and

● the RSUs are otherwise subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan.

Executive Officer Compensation

The table below outlines the compensation granted to our five most highly compensated office holders during or with respect to the year ended
December 31, 2019, in the disclosure format of Regulation 21 of the Israeli Securities Regulations (Periodic and Immediate Reports), 1970. We refer to the
five individuals for whom disclosure is provided herein as our “Covered Executives.”

For purposes of the table and the summary below, and in accordance with the above-mentioned securities regulations, “compensation” includes
base salary, variable compensation, equity-based compensation, retirement or termination payments, benefits and perquisites such as car, phone and social
benefits and any undertaking to provide such compensation.

Summary Compensation Table

Information Regarding the Covered Executive(1)

Name and Principal Position(2)

Ronen Samuel, Chief Executive Officer
Guy Avidan, Chief Financial Officer
Gilad Yron, EVP Global Business
Haggai Abbo, VP Product Development
Amir Shaked, VP Corporate Development

Base Salary
($)

564     
390     
414     
303     
330     

Benefits and
Perquisites
($)(3)

Variable
compensation
($)(4)
(in thousands, US dollars)
73     
80     
40     
71     
62     

325     
100     
-     
52     
68     

Equity-Based
Compensation
($)(5)

Total
($)

338     
330     
334     
234     
179     

1,300 
900 
788 
660 
639 

(1) All amounts reported in the table are in terms of cost to us, as recorded in our financial statements.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
(2) All current executive officers listed in the table are our full-time employees. Cash compensation amounts denominated in currencies other  than  the

U.S. dollar were converted into U.S. dollars at the average conversion rate for 2019.

(3) Amounts reported  in  this  column  include  benefits  and  perquisites,  including  those  mandated  by  applicable  law.  Such  benefits  and  perquisites  may
include, to the extent applicable to the executive, payments, contributions and/or allocations for savings funds, pension, severance, vacation, car or car
allowance, medical insurances and benefits, risk insurances (e.g., life, disability, accident), convalescence pay, payments for social security, tax gross-
up payments and other benefits and perquisites consistent with our guidelines.

(4) Amounts reported in this column refer to incentive and variable compensation payments which were paid or accrued with respect to 2019.

(5) Amounts reported in this column represent the expense recorded in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 with  respect  to
equity-based compensation. Assumptions and key variables used in the calculation of such amounts are described in paragraph (s) of Note 2 to our
audited financial statements, which are included in “ITEM 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

2004 Share Option Plan

In May 2004 our board of directors adopted, and our shareholders approved our 2004 Share Option Plan, or the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan was
amended  on  June  15,  2005.  We  no  longer  grant  options  under  the  2004  Plan  because  it  was  superseded  by  the  2012  Plan,  although  previously  granted
awards remain outstanding. As of December 31, 2019, we had options to purchase 1,310 ordinary shares outstanding under the 2004 Plan.

The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of options to our and our subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ directors, employees and officers, who are expected to

contribute to our future growth and success.

The 2004 Plan is administered by our board of directors or by a compensation committee appointed by the board of directors, which determines,
subject to Israeli law, the grantees of awards and the terms of the grant, including, exercise prices, vesting schedules, acceleration of vesting and the other
matters  necessary  in  the  administration  of  the  2004  Plan.  The  2004  Plan  enabled  us  to  issue  awards  under  various  tax  regimes,  including,  without
limitation, pursuant to Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) 1961, or the Ordinance.

Section 102 of the Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers, who are not controlling shareholders, to receive favorable tax treatment for
compensation in the form of shares or options. Section 102 of the Ordinance includes two alternatives for tax treatment involving the issuance of options or
shares to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative for the issuance of options or shares directly to the grantee.
Section 102(b)(2) of the Ordinance, which provides the most favorable tax treatment for grantees, permits the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gain
track.” Note, however, that under Section 102(b)(3) of the Ordinance, if the company granting the shares or options is a publicly traded company or is listed
for trading on any stock exchange within a period of 90 days from the date of grant, any difference between the exercise price of the Awards (if any) and
the average closing price of the company’s shares at the 30 trading days preceding the grant date (when the company is listed on a stock exchange) or 30
trading days following the listing of the company, as applicable, will be taxed as “ordinary income” at the grantee’s marginal tax rate. In order to comply
with the terms of the capital gain track, all securities granted under a specific plan and subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, as well as
the shares issued upon exercise of such securities and other shares received following any realization of rights with respect to such securities, such as share
dividends and share splits, must be registered in the name of a trustee selected by the board of directors and held in trust for the benefit of the relevant
grantee. The trustee may not release these securities to the relevant grantee before 24 months from the date of grant and deposit of such securities with the
trustee. However, under this track, we are not allowed to deduct an expense with respect to the issuance of the options or shares.

The vesting schedule of options granted under the 2004 Plan is set forth in each grantee’s grant letter.

68

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
Options currently outstanding under the 2004 Plan may be exercised up to seven years from the grant date. In the event of the death of a grantee
while  employed  or  engaged  by  us,  or  the  termination  of  a  grantee’s  employment  or  services  for  reasons  of  disability  or  termination  of  a  grantee’s
employment of services for reason of retirement in accordance with applicable law, the grantee, or in the case of death, his or her legal successor, may
exercise options that have vested prior to termination until the earlier of: (i) a period of one year from the date of disability, retirement or death, or (ii) the
term of the options. If we terminate a grantee’s employment or service for cause, all of the grantee’s vested and unvested options will expire on the date of
termination. If a grantee’s employment or service is terminated for any other reason, the grantee may generally exercise his or her vested options within the
earlier of: (a) 90 days after the date of termination, or (b) the term of the options.

Options  may  not  be  sold,  assigned,  pledged  or  otherwise  disposed  of  by  the  participant  who  holds  such  options,  except  by  will  or  the  laws  of

descent.

In the event of a merger or consolidation of our company, or a sale of all, or substantially all, of our shares or assets or other transaction having a
similar effect on us, then without the consent of the option holder, our board of directors or its designated committee, as applicable, shall decide (i) if and
how unvested options shall be canceled, replaced or accelerated, (ii) if and how vested options shall be exercised, replaced and/or sold by the trustee or the
company on behalf of the option holder, and (iii) how the underlying shares issued upon exercise of options and held by the trustee on behalf of the option
holder shall be replaced and/or sold by the trustee on behalf of the option holder.

2012 Share Incentive Plan

In October 2012, our board of directors adopted and our shareholders approved our 2012 Share Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan
replaced our 2004 Plan. We no longer grant options under the 2012 Plan because it was superseded by the 2015 Plan, although awards that were previously
granted under the 2012 Plan remain outstanding. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of options, restricted shares, restricted share units and other share-
based  awards  to  our  and  our  subsidiaries’  and  affiliates’  directors,  employees,  officers,  consultants,  advisors,  and  any  other  person  whose  services  are
considered valuable to us or our affiliates, to continue as service providers, to increase their efforts on our behalf or on behalf of our subsidiary or affiliate
and to promote the success of our business. As of December 31, 2019, we had options to purchase 101,931 ordinary shares outstanding under the 2012
Plan.

The  2012  Plan  is  administered  by  our  board  of  directors  or  by  a  committee  designated  by  the  board  of  directors,  which  determines,  subject  to
Israeli law, the grantees of awards and the terms of the grant, including, exercise prices, vesting schedules, acceleration of vesting and the other matters
necessary  in  the  administration  of  the  2012  Plan.  The  2012  Plan  enables  us  to  issue  awards  under  various  tax  regimes,  including,  without  limitation,
pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance as discussed under “2004 Share Option Plan” above, and under Section 3(i) of the Ordinance and Section 422 of
the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

The 2012 Plan provides that options granted to our employees, directors and officers who are not controlling shareholders and who are considered
Israeli residents are intended to qualify for special tax treatment under the “capital gain track” provisions of Section 102(b) of the Ordinance. Our Israeli
non-employee service providers and controlling shareholders may only be granted options under Section 3(i) of the Ordinance, which does not provide for
similar tax benefits.

Options granted under the 2012 Plan to U.S. residents may qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or
may be non-qualified. The exercise price for “incentive stock options” must not be less than the fair market value on the date on which an option is granted,
or 110% of the fair market value if the option holder holds more than 10% of our share capital.

Options  granted  under  the  2012  Plan  generally  vest  over  four  years  commencing  on  the  date  of  grant,  such  that  50%  vest  on  the  second
anniversary of the date of grant and an additional 25% vest at the end of each subsequent anniversary, provided that the participant remains continuously
employed or engaged by us. In some cases, 25% vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant and an additional 6.25% vest at the end of each subsequent
quarter, provided that the participant remains continuously employed by or engaged by us.

69

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
Options,  other  than  certain  incentive  share  options,  that  are  not  exercised  within  seven  years  from  the  grant  date  expire,  unless  otherwise
determined by our board of directors or its designated committee, as applicable. Share options that qualify as “incentive stock options” and are granted to a
person holding more than 10% of our voting power will expire within five years from the date of the grant. In the event of the death of a grantee while
employed  by  or  performing  service  for  us  or  a  subsidiary  or  within  three  months  after  the  date  of  the  employee’s  termination,  or  the  termination  of  a
grantee’s employment or services for reasons of disability, the grantee, or in the case of death, his or her legal successor, may exercise options that have
vested prior to termination within a period of one year from the date of disability or death. If a grantee’s employment or service is terminated by reason of
retirement  in  accordance  with  applicable  law,  the  grantee  may  exercise  his  or  her  vested  options  within  the  three-month  period  after  the  date  of  such
retirement.  If  we  terminate  a  grantee’s  employment  or  service  for  cause,  all  of  the  grantee’s  vested  and  unvested  options  will  expire  on  the  date  of
termination. If a grantee’s employment or service is terminated for any other reason, the grantee may generally exercise his or her vested options within 90
days of the date of termination. Any expired or unvested options return to the pool and become available for reissuance.

In the event of a merger or consolidation of our company, or a sale of all, or substantially all, of our shares or assets or other transaction having a
similar effect on us, then without the consent of the option holder, our board of directors or its designated committee, as applicable, may but is not required
to  (i)  cause  any  outstanding  award  to  be  assumed  or  an  equivalent  award  to  be  substituted  by  such  successor  corporation,  or  (ii)  in  case  the  successor
corporation does not assume or substitute the award (a) provide the grantee with the option to exercise the award as to all or part of the shares or (b) cancel
the options and pay in cash an amount determined by the board of directors or the committee as fair in the circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
our board of directors or its designated committee may upon such event amend, modify or terminate the terms of any award, including conferring the right
to purchase any other security or asset that the board of directors or the committee shall deem, in good faith, appropriate.

2015 Incentive Compensation Plan

In March 2015, we adopted our 2015 Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of share options, share
appreciation rights, restricted share awards, restricted share units, cash-based awards, other share-based awards and dividend equivalents to our company’s
and our affiliates’ respective employees, non-employee directors and consultants. The reserved pool of shares under the 2015 Plan is the sum of (i) 661,745
shares; plus (ii) on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the 2015 Plan, a number of shares equal to the least of: (x) 3% of the total number of
shares outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, (y) an amount determined by our board of directors, and (z) 1,965,930
shares.  From  and  after  the  effective  date  of  the  2015  Plan,  no  further  grants  or  awards  have  been  made  under  the  2012  Plan.  Generally,  shares  that  are
forfeited, cancelled, terminated or expire unexercised, settled in cash in lieu of issuance of shares under the 2015 Plan or the 2012 Plan shall be available
for issuance under new awards. Generally, any shares tendered or withheld to pay the exercise price, purchase price of an award, or any withholding taxes
shall be available for issuance under new awards. Shares delivered pursuant to “substitute awards” (awards granted in assumption or substitution of awards
granted by a company acquired by us) shall not reduce the shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  options  to  purchase  969,536  ordinary  shares  and  677,593  unvested  RSUs  outstanding  under  the  2015  Plan.

After adding the increase to the 2015 Plan that was effective on January 1, 2020, we had 3,269,482 ordinary shares reserved for additional grants.

Subject  to  applicable  law,  the  2015  Plan  is  administered  by  our  compensation  committee,  which  has  full  authority  in  all  matters  related  to  the
discharge of its responsibilities and the exercise of its authority under the plan. Awards under the 2015 Plan may be granted until 10 years after the effective
date of the 2015 Plan.

The terms of options granted under the 2015 Plan, including the exercise price, vesting provisions and the duration of an option, are determined by
the  compensation  committee  and  set  forth  in  an  award  agreement.  Except  as  provided  in  the  applicable  award  agreement,  or  in  the  discretion  of  the
compensation committee, an option may be exercised only to the extent that it is then exercisable and shall terminate immediately upon a termination of
service of the grantee.

70

 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Share  appreciation  rights,  or  SARs,  are  awards  entitling  a  grantee  to  receive  a  payment  representing  the  difference  between  the  base  price  per
share of the right and the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise. SARs may be granted in tandem with an option or independent and unrelated
to an option. The terms of SARs granted under the 2015 Plan, including the base price per share, vesting provisions and the duration of an SAR, shall be
determined by the compensation committee and set forth in an award agreement. Except as provided in the applicable award agreement, or in the discretion
of the compensation committee, an SAR may be exercised only to the extent that it is then exercisable and shall terminate immediately upon a termination
of  service  of  the  grantee.  At  the  discretion  of  the  compensation  committee,  SARs  will  be  payable  in  cash,  ordinary  shares  or  equivalent  value  or  some
combination thereof.

Restricted share awards are ordinary shares that are awarded to a grantee subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by the
compensation committee in the award agreement. Until such time as the applicable restrictions lapse, restricted shares are subject to forfeiture and may not
be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the grantee who holds those shares.

RSUs are awards covering a number of hypothetical units with respect to shares that are granted subject to such vesting and transfer restrictions
and conditions of payment as the compensation committee may determine in an award agreement. RSUs, once vested, may be settled for the grantee in
cash, ordinary shares of equivalent value, or a combination thereof.

The  2015  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  cash-based  award  and  other  share-based  awards  (which  are  equity-based  or  equity  related  award  not
otherwise described in the 2015 Plan). The terms of such cash-based awards or other share-based shall be determined by the compensation committee and
set forth in the award agreement.

The compensation committee may grant dividend equivalents based on the dividends declared on shares that are subject to any award. Dividend
equivalents may be subject to any limitations and/or restrictions determined by the compensation committee and shall be converted to cash or additional
shares by such formula and at such time, and shall be paid at such times, as may be determined by the compensation committee.

In  the  event  of  any  dividend  (excluding  any  ordinary  dividend)  or  other  distribution,  recapitalization,  share  split,  reverse  share  split,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares or similar event (including a change in control) that
affects the ordinary shares, the compensation committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including any or all of
the following: (i) adjusting the number of shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan, (ii) adjusting the terms of outstanding awards, (iii) providing for a
substitution or assumption of awards and (iv) cancelling awards in exchange for a payment in cash. In the event of a change of control, each outstanding
award shall be treated as the compensation committee determines, including, without limitation, (i) that each award be honored or assumed, or equivalent
rights substituted therefor, by the new employer or (ii) that all unvested awards will terminate upon the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the event that it is determined that neither (i) or (ii) in the preceding sentence will apply, all awards will become fully vested.

2015 Israeli Sub Plan

The 2015 Israeli Sub Plan provides for the grant by us of awards pursuant to Sections 102 and 3(i) of the Ordinance, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. The 2015 Israeli Sub Plan is effective with respect to awards granted as of 30 days from the date we submitted it to the ITA. The
2015  Israeli  Sub  Plan  provides  for  awards  to  be  granted  to  those  of  our  or  our  affiliates’  employees,  directors  and  officers  who  are  not  Controlling
Shareholders, as defined in the Ordinance, and who are considered Israeli residents, to the extent that such awards either are (i) intended to qualify for
special  tax  treatment  under  the  “capital  gains  track”  provisions  of  Section  102(b)  of  the  Ordinance  or  (ii)  not  intended  to  qualify  for  such  special  tax
treatment.  The  2015  Israeli  Sub  Plan  also  provides  for  the  grant  of  awards  under  Section  3(i)  of  the  Ordinance  to  our  Israeli  non-employee  service
providers and Controlling Shareholders, who are not eligible for such special tax treatment.

71

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
2015 U.S. Sub Plan

The 2015 U.S. Sub Plan applies to grantees that are subject to U.S. federal income tax. The 2015 U.S. Sub Plan provides that options granted to
the  U.S.  grantees  will  either  be  incentive  stock  options  pursuant  to  Section  422  of  the  Code,  or  nonqualified  stock  options.  Options,  other  than  certain
incentive stock options described below, must have an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of
grant. Incentive stock options that are not exercised within 10 years from the grant date expire, provided that incentive stock options granted to a person
holding more than 10% of our voting power will expire within five years from the date of the grant and must have an exercise price at least equal to 110%
of  the  fair  market  value  of  an  underlying  share  on  the  date  of  grant.  The  number  of  shares  available  under  the  2015  Plan  for  grants  of  incentive  stock
options  shall  be  the  total  number  of  shares  available  under  the  2015  Plan  subject  to  any  limitations  under  the  Code  and  provided  that  shares  delivered
pursuant  to  “substitute  awards”  shall  reduce  the  shares  available  for  issuance  of  incentive  stock  options  under  the  2015  Plan.  It  is  the  intention  that  no
award  shall  be  deferred  compensation  subject  to  Section  409A  of  the  Code  unless  and  to  the  extent  that  the  compensation  committee  specifically
determines otherwise. If the compensation committee determines an award will be subject to Section 409A of the Code such awards shall be intended to
comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code, and the 2015 Plan and the terms and conditions of such awards shall be interpreted and administered
accordingly.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have adopted an employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, pursuant to which our employees and employees of our subsidiaries may elect to
have payroll deductions (or, when not allowed under local laws or regulations, another form of payment) made on each pay day during the offering period
in  an  amount  not  exceeding  15%  of  the  compensation  which  the  employees  receive  on  each  pay  day  during  the  offering  period.  To  date,  we  have  not
granted employees the right to make purchases under the plan. The number of shares initially reserved for purchase under the ESPP was 242,425 ordinary
shares, which was to be automatically increased annually on January 1 by a number of ordinary shares equal to the least of (i) 1% of the total number of
shares outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, (ii) an amount determined by our board of directors, if so determined prior
to January 1 of the year on which the increase will occur, and (iii) 655,310 shares.

The  ESPP  is  administered  by  our  board  of  directors  or  by  a  committee  designated  by  the  board  of  directors.  Subject  to  those  rights  which  are
reserved  to  the  board  of  directors  or  which  require  shareholder  approval  under  Israeli  law,  our  board  of  directors  has  designated  the  compensation
committee to administer the ESPP. To the extent that we grant employees the right to make purchases under the ESPP, on the first day of each offering
period, each participating employee will be granted an option to purchase on the exercise date of such offering period up to a number of the company’s
ordinary  shares  determined  by  dividing  (1)  the  employee’s  payroll  deductions  accumulated  prior  to  such  exercise  date  and  retained  in  the  employee’s
account as of the exercise date by (2) the applicable purchase price. The applicable purchase price is based on a discount percentage of up to 15%, which
percentage may be decreased by the board or the compensation committee, multiplied by the lesser of (1) the fair market value of an ordinary share on the
exercise date, or (2) the fair market value of an ordinary share on the offering date.

C. Board Practices

Board of Directors

Under the Companies Law, the management of our business is vested in our board of directors. Our board of directors may exercise all powers and
may  take  all  actions  that  are  not  specifically  granted  to  our  shareholders  or  to  management.  Our  executive  officers  are  responsible  for  our  day-to-day
management  and  have  individual  responsibilities  established  by  our  board  of  directors.  Our  Chief  Executive  Officer  is  appointed  by,  and  serves  at  the
discretion  of,  our  board  of  directors,  subject  to  the  employment  agreement  that  we  have  entered  into  with  him.  All  other  executive  officers  are  also
appointed by our board of directors and are subject to the terms of any applicable employment agreements that we may enter into with them.

Under our articles, our board of directors must consist of at least five and not more than nine directors, including, to the extent applicable, at least
two external directors who may be required to be appointed under the Companies Law. Our board of directors currently consists of nine directors. Our
directors  are  divided  into  three  classes  with  staggered  three-year  terms.  Each  class  of  directors  consists,  as  nearly  as  possible,  of  one-third  of  the  total
number of directors constituting the entire board of directors (other than the external directors, to the extent applicable). At each annual general meeting of
our shareholders, the election or re-election of directors following the expiration of the term of office of the directors of that class of directors is for a term
of office that expires on the third annual general meeting following such election or re-election, such that at each annual general meeting the term of office
of only one class of directors expires. Each director will hold office until the annual general meeting of our shareholders in which his or her term expires,
unless they are removed by a vote of 65% of the total voting power of our shareholders at a general meeting of our shareholders or upon the occurrence of
certain events, in accordance with the Companies Law and our articles.

72

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
In August  2019,  we  elected  to  be  governed  by  an  exemption  under  the  Companies  Law  regulations  that  exempts  us  from  appointing  external
directors and from complying with the Companies Law requirements related to the composition of the audit committee and compensation committee of our
board of directors. Our eligibility for that exemption is conditioned upon: (i) the continued listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market (or
one of a few select other non-Israeli stock exchanges); (ii) there not being a controlling shareholder (generally understood in this context to be a 25% or
greater  shareholder)  of  our  company  under  the  Companies  Law;  and  (iii)  our  compliance  with  the  NASDAQ  Listing  Rules  requirements  as  to  the
composition of (a) our board of directors—which requires that we maintain a majority of independent directors (as defined under the NASDAQ Listing
Rules)  on  our  board  of  directors  and  (b)  the  audit  and  compensation  committees  of  our  board  of  directors  (which  require  that  such  committees  consist
solely  of  independent  directors  (at  least  three  and  two  members,  respectively),  as  described  under  the  NASDAQ  Listing  Rules).  At  the  time  that  it
determined to exempt our company from the external director requirement, our board affirmatively determined that we meet the conditions for exemption
from  the  external  director  requirement,  including  that  a  majority  of  the  members  of  our  board,  along  with  each  of  the  members  of  the  audit  and
compensation committees of the board, are independent under the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

As a result of our election to be exempt from the external director requirement under the Companies Law, each of our directors (including our two

directors who formerly served as external directors) is now assigned to one of the three, staggered classes of our board of directors, as follows:

(i)

the Class I directors are Alon Lumbroso, Dov Ofer and Yehoshua (Shuki) Nir, and, except for Mr. Nir, who is required to stand for reelection
at the 2020 annual general meeting of shareholders (as described below), their terms expire at our annual general meeting of shareholders to
be held in 2022 and when their successors are elected and qualified;

(ii)

the  Class  II  directors  are  Ofer  Ben-Zur,  Gabi  Seligsohn  and  Lauri  Hanover  and  their  terms  expire  at  our  annual  general  meeting  of
shareholders to be held in 2020 and when their successors are elected and qualified; and

(iii)

the  Class  III  directors  are  Yuval  Cohen,  Stephen  Nigro  and  Ronen  Samuel,  and  their  terms  expire  at  our  annual  general  meeting  of
shareholders to be held in 2021 and when their successors are elected and qualified.

Our board of directors has determined that five of our directors, Lauri Hanover, Alon Lumbroso, Stephen Nigro, Yehoshua (Shuki) Nir and Dov
Ofer, constituting a majority of the members of the board, are independent under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The definition of independent
director  under  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  rules  specifies  criteria  whose  aim  is  to  ensure  that  there  is  no  factor  that  would  impair  the  ability  of  the
independent director to exercise independent judgment, and furthermore requires that the board of directors affirmatively determine that the independent
director can exercise independent judgment.

Under  the  Companies  Law  and  our  articles,  besides  nominees  who  are  chosen  by  our  board  of  directors,  nominees  for  director  may  also  be
proposed by any shareholder holding at least 1% of our outstanding voting power. However, any such shareholder may propose a nominee only if a written
notice of such shareholder’s intent to propose a nominee has been given to our Secretary (or, if we have no such Secretary, our Chief Executive Officer)
within  seven  days  following  our  publication  of  notice  of  an  upcoming  annual  shareholder  meeting  (or  within  14  days  after  we  publish  a  preliminary
notification  of  an  upcoming  annual  shareholder  meeting). Any  such  shareholder  nomination  must  include  certain  information,  including,  among  other
things, a description of all arrangements between the nominating shareholder and the proposed director nominee(s) and any other person pursuant to which
the nomination(s) are to be made by the nominating shareholder, the consent of the proposed director nominee(s) to serve as our director(s) if elected and a
declaration signed by the nominee(s) declaring that there is no limitation under the Companies Law preventing their election, and that all of the information
that is required under the Companies Law to be provided to us in connection with such election has been provided.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
In addition, our articles allow our board of directors to appoint directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors for a term of office equal to the
remaining period of the term of office of the director(s) whose office(s) have been vacated. External directors—when we are subject to, or choose to be
bound  by,  the  requirement  to  elect  them—are  elected  for  an  initial  term  of  three  years  and  may  be  elected  for  additional  three-year  terms  under  the
circumstances described below.

Under  the  Companies  Law,  our  board  of  directors  must  determine  the  minimum  number  of  directors  who  are  required  to  have  accounting  and
financial expertise. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, our board of directors must consider, among other things, the
type and size of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that the minimum number of directors
of our company who are required to have accounting and financial expertise is one.

External Directors

Under the Companies Law, the boards of directors of companies whose shares are publicly traded, including companies with shares traded in the
United  States,  are  generally  required  to  include  at  least  two  members  who  qualify  as  external  directors.  Lauri  Hanover  and  Yehoshua  (Shuki)  Nir  had
served as our external directors until our board elected, in August 2019, to be governed by the exemption from maintaining external directors on our board
under the Companies Law (as described above).

Our election to exempt our company from compliance with the external director requirement can be reversed at any time by our board of directors,
in which case we would need to hold a shareholder meeting to once again appoint external directors, whose election would be for a three-year term. The
election of each external director would require approval by a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a meeting of shareholders, provided that
either:

● such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and who lack a personal
interest in the election of the external director (other than a personal interest not deriving from a relationship with a controlling shareholder)
that are voted at the meeting, excluding abstentions, to which we refer as a disinterested majority; or

● the total number of shares voted by non-controlling, disinterested shareholders and by shareholders (as described in the previous bullet point)

against the election of the external director does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company.

The term “controlling shareholder” as used in the Companies Law for purposes of all matters related to external directors and for certain other
purposes (such as the requirements related to appointment to the audit committee or compensation committee, as described below), means a shareholder
with  the  ability  to  direct  the  activities  of  the  company,  other  than  by  virtue  of  being  an  office  holder.  A  shareholder  is  presumed  to  be  a  controlling
shareholder if the shareholder holds 50% or more of the voting rights in a company or has the right to appoint the majority of the directors of the company
or its general manager (chief executive officer).

For  further  information  concerning  the  Companies  Law  provisions  related  to  external  directors,  please  see  “ITEM  6.  Directors,  Senior
Management  and  Employees  -  C.  Board  Practices  -  Board  of  Directors  -  External  Directors”  in  our  annual  report  on  Form  20-F  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2018, which we filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

Leadership Structure of the Board

In accordance with the Companies Law and our articles, our board of directors is required to appoint one of its members to serve as chairman of

the board of directors. Our board of directors has appointed Yuval Cohen to serve as chairman of the board of directors.

74

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Committees

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three members: Lauri Hanover (Chairperson), Yehoshua (Shuki) Nir and Dov Ofer.

Companies Law Requirements

Under the Companies Law, we are required to appoint an audit committee. The audit committee must be comprised of at least three directors. To
the  extent  a  company  is  required  to  appoint  external  directors,  this  committee  must  include  all  of  the  external  directors,  one  of  whom  must  serve  as
chairman of the committee. There are additional requirements as to the composition of the audit committee under the Companies Law. However, when we
elected  to  exempt  our  company  from  the  external  director  requirement,  we  concurrently  elected  to  exempt  our  company  from  all  of  such  requirements
(which exemption is conditioned on our fulfillment of all NASDAQ listing requirements related to the composition of the audit committee).

NASDAQ Listing Requirements

Under NASDAQ corporate governance rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors,

each of whom is financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

All  members  of  our  audit  committee  meet  the  requirements  for  financial  literacy  under  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  SEC  and
NASDAQ  corporate  governance  rules.  Our  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  Lauri  Hanover  qualifies  as  an  audit  committee  financial  expert,  as
defined by the SEC rules, and has the requisite financial experience, as defined by the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

Each of the members of our audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and satisfies

the independent director requirements under the NASDAQ Stock Market rules.

Audit Committee Role

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter that sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules
and  regulations  of  the  SEC  and  the  listing  requirements  of  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  as  well  as  the  requirements  for  such  committee  under  the
Companies Law, including the following:

● oversight  of  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  and  recommending  the  engagement,  compensation  or  termination  of

engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to the board of directors in accordance with Israeli law;

● recommending the engagement or termination of the person filling the office of our internal auditor; and

● recommending the terms of audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm for pre-approval by

our board of directors.

Our  audit  committee  provides  assistance  to  our  board  of  directors  in  fulfilling  its  legal  and  fiduciary  obligations  in  matters  involving  our
accounting,  auditing,  financial  reporting,  internal  control  and  legal  compliance  functions  by  pre-approving  the  services  performed  by  our  independent
accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal control over financial reporting. Our audit committee
also  oversees  the  audit  efforts  of  our  independent  accountants  and  takes  those  actions  that  it  deems  necessary  to  satisfy  itself  that  the  accountants  are
independent of management.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the Companies Law, our audit committee is responsible for:

● determining whether there are deficiencies in the business management practices of our company, including in consultation with our internal

auditor or the independent auditor, and making recommendations to the board of directors to improve such practices;

● determining whether to approve certain related party transactions (including transactions in which an office holder has a personal interest and
whether such transaction is material or extraordinary under the Companies Law) (see “—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli
Law”);

● establishing  the  approval  process  (including,  potentially,  the  approval  of  the  audit  committee  and  conducting  a  competitive  procedure
supervised by the audit committee) for certain transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal
interest;

● where the  board  of  directors  approves  the  working  plan  of  the  internal  auditor,  examining  such  working  plan  before  its  submission  to  the

board of directors and proposing amendments thereto;

● examining our internal audit controls and internal auditor’s performance, including whether the internal auditor has sufficient resources and

tools to fulfill his or her responsibilities;

● examining the scope of our auditor’s work and compensation and submitting a recommendation with respect thereto to our board of directors

or shareholders, depending on which of them is considering the appointment of our auditor; and

● establishing procedures for the handling of employees’ complaints as to the management of our business and the protection to be provided to

such employees.

Compensation Committee and Compensation Policy

Our compensation committee consists of three members: Yehoshua (Shuki) Nir (Chairman), Lauri Hanover and Dov Ofer.

Companies Law Requirements

Under  the  Companies  Law,  the  board  of  directors  of  a  public  company  must  appoint  a  compensation  committee.  To  the  extent  a  company  is
required to appoint external directors, the compensation committee must be comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors, who
must  constitute  a  majority  of  the  members  of,  and  include  the  chairman  of,  the  compensation  committee.  There  are  additional  requirements  as  to  the
composition  of  the  compensation  committee  under  the  Companies  Law.  However,  when  we  elected  to  exempt  our  company  from  the  external  director
requirement, we concurrently elected to exempt our company from all of such requirements (including the three-member minimum). Our exemption under
the Companies Law is conditioned on our fulfillment of all NASDAQ listing requirements related to the composition of the compensation committee.

The duties of the compensation committee include the recommendation to the company’s board of directors of a policy regarding the terms of
engagement  of  office  holders,  to  which  we  refer  as  a  compensation  policy.  That  policy  must  be  adopted  by  the  company’s  board  of  directors,  after
considering  the  recommendations  of  the  compensation  committee,  and  must  be  brought  for  approval  by  the  company’s  shareholders,  which  approval
requires what we refer to as a Special Approval for Compensation. A Special Approval for Compensation requires shareholder approval by a majority vote
of the shares present and voting at a meeting of shareholders called for such purpose, provided that either: (a) such majority includes at least a majority of
the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in such compensation arrangement; or (b) the
total  number  of  shares  of  non-controlling  shareholders  who  do  not  have  a  personal  interest  in  the  compensation  arrangement  and  who  vote  against  the
arrangement does not exceed 2% of the company’s aggregate voting rights.

76

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial terms of employment or engagement of office holders,
including  exculpation,  insurance,  indemnification  or  any  monetary  payment,  obligation  of  payment  or  other  benefit  in  respect  of  employment  or
engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s objectives, the company’s business plan and
its long-term strategy, and creation of appropriate incentives for office holders. It must also consider, among other things, the company’s risk management,
size and the nature of its operations. The compensation policy must include certain principles, such as: a link between variable compensation and long-term
performance and measurable criteria; the relationship between variable and fixed compensation; and the minimum holding or vesting period for variable,
equity-based compensation.

The compensation committee is responsible for (a) recommending the compensation policy to a company’s board of directors for its approval (and
subsequent approval by its shareholders) and (b) duties related to the compensation policy and to the compensation of a company’s office holders, as well
as functions with respect to matters related to approval of the terms of engagement of office holders, including:

● recommending whether a compensation policy should continue in effect, if the then-current policy has a term of greater than three years or, in
the case of the initial compensation policy of a company that has recently undergone its initial public offering, five years (approval of either a
new  compensation  policy  or  the  continuation  of  an  existing  compensation  policy  must  in  any  case  occur  every  three  years  or,  upon  the
expiration of the initial period for a company that recently underwent its initial public offering, after five years);

● recommending  to  the  board  of  directors  periodic  updates  to  the  compensation  policy  and  assessing  implementation  of  the  compensation

policy;

● approving compensation terms of executive officers, directors and employees that require approval of the compensation committee;

● determining whether  the  compensation  terms  of  a  chief  executive  officer  nominee,  which  were  determined  pursuant  to  the  compensation
policy, will be exempt from approval of the shareholders because such approval would harm the ability to engage with such nominee; and

● determining, subject to the approval of the board and under special circumstances, override a determination of the company’s shareholders

regarding certain compensation related issues.

Consistent  with  the  foregoing  requirements,  following  the  recommendation  of  our  compensation  committee,  our  board  and  our  shareholders
approved our compensation policy in July 2015 and September 2015, respectively. We intend to call a shareholder meeting in the near future to present an
updated compensation policy (following compensation committee recommendation and board approval) for the approval of our shareholders, as is required
following the lapse of five years following our initial public offering. Following that approval, the compensation policy (in updated form, if applicable) will
need to be recommended by the compensation committee and presented for the approval of the board and shareholders, every three years, in accordance
with the requirements of the Companies Law.

NASDAQ Listing Requirements

Under  NASDAQ  corporate  governance  rules,  we  are  required  to  maintain  a  compensation  committee  consisting  of  at  least  two  independent
directors. Each of the members of the compensation committee is required to be independent under NASDAQ rules relating to compensation committee
members,  which  are  different  from  the  general  test  for  independence  of  board  and  committee  members.  Each  of  the  members  of  our  compensation
committee satisfies those requirements.

Compensation Committee Role

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter that sets forth the responsibilities of the compensation committee, which

include:

● the responsibilities set forth in the compensation policy;

77

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
● reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board of directors;

and

● reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.

Compensation of Directors

Under the Companies Law, compensation of directors requires the approval of a company’s compensation committee, the subsequent approval of
the board of directors and, unless exempted under the regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, the approval of the shareholders at a general
meeting.  Where  the  director  is  also  a  controlling  shareholder,  the  requirements  for  approval  of  transactions  with  controlling  shareholders  apply,  as
described below under “Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Certain Transactions.”

For  information  regarding  the  current  compensation  package  that  is  paid  to  our  non-employee  directors,  see  “B.  Compensation—Director
Compensation” in this ITEM 6. Our directors are also entitled to be paid reasonable travel, hotel and other expenses expended by them in attending board
meetings and performing their functions as directors of the company, all of which is to be determined by the board of directors.

External directors (when we are required to have them serving on our board of directors) are entitled to remuneration subject to the provisions and

limitations set forth in the regulations promulgated under the Companies Law.

Internal Auditor

Under  the  Companies  Law,  the  board  of  directors  of  an  Israeli  public  company  must  appoint  an  internal  auditor  recommended  by  the  audit

committee. An internal auditor may not be:

● a person (or a relative of a person) who holds 5% or more of the company’s outstanding shares or voting rights;

● a person (or a relative of a person) who has the power to appoint a director or the general manager of the company;

● an office holder (including a director) of the company (or a relative thereof); or

● a member of the company’s independent auditor, or anyone on its behalf.

The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, our compliance with applicable law and orderly business procedures. The audit
committee is required to oversee the activities and to assess the performance of the internal auditor as well as to review the internal auditor’s work plan.
Irena Ben-Yakar of Brightman Almagor & Zohar (Deloitte) serves as our internal auditor.

Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law

Fiduciary Duties of Directors and Executive Officers

The Companies Law codifies the fiduciary duties that office holders owe to a company. Each person listed in the table under “Directors and Senior

Management” is an office holder of our company under the Companies Law.

An office holder’s fiduciary duties consist of a duty of care and a duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the level of
care with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of loyalty requires that an office
holder act in good faith and in the best interests of the company.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
The duty of care includes a duty to use reasonable means to obtain:

● information on the advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and

● all other important information pertaining to any such action.

The duty of loyalty includes a duty to:

● refrain from  any  conflict  of  interest  between  the  performance  of  his  or  her  duties  to  the  company  and  his  or  her  other  duties  or  personal

affairs;

● refrain from any activity that is competitive with the business of the company;

● refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company to receive a personal gain for himself or herself or others; and

● disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or

her position as an office holder.

Disclosure of Personal Interests of an Office Holder and Approval of Certain Transactions

The  Companies  Law  requires  that  an  office  holder  promptly  disclose  to  the  board  of  directors  any  conflict  of  interest  (referred  to  under  the
Companies  Law  as  a  “personal  interest”)  that  he  or  she  may  be  aware  of  and  all  related  material  information  or  documents  concerning  any  existing  or
proposed transaction with the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made promptly and, in any event, no later than the first meeting of
the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. A personal interest includes an interest of any person in an act or transaction of a company,
including  a  personal  interest  of  such  person’s  relative  or  of  a  corporate  body  in  which  such  person  or  a  relative  of  such  person  is  a  5%  or  greater
shareholder, director or general manager (i.e., chief executive officer) or in which he or she has the right to appoint at least one director or the general
manager, but excluding a personal interest stemming from one’s ownership of shares in the company.

A personal interest furthermore includes the personal interest of a person for whom the office holder holds a voting proxy or the personal interest
of the office holder with respect to his or her vote on behalf of a person for whom he or she holds a proxy even if such shareholder has no personal interest
in the matter. An office holder is not, however, obliged to disclose a personal interest if it derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a
transaction that is not considered an extraordinary transaction. Under the Companies Law, an extraordinary transaction is defined as any of the following:

● a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business;

● a transaction that is not on market terms; or

● a transaction that may have a material impact on a company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

If it is determined that an office holder has a personal interest in a transaction which is not an extraordinary transaction, approval by the board of
directors is required for the transaction, unless the company’s articles of association provide for a different method of approval. Further, so long as an office
holder has disclosed his or her personal interest in a transaction, the board of directors may approve an action by the office holder that would otherwise be
deemed a breach of his or her duty of loyalty. However, a company may not approve a transaction or action that is not in the best interests of the company
or that is not performed by the office holder in good faith. An extraordinary transaction in which an office holder has a personal interest requires approval
first  by  the  company’s  audit  committee  and  subsequently  by  the  board  of  directors.  The  compensation  of,  or  an  undertaking  to  indemnify  or  insure,  an
office holder who is not a director requires approval first by the company’s compensation committee, then by the company’s board of directors. If such
compensation arrangement or an undertaking to indemnify or insure is inconsistent with the company’s stated compensation policy, or if the office holder is
the chief executive officer (apart from a number of specific exceptions), then such arrangement is further subject to a Special Approval for Compensation.
Arrangements  regarding  the  compensation,  indemnification  or  insurance  of  a  director  require  the  approval  of  the  compensation  committee,  board  of
directors and shareholders by ordinary majority, in that order, and under certain circumstances, a Special Approval for Compensation.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Generally, a person who has a personal interest in a matter which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit or compensation
committees may not be present at such a meeting or vote on that matter unless the chairman of the relevant committee or board of directors (as applicable)
determines  that  he  or  she  should  be  present  in  order  to  present  the  transaction  that  is  subject  to  approval.  If  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  board
committee or the board of directors (as applicable) has a personal interest in the approval of a transaction, then all directors may participate in discussions
of the committee or the board of directors (as applicable) on such transaction and the voting on approval thereof, but shareholder approval is also required
for such transaction.

Disclosure of Personal Interests of Controlling Shareholders and Approval of Certain Transactions

Pursuant  to  Israeli  law,  the  disclosure  requirements  regarding  personal  interests  that  apply  to  directors  and  executive  officers  also  apply  to  a
controlling  shareholder  of  a  public  company.  The  Companies  Law  provides  a  broader  definition  of  a  controlling  shareholder  solely  with  respect  to  the
provisions pertaining to related party transactions. For such purposes, a controlling shareholder is a shareholder that has the ability to direct the activities of
a  company,  including  by  holding  50%  or  more  of  the  voting  rights  in  a  company  or  by  having  the  right  to  appoint  the  majority  of  the  directors  of  the
company or its general manager (chief executive officer), and furthermore, by holding 25% or more of the voting rights if no other shareholder holds more
than 50% of the voting rights. For this purpose, the holdings of all shareholders who have a personal interest in the same transaction will be aggregated. An
extraordinary  transaction  between  a  public  company  and  a  controlling  shareholder  or  in  which  a  controlling  shareholder  has  a  personal  interest  and  the
terms  of  any  compensation  arrangement  of  a  controlling  shareholder  who  is  an  office  holder  or  his  relative,  require  the  approval  of  a  company’s  audit
committee  (or  compensation  committee  with  respect  to  compensation  arrangements),  board  of  directors  and  shareholders,  in  that  order.  In  addition,  the
shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:

● at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the transaction and who are present and voting

at the meeting approves the transaction, excluding abstentions; or

● the shares voted against the transaction by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and who are present and voting at the

meeting do not exceed 2% of the voting rights in the company.

To the extent that any such transaction with a controlling shareholder is for a period extending beyond three years, approval is required once every
three  years,  unless,  with  respect  to  certain  transactions,  the  audit  committee  determines  that  the  duration  of  the  transaction  is  reasonable  given  the
circumstances related thereto.

Arrangements  regarding  the  compensation,  indemnification  or  insurance  of  a  controlling  shareholder  in  his  or  her  capacity  as  an  office  holder
require the approval of the compensation committee, board of directors and shareholders by a Special Majority, in that order, and the terms thereof may not
be inconsistent with the company’s stated compensation policy.

Pursuant  to  regulations  promulgated  under  the  Companies  Law,  certain  transactions  with  a  controlling  shareholder  or  his  or  her  relative,  with
directors, or with the chief executive officer, that would otherwise require approval of a company’s shareholders may be exempt from shareholder approval
upon certain determinations of the audit committee or compensation committee (as applicable), and the board of directors.

80

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Shareholder Duties

Pursuant  to  the  Companies  Law,  a  shareholder  has  a  duty  to  act  in  good  faith  and  in  a  customary  manner  toward  the  company  and  other
shareholders and to refrain from abusing his or her power in the company, including, among other things, in voting at a general meeting and at shareholder
class meetings with respect to the following matters:

● an amendment to the company’s articles of association;

● an increase of the company’s authorized share capital;

● a merger; or

● the approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval.

A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.

In  addition,  certain  shareholders  have  a  duty  of  fairness  toward  the  company.  These  shareholders  include  any  controlling  shareholder,  any
shareholder who knows that he or she has the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who has the power to appoint or
to prevent the appointment of an office holder of the company or other power towards the company. The Companies Law does not define the substance of
the duty of fairness, except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act
with fairness.

Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the duty of loyalty. An Israeli company
may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of
duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of association. Our articles include such a provision. A company
may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising out of a prohibited dividend or distribution to shareholders.

Under  the  Companies  Law,  a  company  may  indemnify  an  office  holder  in  respect  of  the  following  liabilities  and  expenses  incurred  for  acts
performed by him or her as an office holder, either pursuant to an undertaking made in advance of an event or following an event, provided its articles of
association include a provision authorizing such indemnification:

● financial liability  imposed  on  him  or  her  in  favor  of  another  person  pursuant  to  a  judgment,  including  a  settlement  or  arbitrator’s  award
approved by a court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided in advance, then such
an undertaking must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities
when  the  undertaking  to  indemnify  is  given,  and  to  an  amount  or  according  to  criteria  determined  by  the  board  of  directors  as  reasonable
under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned foreseen events and amount or criteria;

● reasonable  litigation  expenses,  including  attorneys’  fees,  incurred  by  the  office  holder  (1)  as  a  result  of  an  investigation  or  proceeding
instituted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (i) no indictment was filed
against such office holder as a result of such investigation or proceeding, and (ii) no financial liability  was  imposed  upon  him  or  her  as  a
substitute for the criminal proceeding as a result of such investigation or proceeding or, if such financial liability was imposed, it was imposed
with respect to an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and (2) in connection with a monetary sanction; and

● reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or imposed by a court in proceedings instituted against
him  or  her  by  the  company,  on  its  behalf,  or  by  a  third  party,  or  in  connection  with  criminal  proceedings  in  which  the  office  holder  was
acquitted, or as a result of a conviction for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.

81

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Under the Companies Law, a company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed by him or her as an

office holder, if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:

● a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the

act would not harm the company;

● a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

and

● a financial liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party.

Under the Companies Law, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following:

● a breach of the duty of loyalty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company to the extent that

the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;

● a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

● an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or

● a fine or forfeit levied against the office holder.

Under  the  Companies  Law,  exculpation,  indemnification  and  insurance  of  office  holders  in  a  public  company  must  be  approved  by  the
compensation committee and the board of directors and, with respect to certain office holders or under certain circumstances, also by the shareholders. See
“—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law.”

Our articles permit us to exculpate, indemnify and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted or to be permitted by the Companies

Law.

We have obtained directors and officers liability insurance for the benefit of our office holders and intend to continue to maintain such coverage
and pay all premiums thereunder to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law. In addition, we entered into agreements with each of our directors
and executive officers exculpating them from liability to us for damages caused to us as a result of a breach of duty of care and undertaking to indemnify
them,  in  each  case,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  our  articles  and  the  Companies  Law,  including  with  respect  to  liabilities  resulting  from  a  public
offering of our shares, to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we had 547 employees and subcontractors, with 339 located in Israel, 96 in the United States, 68 in Europe and 44 in
Asia Pacific. The following table shows the breakdown of our workforce of employees and subcontractors by category of activity as of the dates indicated:

Area of Activity
Service
Sales and marketing
Manufacturing and operations
Research and development
General and administrative
Total

2017

As of December 31,
2018

2019

66     
87     
73     
122     
64     
412     

79     
98     
83     
115     
69     
444     

101 
131 
103 
128 
84 
547 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
With  respect  to  our  Israeli  employees,  Israeli  labor  laws  govern  the  length  of  the  workday  and  workweek,  minimum  wages  for  employees,
procedures for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days, advance notice of termination of employment,
payments  to  the  National  Insurance  Institute,  equal  opportunity  and  anti-discrimination  laws  and  other  conditions  of  employment.  While  none  of  our
employees  is  party  to  any  collective  bargaining  agreements,  certain  provisions  of  the  collective  bargaining  agreements  between  the  Histadrut  (General
Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our
employees  in  Israel  by  order  of  the  Israeli  Ministry  of  the  Economy  and  Industry.  These  provisions  primarily  concern  pension  fund  benefits  for  all
employees,  insurance  for  work-related  accidents,  recuperation  pay  and  travel  expenses.  We  generally  provide  our  employees  with  benefits  and  working
conditions  beyond  the  required  minimums.  With  respect  to  our  German  employees,  German  and  European  labor  laws  govern  the  common  employment
terms  including  worktime,  annual  leave  and  employment  termination.  In  addition  to  that  our  Kornit  Digital  Europe  GmbH  have  a  work  council. Work
council  must  be  consulted  about  specific  employee  related  issues  and  has  the  right  to  make  proposals  to  management  according  to  the  German  Works
Constitution Act (BetrVG).

We have never experienced any labor-related work stoppages or strikes and believe our relationships with our employees are good.

E. Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please refer to “ITEM 6.B. Compensation” and “ITEM 7.A.

Major Shareholders.”

ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of February 28, 2020:

● each person or entity known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares;

● each of our directors and executive officers individually; and

● all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any ordinary shares
over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership. For purposes of the
table below, we deem ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2019 to be
outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we
do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except where otherwise indicated, we believe,
based on information furnished to us by such owners, that the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares listed below have sole investment and voting power
with  respect  to  such  shares.  The  number  of  record  holders  in  the  United  States  is  not  representative  of  the  number  of  beneficial  holders  nor  is  it
representative of where such beneficial holders are resident since many of these ordinary shares were held by brokers or other nominees.

Unless otherwise noted below, each shareholder’s address is c/o Kornit Digital Ltd., 12 Ha’Amal Street, Rosh –Ha’Ayin 4809246, Israel.

A description of any material relationship that our principal shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates within the past

three years is included under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The percentages set forth below are based on 40,801,834 ordinary shares outstanding as of February 28, 2020.

Except where otherwise indicated, we believe, based on information furnished to us by such owners, that the beneficial owners of the ordinary
shares listed below have sole investment and voting power with respect to such shares. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed below,
have the same voting rights attached to their ordinary shares. See “ITEM 10.B Articles of Association.”

A description of any material relationship that our major shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates within the past year

is included under “ITEM 7.B—Related Party Transactions.

Name
5% or Greater Shareholders
Wasatch Advisors Inc.(1)  
American Capital Management Inc. (2)    
Clal Insurance Enterprises Holdings Ltd. (3)    
Directors and Executive Officers
Yuval Cohen
Ofer Ben-Zur
Lauri Hanover
Alon Lumbroso
Stephen Nigro
Yehushua (Shuki) Nir
Dov Ofer
Gabi Seligsohn
Ronen Samuel
Guy Avidan
Gilad Yron
Omer Kulka
Kobi Mann
Jecka Glasman

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Held

3,559,402 
2,545,892 
2,294,938 

Percent

8.7%
6.2%
5.6%

* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

* 
* 

* 
* 

* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
- 
* 

* 
* 

* 

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (14 persons)

*(4)   

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

(1) As of December 31, 2019, based on a beneficial ownership statement on Schedule 13G filed by Wasatch Advisors Inc. with the SEC on February 10,

2020.

(2) As  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  an  amendment  to  Schedule  13G  amendment  filed  by  American  Capital  Management  Inc.  with  the  SEC  on

February 20, 2020.

(3)  As of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  an  amendment  to  Schedule  13G  filed  by  Clal  Insurance  Enterprises  Holdings  Ltd.,  or  Clal,  with  the  SEC  on
February  10,  2020.  All  of  the  ordinary  shares  reported  as  beneficially  owned  by  Clal  are  held  for  members  of  the  public  through,  among  others,
provident  funds  and/or  pension  funds  and/or  insurance  policies,  which  are  managed  by  subsidiaries  of  Clal,  which  subsidiaries  operate  under
independent management and make independent voting and investment decisions. Consequently, Clal does not admit beneficial ownership of any of
those shares.

(4) Consists of ordinary shares, options to purchase ordinary shares and RSUs that may be exercised or settled (as applicable) within 60 days of February

28, 2020.

84

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recent Significant Changes in the Percentage Ownership of Major Shareholders

In  January  2017,  Fortissimo  Capital  (our  former  controlling  shareholder)  sold  6,235,000  of  our  ordinary  shares  in  a  secondary  public  offering,
which  decreased  its  holdings  in  our  company  from  48.5%  to  26.3%  (after  taking  into  account  the  increase  in  outstanding  shares  resulting  from  our
concurrent follow-on offering). In May 2017, Fortissimo Capital sold 4,250,000 of our ordinary shares in a secondary public offering, which decreased its
holdings  in  our  Company  to  4,552,481  ordinary  shares,  or  13.5%  of  our  outstanding  ordinary  shares.  Over  the  course  of  2018,  Fortissimo  Capital  sold
additional  ordinary  shares,  thereby  reducing  its  beneficial  ownership  further,  and  in  December  2018,  Fortissimo  Capital  sold  all  remaining  3,132,481
ordinary shares held by it in a secondary public offering.

In January and February 2018, several shareholders reported that they had acquired in excess of 5% of our outstanding shares over the course of
2017, including: Senvest Management, LLC (5.0%); American Capital Management, Inc. (7.3%); Granahan Investment Management, Inc. (6.9%); William
Blair & Company, LLC (7.3%); and Gilder, Gagnon, Howe & Co. LLC (5.2%). In addition, in April 2018, Clal reported that it had acquired 5.0% of our
outstanding ordinary shares.

In February 2019, each of Senvest Management, LLC, William Blair & Company, LLC and Gilder, Gagnon, Howe & Co. LLC reported that it had
ceased to be a 5% shareholder as of the end of 2018, having dropped to beneficial ownership of 1.5%, 3.9% and 3.2%, respectively, as of that time. In
February 2019, each of Granahan Investment Management, Inc. and Clal reported changes in its beneficial ownership as of the end of 2018, to 5.2% and
7.5%, respectively, of our outstanding ordinary shares.

In February 2020, each of Granahan Investment Management, Inc. and Clal reported changes in its beneficial ownership as of the end of 2019, to
3.0% and 5.6%, respectively, of our outstanding ordinary shares. Consequently, Granahan Investment Management, Inc. ceased to be a 5% shareholder as
of the end of 2019. In addition, Wasatch Advisors Inc. reported that it held in excess of 5% of our outstanding shares as of the end of 2019, holding 8.7% as
of that time.

The beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by American Capital Management Inc. has gone from 7.5% as of the end of 2017 to 8.1% as of

the end of 2018 and to 6.2% as of the end of 2019.

Other than the foregoing, there have been no recent significant changes in the percentage ownership of major shareholders.

Record Holders

Based  upon  a  review  of  the  information  provided  to  us  by  our  transfer  agent,  as  of  March  11,  2020,  there  were  three  holders  of  record  of  our
ordinary  shares,  of  which  one  record  holder,  holding  approximately  99.88%  of  our  outstanding  ordinary  shares,  had  a  registered  address  in  the  United
States. These numbers are not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our shares, nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders
reside,  since  all  of  these  shares  held  of  record  in  the  United  States  were  held  through  CEDE  &  Co.,  the  nominee  company  of  the  Depository  Trust
Company, on behalf of hundreds of firms of brokers and banks in the United States, who in turn held such shares on behalf of several thousand clients and
customers.

B. Related Party Transactions

Our policy is to enter into transactions with related parties on terms that, on the whole, are no more favorable, or no less favorable than those
available  from  unaffiliated  third  parties.  Based  on  our  experience  in  the  business  sectors  in  which  we  operate  and  the  terms  of  our  transactions  with
unaffiliated  third  parties,  we  believe  that  all  of  the  transactions  described  below  met  this  policy  standard  at  the  time  they  occurred.  The  following  is  a
description of material transactions, or series of related material transactions, since January 1, 2019, to which we were or will be a party and in which the
other parties included or will include our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 10% of our voting securities or any member of the immediate
family of any of the foregoing persons.

85

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Agreements and Arrangements with, and Compensation of, Directors and Executive Officers

Employment Agreements

We have entered into written employment agreements with each of our executive officers. These agreements provide for notice periods of varying
duration for termination of the agreement by us or by the relevant executive officer, during which time the executive officer will continue to receive base
salary  and  benefits  (except  for  the  accrual  of  vacation  days).  These  agreements  also  contain  customary  provisions  regarding  non-competition,
confidentiality  of  information  and  assignment  of  inventions.  However,  the  enforceability  of  the  non-competition  provisions  may  be  limited  under
applicable law.

Options and RSUs

Since our inception we have granted options to purchase our ordinary shares to our officers and certain of our directors, and, commencing in 2018
(following approval by our shareholders), we began awarding annual RSU grants to our non-employee directors. Our option agreements may contain, and
the terms of our RSU grants do contain, acceleration provisions upon certain merger, acquisition, or change of control transactions (in the case of the RSU
grants, upon termination of, or resignation by, a non-employee director in connection with any such transaction or immediately thereafter). We describe our
equity  incentive  plans  under  “ITEM  6.B.  Compensation”.  If  the  relationship  between  us  and  an  executive  officer  or  a  director  is  terminated,  except  for
cause (as defined in the option plans), all options that are vested will generally remain exercisable for ninety days after such termination.

Indemnification Agreements

Our articles permit us to exculpate, indemnify and insure each of our directors and office holders to the fullest extent permitted by Israeli law. We
have  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with  each  of  our  directors  and  executive  officers,  undertaking  to  indemnify  them  to  the  fullest  extent
permitted by Israeli law, including with respect to liabilities resulting from a public offering of our shares, to the extent that these liabilities are not covered
by insurance. We have also obtained Directors and Officers insurance for each of our executive officers and directors. For further information, see “ITEM
6.C Board Practices—Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8.

Financial Information.

A. Statements and Other Financial Information

We have appended our financial statements at the end of this annual report, starting at page F-1, as part of this annual report.

Legal Proceedings

From  time  to  time,  we  may  become  party  to  litigation  or  other  legal  proceedings  that  we  consider  to  be  a  part  of  the  ordinary  course  of  our
business. Currently, and in the recent past, we are not and have not been a party to any legal proceedings, nor are there any legal proceedings (including
governmental  proceedings)  pending  or,  to  our  knowledge,  threatened  against  us,  that  our  management  believes,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  would
have a significant effect on our financial position or profitability. We intend to defend against any claims to which we may become subject, and to proceed
with any claims that we may need to assert against third parties, in a vigorous fashion.

Dividend Distribution Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.
We currently intend (subject to any extraordinary market conditions that might arise) to retain future earnings, if any, to finance operations and expand our
business. To the extent that volatile or depressed market conditions (whether in the wake of the coronavirus outbreak or otherwise) reduce the trading price
of  our  ordinary  shares  substantially  for  an  extended  period  of  time,  we  may  potentially  consider  using  a  portion  of  our  cash  reserves  toward  share
repurchases. Our board of directors has sole discretion whether to pay dividends (or to effect share repurchases). If our board of directors decides to pay
dividends,  the  form,  frequency  and  amount  will  depend  upon  our  future  operations  and  earnings,  capital  requirements  and  surplus,  general  financial
condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our directors may deem relevant. See “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Ordinary
Shares— We have never paid cash dividends on our share capital, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future” and “ITEM
10.B Articles of Association— Dividend and Liquidation Rights” for an explanation concerning the payment of dividends under Israeli law.

B. Significant Changes

Since the date of our financial statements included in ITEM 18 of this annual report, there has not been a significant change in our company other

than as described elsewhere in this annual report.

ITEM 9.

The Offer and Listing.

A. Listing details

Our ordinary shares have been quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “KRNT” since April 2, 2015. Prior to that date,

there was no public trading market for our ordinary shares. Our IPO was priced at $10.00 per share on April 2, 2015.

On March 18, 2020, the closing sales price of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $26.36.

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C. Markets

See “—Listing Details” above.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Articles of Association

 The information called for by this Item 10.B of Form 20-F has been provided in Exhibit 2.2 to this annual report. The content of Exhibit 2.2 is

incorporated by reference herein.

C. Material Contracts

We  are  not  party  to  any  material  contract  within  the  two  years  prior  to  the  date  of  this  annual  report,  other  than  contracts  entered  into  in  the

ordinary course of business, or as otherwise described below in this ITEM 10.C.

Agreements with Amazon

Master Purchase Agreement

On January 10, 2017, we entered into a Master Purchase Agreement, or the Purchase Agreement, with Amazon Corporate LLC, a subsidiary of
Amazon.com, Inc., or Amazon. Under the Purchase Agreement, as amended in March 2017, January 2018, and June 2018, Amazon may purchase, and we
have committed to supply AVHD6 digital direct-to-garment printers and NeoPigment ink and other consumables at agreed upon prices which are subject to
volume. We also agreed to provide maintenance services and extended warranties to Amazon at agreed-upon prices.

The  Purchase  Agreement  provides  for  an  “end  of  life”  program.  We  are  required  to  notify  Amazon  12  months  in  advance  if  it  intends  to  stop
supporting one of the products or services supplied by us and to continue to manufacture the product or provide such service during the applicable period.
Subject to certain exceptions, we are required to continue to supply ink in such quantities as Amazon requires for at least 36 months after the earlier of (1)
the end of the term of the Purchase Agreement or (2) 18 months following the purchase of the last product sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The
Purchase Agreement requires us to make arrangements to ensure continuity of our supply of products if we do not comply with its requirements to supply
the products or the services under the agreement or becomes insolvent. The Purchase Agreement also provides for penalties on a sliding scale in the case of
late delivery or if our systems are unavailable for certain specific periods. There are no minimum spending commitments under the Purchase Agreement.
The term of the Purchase Agreement is five years beginning on May 1, 2016 and extends automatically for additional one-year periods unless terminated
by Amazon.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction Agreement and Warrant

Concurrently with the Purchase Agreement, we and Amazon entered into a Transaction Agreement, or the Transaction Agreement, pursuant to
which we agreed to issue to an affiliate of Amazon a warrant, or the Warrant, to acquire up to 2,932,176 of our ordinary shares, or the Warrant Shares, at a
purchase  price  of  $13.03  per  share,  which  is  based  on  the  preceding  30  trading  day  VWAP  prior  to  the  execution  of  the  Transaction  Agreement.  The
Warrant also provides for cashless exercise.

Under the terms of the Warrant, the Warrant Shares are subject to vesting as a function of payments for purchased products and services of up to
$150  million  over  a  five-year  period,  with  the  shares  vesting  incrementally  each  time  Amazon  (which  includes  its  affiliates  for  purposes  of  the  vesting
determination)  makes  a  payment  totaling  $5  million  to  us.  Warrant  Shares  vest  in  increments  of  85,521  shares  until  such  time  as  Amazon  has  paid  an
aggregate of $75 million to us and thereafter the remaining Warrant Shares vest in additional increments of 109,956 shares each. Based on payments made
by Amazon prior to the date of the Warrant, some of the Warrant Shares vested at the time of the execution of the Purchase Agreement. As of December 31,
2019, warrants to purchase 1,612,683 ordinary shares have vested and are exercisable.

The Warrant  is  exercisable  through  January  10,  2022.  Upon  the  consummation  of  a  change  of  control  transaction  (as  defined  in  the  Warrant),

subject to certain exceptions, the unvested portion of the Warrant will vest in full and become fully exercisable.

The exercise price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant are subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.

The  Transaction  Agreement  includes  customary  representations,  warranties  and  covenants  of  our  company  and  Amazon.  The  Transaction
Agreement restricts any transfer of the Warrant except to a wholly owned subsidiary of Amazon and contains certain restrictions on Amazon’s ability to
transfer  the  Warrant  Shares,  including  to  a  beneficial  owner  of  more  than  5%  of  our  outstanding  ordinary  shares,  subject  to  customary  exceptions.  The
Transaction Agreement also contains certain customary standstill restrictions with respect to an acquisition of our shares (other than an acquisition of the
Warrant Shares), solicitation of proxies and other actions that seek to influence the control of our company. These standstill restrictions remain in effect
until such time as the Warrant Shares held by Amazon or that remain unexercised under the Warrant represent less than 2% of our outstanding shares.

Under the Transaction Agreement, Amazon is entitled to certain registration rights. Amazon may request up to two times in any 12-month period
that we file a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 or S-3, and we are required to keep the shelf registration effective for four 90-day periods. If we are
ineligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3, Amazon may request up to four times that we file a long form registration statement to
facilitate  the  sale  of  its  shares.  In  addition,  at  any  time  after  the  one  year  anniversary  of  the  Transaction  Agreement,  Amazon  is  entitled  to  piggyback
registration  rights  on  underwritten  offerings  effected  by  us.  We  are  subject  to  customary  obligations  upon  Amazon’s  request  for  registration,  including
cooperation in case of an underwritten offering.

Underwriting Agreement for December 2018 Secondary Offering

We entered into an underwriting agreement, dated December 3, 2018, with Fortissimo Capital, as the selling shareholder, and Barclays Capital Inc.
and  Citigroup  Global  Markets  Inc.,  as  representatives  of  the  underwriters,  for  the  underwritten  secondary  public  offering  of  3,132,481  of  our  ordinary
shares sold by Fortissimo Capital. Fortissimo Capital received approximately $62.6 million of net proceeds, before expenses, from that secondary public
offering.  We  have  agreed  to  indemnify  the  underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act,  and  to  contribute  to
payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

Underwriting Agreement for June 2019 Follow-On Offering

We entered into an underwriting agreement, dated June 13, 2019, with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Barclays
Capital  Inc.,  as  representatives  of  the  several  underwriters  named  therein,  for  the  underwritten  primary  follow-on  offering,  by  the  underwriters,  of
4,340,000 of our ordinary shares, plus an additional 651,000 ordinary shares pursuant to a 30-day option granted to the underwriters by our company that
was  exercised  at  the  closing  of  the  offering.  We  received  $129.7  million  of  net  proceeds  from  the  offering,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities. 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
Other Material Contracts  

Material Contract

Location of Description in This Annual Report

Agreements and arrangements with, and compensation of, directors and
executive officers

  “ITEM 7.B. Related Party Transactions—Agreements and arrangements

with, and compensation of, directors and executive officers.”

Kornit Digital Compensation Policy

  “ITEM 6.C.  Board Practices-Board Committees-Compensation Committee

and Compensation Policy.”

OEM Supply Agreement, dated December 3, 2015, between us and FujiFilm
Dimatix, Inc.

  “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business and Our
Industry— Risk factor titled “If our relationships with suppliers...”

Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated as of May 2015, between us and
Flextronics (Israel) Ltd.

  “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business and Our
Industry— Risk factor titled “If our relationships with suppliers...”

Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2019, between
us and Sanmina-SCI Israel Medical Systems Ltd.

  “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business and Our
Industry— Risk factor titled “If our relationships with suppliers...”

Office and Parking Space Lease Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2007
between us and Industrial Building Corporation, as amended

  “ITEM 4.D. Property, Plant and Equipment.”

Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2016, between us and B.G. (Israel)
Technologies Ltd.

  “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business and Our
Industry— Risk factor titled “If our relationships with suppliers...”

Lease Agreement dated as of March 25, 2010 between us and Benbenisti
Engineering Ltd., as amended

  “ITEM 4.D. Property, Plant and Equipment.”

Lease dated December 2017 between Bonanno Real Estate Group I, L.P. and
Kornit Digital North America, Inc.

  “ITEM 4.D. Property, Plant and Equipment.”

Development Contract, dated November 26, 2018, by and between us and the
Israel Lands Authority

  “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

— Our new Kiryat Gat facility…”.

D. Exchange Controls

There are currently no Israeli currency control restrictions on payments of dividends or other distributions with respect to our ordinary shares or
the proceeds from the sale of the shares, except for the obligation of Israeli residents to file reports with the Bank of Israel regarding some transactions.
However, legislation remains in effect under which currency controls can be imposed by administrative action at any time.

90

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
The ownership or voting of our ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel, except with respect to citizens of countries which are in a state of war

with Israel, is not restricted in any way by our articles or by the laws of the State of Israel.

E. Taxation

Israeli Tax Considerations

The following is a brief summary of the material Israeli tax consequences concerning the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by our
shareholders. This summary does not discuss all the aspects of Israeli tax law that may be relevant to a particular investor in light of his or her personal
investment circumstances or to some types of investors subject to special treatment under Israeli law. Examples of such investors include residents of Israel
or  traders  in  securities  who  are  subject  to  special  tax  regimes  not  covered  in  this  discussion.  Because  parts  of  this  discussion  are  based  on  new  tax
legislation that has not yet been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, we cannot assure you that the appropriate tax authorities or the courts
will accept the views expressed in this discussion. The discussion below is subject to change, including due to amendments under Israeli law or changes to
the applicable judicial or administrative interpretations of Israeli law, which change could affect the tax consequences described below.

Capital Gains Taxes Applicable to Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders.    

Israeli capital gains tax is imposed on the disposal of capital assets by a non-Israeli resident if such assets are either (i) located in Israel; (ii) shares
or rights to shares in an Israeli resident company, or (iii) represent, directly or indirectly, rights to assets located in Israel, unless a specific exemption is
available  or  unless  a  tax  treaty  between  Israel  and  the  seller’s  country  of  residence  provides  otherwise.  Capital  gain  is  generally  subject  to  tax  at  the
corporate tax rate (23% in 2018 and thereafter), if generated by a company, or at the rate of 25% if generated by an individual, or 30% in the case of sale of
shares by a Substantial Shareholder (i.e., a person who holds, directly or indirectly, alone or together with such person’s relative or another person who
collaborates with such person on a permanent basis, 10% or more of any of the company’s “means of control” (including, among other things, the right to
receive profits of the company, voting rights, the right to receive proceeds upon liquidation and the right to appoint a director)) at the time of sale or at any
time  during  the  preceding  12-month  period.  Individual  and  corporate  shareholders  dealing  in  securities  in  Israel  are  taxed  at  the  tax  rates  applicable  to
business income (a corporate tax rate for a corporation and a marginal tax rate of up to 47% for an individual in 2019) unless the benefiting provisions of an
applicable treaty applies.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  non-Israeli  resident  (individual  or  corporation)  who  derives  capital  gains  from  the  sale  of  shares  in  an  Israeli
resident company that were purchased after the company was listed for trading on a recognized stock exchange in Israel or outside of Israel will generally
be exempt from Israeli tax so long as the shares were not held through a permanent establishment that the non-resident maintains in Israel (and with respect
to shares listed on a recognized stock exchange outside of Israel, so long as neither the shareholder nor the particular capital gain is otherwise subject to the
Israeli Income Tax Law (Inflationary Adjustments) 5745-1985). However, non-Israeli corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing exemption if Israeli
residents: (i) have a controlling interest of more than 25% in such non-Israeli corporation or (ii) are the beneficiaries of, or are entitled to, 25% or more of
the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly. These provisions dealing with capital gain are not applicable to a
person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the shares are deemed to be business income.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Additionally, a sale of shares by a non-Israeli resident may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable tax treaty.
For example, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of an Israeli company by a shareholder who (i) is a
U.S. resident (for purposes of the treaty), (ii) holds the shares as a capital asset, and (iii) is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the
treaty,  is  generally  exempt  from  Israeli  capital  gains  tax.  Such  exemption  will  not  apply  if:  (i)  the  capital  gain  arising  from  such  sale,  exchange  or
disposition is attributed to real estate located in Israel; (ii) the capital gain arising from such sale, exchange or disposition is attributed to royalties; (iii) the
capital gain arising from the sale, exchange or disposition that can be attributed to a permanent establishment of the shareholder that is maintained in Israel
under certain terms; (iv) the shareholder holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting rights during any part of the 12-month
period preceding such sale exchange or other disposition, subject to certain conditions; or (v) such U.S. resident is an individual and was present in Israel
for a period or periods aggregating to 183 days or more during the relevant taxable year. In any such case, the sale, exchange or disposition of our ordinary
shares would be subject to Israeli tax, to the extent applicable; however, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, a U.S. resident would be permitted to
claim a credit for such taxes against the U.S. federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations under
U.S. law applicable to foreign tax credits. The United States-Israel Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes.

In some instances where our shareholders may be liable for Israeli tax on the sale of their ordinary shares, the payment of the consideration may be
subject to the withholding of Israeli tax at source. Shareholders may be required to demonstrate that they are exempt from tax on their capital gains in order
to avoid withholding at source at the time of sale. Specifically, in transactions involving a sale of all of the shares of an Israeli resident company, such as a
merger or other transaction, the Israel Tax Authority may require from shareholders who are not liable for Israeli tax to sign declarations in forms specified
by that authority or obtain a specific exemption from the Israel Tax Authority to confirm their status as non-Israeli residents, and, in the absence of such
declarations or exemptions, may require the purchaser of the shares to withhold taxes at source.

Taxation of Non-Israeli Shareholders on Receipt of Dividends.

Non-Israeli  residents  (whether  individuals  or  corporations)  are  generally  subject  to  Israeli  income  tax  on  the  receipt  of  dividends  paid  on  our
ordinary  shares  at  the  rate  of  25%  or  30%  (if  the  recipient  is  a  Substantial  Shareholder  at  the  time  of  receiving  the  dividend  or  at  any  time  during  the
preceding 12 months) or 15% if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to a Benefited Enterprise and 20% with respect to a Preferred Enterprise,
subject to certain conditions. Such dividends are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax at a rate of 25% so long as the shares are registered with a
nominee company (whether the recipient is a Substantial Shareholder or not) and 15% if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to a Benefited
Enterprise or 20% if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to an Preferred Enterprise, unless a reduced rate is provided under an applicable tax
treaty (subject to the receipt of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate).

For example, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum rate of tax withheld at source in Israel on dividends paid to a holder of our
ordinary shares who is a U.S. resident (for purposes of the United States-Israel Tax Treaty) is 25%. However, generally, the maximum rate of withholding
tax for dividends not generated by a Benefited Enterprise and paid to a U.S. corporation holding 10% or more of the outstanding voting rights from the start
of the tax year preceding the distribution of the dividend through (and including) the distribution of the dividend, is 12.5%, provided that not more than
25%  of  the  gross  income  for  such  preceding  year  consists  of  certain  types  of  dividends  and  interest.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  distribution  of
dividends to non-Israeli residents is subject to withholding tax at source at a rate of 15% if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to a Benefited
Enterprise for such U.S. corporation shareholder, provided that the condition related to our gross income for the previous year (as set forth in the previous
sentence) is met. U.S. residents who are subject to Israeli withholding tax on a dividend may be entitled to a credit or deduction for United States federal
income tax purposes in the amount of the taxes withheld, subject to detailed rules contained in U.S. tax legislation.

If  the  dividend  is  attributable  partly  to  income  derived  from  a  Benefited  Enterprise  or  a  Preferred  Enterprise,  and  partly  from  other  sources  of

income, the withholding rate will be a blended rate reflecting the relative portions of the two types of income.

Estate and Gift Tax.    

Israeli law presently does not impose estate or gift taxes.

Excess Tax. 

Beginning on January 1, 2013, an additional tax liability at the rate of 2% was added to the applicable tax rate on the annual taxable income of
individuals (whether any such individual is an Israeli resident or non-Israeli resident) exceeding a certain level, including, but not limited to, dividends,
interest and capital gain. Pursuant to new legislation enacted recently, such tax rate was increased to 3% on annual income exceeding NIS 641,880 in 2018
and NIS 649,560 in 2019 (which amounts are linked to the annual change in the Israeli consumer price index).

92

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
U.S. Federal Income Taxation

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  material  U.S.  federal  income  tax  consequences  to  U.S.  Holders  (as  defined  below)  of  the  acquisition,
ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. This description addresses only the U.S. federal income tax consequences to purchasers of our ordinary
shares  and  that  will  hold  such  ordinary  shares  as  capital  assets.  This  description  does  not  address  tax  considerations  applicable  to  holders  that  may  be
subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

● banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

● real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

● dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

● tax-exempt entities;

● certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

● persons that received our ordinary shares as compensation for the performance of services;

● persons that will hold our ordinary shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for

U.S. federal income tax purposes;

● partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or holders that

will hold our ordinary shares through such an entity;

● U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; or

● holders that own directly, indirectly or through attribution 10.0% or more of the voting power or value of our ordinary shares.

Moreover,  this  description  does  not  address  the  United  States  federal  estate,  gift,  alternative  minimum  tax  or  net  investment  income  tax

consequences, or any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury
Regulations  and  judicial  and  administrative  interpretations  thereof,  in  each  case  as  in  effect  and  available  on  the  date  hereof.  Each  of  the  foregoing  is
subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S.
Internal Revenue Service will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary
shares or that such a position would not be sustained.

For purposes of this description, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

● a citizen or resident of the United States;

● a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the

United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia;

● an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

93

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● a trust if such trust has validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if (1) a court within the United
States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and (2) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the
substantial decisions of such trust.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a
partner  in  such  partnership  will  generally  depend  on  the  status  of  the  partner  and  the  activities  of  the  partnership.  Such  a  partner  or  partnership  should
consult its tax advisor as to its tax consequences.

You should consult your tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and

disposing of our ordinary shares.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” if you are a U.S. Holder, the gross amount of
any distribution that we pay you with respect to our ordinary shares before reduction for any non-U.S. taxes withheld therefrom generally will be includible
in your income as dividend income to the extent such distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S.
federal  income  tax  principles.  To  the  extent  that  the  amount  of  any  cash  distribution  exceeds  our  current  and  accumulated  earnings  and  profits  as
determined  under  U.S.  federal  income  tax  principles,  it  will  be  treated  first  as  a  tax  free  return  of  your  adjusted  tax  basis  in  our  ordinary  shares  and
thereafter as capital gain. We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, if you
are  a  U.S.  Holder,  you  should  expect  that  the  entire  amount  of  any  cash  distribution  generally  will  be  reported  as  dividend  income  to  you;  provided,
however, that distributions of ordinary shares to U.S. Holders that are part of a pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders generally will not be subject
to U.S. federal income tax. Non-corporate U.S. Holders may qualify for the lower rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ordinary shares applicable
to long term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year), provided that certain conditions are met, including certain
holding period requirements and the absence of certain risk reduction transactions. Moreover, such reduced rate shall not apply if we are a PFIC for the
taxable year in which it pays a dividend or were a PFIC for the preceding taxable year. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction
generally allowed to corporate U.S. Holders.

If you are a U.S. Holder, subject to the discussion below, dividends that we pay you with respect to our ordinary shares will be treated as foreign
source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, non-U.S. tax withheld
on dividends may be deducted from your taxable income or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible
for  credit  is  calculated  separately  with  respect  to  specific  classes  of  income.  For  this  purpose,  dividends  that  we  distribute  generally  should  constitute
“passive  category  income,”  or,  in  the  case  of  certain  U.S.  Holders,  “general  category  income.”  A  foreign  tax  credit  for  foreign  taxes  imposed  on
distributions may be denied if you do not satisfy certain minimum holding period requirements. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax
credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent you will be entitled to this credit. 

Although, as discussed above, dividends that we pay to a U.S. Holder will generally be treated as foreign source income, for periods in which we
are a “United States-owned foreign corporation,” a portion of dividends paid by us may be treated as U.S. source income solely for purposes of the foreign
tax credit. We would be treated as a United States-owned foreign corporation if 50% or more of the total value or total voting power of our stock is owned,
directly, indirectly or by attribution, by United States persons. To the extent any portion of our dividends is treated as U.S. source income pursuant to this
rule, the ability of a U.S. Holder to claim a foreign tax credit for any Israeli withholding taxes payable in respect of our dividends may be limited. A U.S.
Holder entitled to benefits under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty may, however, elect to treat any dividends as foreign source income for foreign tax
credit purposes if the dividend income is separated from other income items for purposes of calculating the U.S. Holder’s foreign tax credit. U.S. Holders
should consult their own tax advisors about the impact of, and any exception available to, the special sourcing rule described in this paragraph, and the
desirability of making, and the method of making, such an election.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The amount of any dividend income paid in NIS will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of
receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, you
should  not  be  required  to  recognize  exchange  gain  or  loss  in  respect  of  the  dividend  income.  You  may  have  exchange  gain  or  loss  if  the  dividend  is
converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt. Exchange gain or loss will be treated as U.S.-source ordinary income or loss.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject  to  the  discussion  above  under  “—  Passive  Foreign  Investment  Company  Considerations,”  if  you  are  a  U.S.  Holder,  you  generally  will
recognize an amount of gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on
such sale, exchange or other disposition and your tax basis in our ordinary shares, and such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. The tax basis in an
ordinary share generally will equal the U.S. dollar cost of such ordinary share. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, capital gain from the sale, exchange
or other disposition of ordinary shares generally will be eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if your holding period for such
ordinary shares exceeds one year. The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such
gain or loss that a U.S. Holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

If  an  Israeli  tax  is  imposed  on  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  our  ordinary  shares,  your  amount  realized  will  include  the  gross  amount  of  the
proceeds of the sale or other disposition before deduction of the Israeli tax. Because your gain from the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares will
generally  be  U.S.-source  gain,  and  you  may  use  foreign  tax  credits  to  offset  only  the  portion  of  U.S.  federal  income  tax  liability  that  is  attributable  to
foreign source income, you may be unable to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to the Israeli tax, if any, on gains. You should consult your tax adviser
as to whether the Israeli tax on gains may be creditable against your U.S. federal income tax on foreign-source income from other sources.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

If we were to be classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to special
rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. Holder could derive from investing in a
non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A  non-U.S.  corporation  will  be  classified  as  a  PFIC  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  in  any  taxable  year  in  which,  after  applying  certain  look

through rules, either

● at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income”; or;

● at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its gross assets (which may be determined in part by the market value of our ordinary shares,

which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of passive income;

Passive  income  for  this  purpose  generally  includes  dividends,  interest,  royalties,  rents,  gains  from  commodities  and  securities  transactions,  the
excess  of  gains  over  losses  from  the  disposition  of  assets  which  produce  passive  income,  and  includes  amounts  derived  by  reason  of  the  temporary
investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the
non-U.S.  corporation  is  treated  for  purposes  of  the  PFIC  tests  as  owning  its  proportionate  share  of  the  assets  of  the  other  corporation  and  as  receiving
directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. Holder owns our
ordinary shares, our ordinary shares generally will continue to be treated as shares in a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding years during
which the U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above.

95

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
Based on certain estimates of our gross income and gross assets and the nature of our business, we believe that we were not classified as a PFIC
for the taxable year ended December 31, 2019, and furthermore do not expect to be classified for the taxable year ending December 31, 2020. Because
PFIC status must be determined annually based on tests which are factual in nature, our PFIC status in future years will depend on our income, assets and
activities in those years. In addition, because the market price of our ordinary shares is likely to fluctuate and because that market price may affect the
determination of whether we will be considered a PFIC, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year and we do not
intend  to  make  a  determination  of  our  or  any  of  our  future  subsidiaries’  PFIC  status  in  the  future.  A  U.S.  Holder  may  be  able  to  mitigate  some  of  the
adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences described below with respect to owning our ordinary shares if we are classified as a PFIC for our taxable
year  ending  December  31,  2020,  provided  that  such  U.S.  Holder  is  eligible  to  make,  and  successfully  makes,  either  a  “mark-to-market”  election  or  a
qualified electing fund election described below for the taxable year in which its holding period begins.

If we were a PFIC, and you are a U.S. Holder, then unless you make one of the elections described below, a special tax regime, which we refer to
as the Excess Distribution Regime, will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to you (generally, your ratable portion of distributions in any year
which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by you in the shorter of the three preceding years or your holding period for our
ordinary  shares)  and  (b)  any  gain  realized  on  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  our  ordinary  shares.  Under  the  Excess  Distribution  Regime,  any  excess
distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably
over your holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized in each year had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period at the highest marginal
rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current period or any taxable period before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the
U.S. Holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below), and (c) the interest charge
generally  applicable  to  underpayments  of  tax  had  been  imposed  on  the  taxes  deemed  to  have  been  payable  in  those  years.  Certain  elections  may  be
available that would result in an alternative treatment of our ordinary shares. If we are determined to be a PFIC, the Excess Distribution Regime described
in this paragraph would also apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. Holders in respect of any future subsidiary of ours that
also may be determined to be PFICs.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, then in lieu of being subject to the tax and interest
charge  rules  discussed  above,  a  U.S.  Holder  may  make  an  election  to  include  gain  on  the  stock  of  a  PFIC  as  ordinary  income  under  a  mark-to-market
method, provided that such ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” In general, our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly
traded” for a given calendar year if more than a de minimis quantity of our ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during
each calendar quarter of such calendar year. Although the IRS has not published any authority identifying specific exchanges that may constitute “qualified
exchanges,” Treasury Regulations provide that a qualified exchange is (a) a United States securities exchange that is registered with the SEC, (b) the United
States  market  system  established  pursuant  to  section  11A  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  or  (c)  a  non-U.S.  securities  exchange  that  is
regulated or supervised by a governmental authority of the country in which the market is located, provided that (i) such non-U.S. exchange has trading
volume,  listing,  financial  disclosure,  surveillance  and  other  requirements  designed  to  prevent  fraudulent  and  manipulative  acts  and  practices,  to  remove
impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open, fair and orderly, market, and to protect investors; and the laws of the country in which such
non-U.S. exchange is located and the rules of such non-U.S. exchange ensure that such requirements are actually enforced and (ii) the rules of such non-
U.S. exchange effectively promote active trading of listed stocks. Our ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which is a United
States securities exchange that is registered with the SEC. However, no assurance can be given that our ordinary shares meet the requirements to be treated
as “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election. In addition, because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs
that  we  may  own,  a  U.S.  Holder  may  continue  to  be  subject  to  the  Excess  Distribution  Regime  with  respect  to  such  holder’s  indirect  interest  in  any
investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including stock in any future subsidiary of ours
that is treated as a PFIC.

96

 
 
 
  
 
If a U.S. Holder makes an effective mark-to-market election, such U.S. Holder will include in each year that we are a PFIC as ordinary income the
excess  of  the  fair  market  value  of  such  U.S.  Holder’s  ordinary  shares  at  the  end  of  the  year  over  such  U.S.  Holder’s  adjusted  tax  basis  in  our  ordinary
shares. Such U.S. Holder will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our ordinary
shares over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-
market election. A U.S. Holder will not mark-to-market gain or loss for any taxable year in which we are not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes
an effective mark-to-market election, in each year that we are a PFIC, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of such U.S.
Holder’s  ordinary  shares  will  be  treated  as  ordinary  income  and  any  loss  will  be  treated  as  ordinary  loss,  but  only  to  the  extent  of  the  net  amount  of
previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of
any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the
election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless our ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the IRS consents to
the  revocation  of  the  election.  U.S.  Holders  are  urged  to  consult  their  tax  advisers  about  the  availability  of  the  mark-to-market  election,  and  whether
making the election would be advisable in their particular circumstances.

Where  a  company  that  is  a  PFIC  meets  certain  reporting  requirements,  a  U.S.  Holder  can  avoid  certain  adverse  PFIC  consequences  described
above by making a “qualified electing fund,” or QEF, election to be taxed currently on its proportionate share of the PFIC’s ordinary income and net capital
gains. Generally, a QEF election should be made on or before the due date for filing a U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for the first taxable year in
which it held our ordinary shares. If a timely QEF election is made, an electing U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares will be required to include in its ordinary
income such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and to include in its long-term capital gain income such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of
our net capital gain, whether or not distributed. Under Section 1293 of the Code, a U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our ordinary income and net capital gain
is  the  amount  which  would  have  been  distributed  with  respect  to  such  U.S.  Holder’s  ordinary  shares  if,  on  each  day  during  our  taxable  year,  we  had
distributed to each holder of our ordinary shares a pro rata share of that day’s ratable share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain for such year. In
certain cases in which a QEF does not distribute all of its earnings in a taxable year, its U.S. Holders may also be permitted to elect to defer payment of
some or all of the taxes on the QEF’s undistributed income but will then be subject to an interest charge on the deferred amount.

We intend to provide, upon request, all information that a U.S. Holder making a QEF election is required to obtain for U.S. federal income tax
purposes (e.g., the U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of ordinary income and net capital gain), and intend to provide, upon request, a “PFIC Annual Information
Statement” as described in Treasury Regulation section 1.1295-1 (or in any successor IRS release or Treasury regulation), including all representations and
statements required by such statement. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if
so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If a U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form

8621 with respect to us, generally with the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for that year.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding whether we are a PFIC and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

Disposition of Foreign Currency

Foreign currency received as dividends on our ordinary shares or on the sale or retirement of an ordinary share will have a tax basis equal to its
U.S. dollar value at the time the foreign currency is received. Foreign currency that is purchased will generally have a tax basis equal to the U.S. dollar
value of the foreign currency on the date of purchase. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale or other disposition of a foreign currency (including upon
exchange for U.S. dollars) will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

97

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Tax on Net Investment Income

A U.S. Holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from the tax, will be subject to a
3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. Holder’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. Holder’s modified
adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on
the  individual’s  circumstances).  A  U.S.  Holder’s  net  investment  income  generally  will  include  its  dividends  on  our  ordinary  shares  and  net  gains  from
dispositions of our ordinary shares, unless those dividends or gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of trade or business (other than trade
or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). Net investment income, however, may be reduced by deductions properly allocable to that
income. A U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income
and gains in respect of its investment in the ordinary shares.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

U.S.  backup  withholding  tax  and  information  reporting  requirements  may  apply  to  certain  payments  to  certain  holders  of  our  ordinary  shares.
Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, our ordinary shares made within
the United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, to a holder of our ordinary shares, other than an exempt recipient (including a payee that is not a
U.S. person that provides an appropriate certification and certain other persons). A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any
payments of dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, ordinary shares within the United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman,
to a holder, other than an exempt recipient, if such holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with, or
establish an exemption from, such backup withholding tax requirements. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
credit against the beneficial owner’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be
refunded, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Asset Reporting

Certain  U.S.  Holders,  who  are  individuals,  are  required  to  report  information  relating  to  an  interest  in  our  ordinary  shares,  subject  to  certain
exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by financial institutions). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors
regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

The  above  description  is  not  intended  to  constitute  a  complete  analysis  of  all  tax  consequences  relating  to  acquisition,  ownership  and

disposition of our ordinary shares. You should consult your tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents.

Not applicable.

  G. Statement by Experts.

Not applicable.

  H. Documents on Display

We are currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers and fulfill the obligations of
these  requirements  by  filing  reports  with  the  SEC.  As  a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  are  exempt  from  the  rules  under  the  Exchange  Act  relating  to  the
furnishing  and  content  of  proxy  statements,  and  our  officers,  directors  and  principal  shareholders  are  exempt  from  the  reporting  and  short-swing  profit
recovery  provisions  contained  in  Section  16  of  the  Exchange  Act.  In  addition,  we  are  not  required  under  the  Exchange  Act  to  file  periodic  reports  and
financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we
intend to file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements
which will be examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent public accounting firm. We also intend to furnish to the SEC reports
on Form 6-K containing quarterly unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

98

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC without charge at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F
Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC
also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the
SEC are also available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. As permitted under NASDAQ Stock Market Rule 5250(d)(1)(C), we
will post our annual reports filed with the SEC on our website at http://www.kornit.com. We will furnish hard copies of such reports to our shareholders
upon request free of charge. The information contained on our website is not part of this or any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC.

I.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks.

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks, including market risk (including foreign exchange risk and price risk), credit and interest risks and
liquidity risk. Our overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on
our financial performance.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Due to our international operations, currency exchange rates impact our financial performance. In 2019, approximately 84% of our revenues were
denominated  in  U.S.  dollars,  15%  of  our  revenues  were  denominated  in  Euros  and  1%  of  our  revenues  were  denominated  in  Great  Britain  Pounds.
Conversely, in 2019, approximately 40% of our purchases of raw materials and components of our systems and ink and other consumables are denominated
in either NIS or in NIS prices that are linked to U.S. dollars. Similarly, a majority of our operating costs, which are largely comprised of labor costs, are
denominated in NIS, due to our operations in Israel. Accordingly, our results of operations may be materially affected by fluctuations in the value of the
U.S. dollar relative to the NIS and the Euro.

The following table presents information about the changes in the exchange rates of the NIS and the Euro against the U.S. dollar:

Period
2017
2018
2019

Change in Average
Exchange Rate

U.S. Dollar
against the
NIS 
(%)

U.S. Dollar
against the
Euro 
(%)

(6.3)    
(0.8)    
(0.9)    

(1.9)
(4.5)
5.3 

The figures above represent the change in the average exchange rate in the given period compared to the average exchange rate in the immediately
preceding period. Negative figures represent depreciation of the U.S. dollar compared to the NIS and positive figures represent appreciation of the U.S.
dollar compared to the NIS. We estimate that a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the NIS against the U.S. dollar would have decreased or increased
our net income by approximately $(29 million) or $23 million in 2018, and $(18 million) or $18 million in 2019, respectively. We estimate that a 10%
increase or decrease in the value of the Euro against the U.S. dollar would have increased or decreased our net income by approximately $1 million or $(0.5
million) in 2018 and $2 million or $(1.5 million) in 2019, respectively. These estimates of the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on our
historic  results  of  operations  may  be  different  from  the  impact  of  fluctuations  in  exchange  rates  on  our  future  results  of  operations  since  the  mix  of
currencies comprising our revenues and expenses may change.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
  
 
For purposes of our consolidated financial statements, local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of exchange to the U.S. dollar
on the balance sheet date and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction or the average exchange
rate dollar during the reporting period to the United States.

To protect against an increase in the dollar-denominated value of expenses paid in NIS during the year, we have instituted a foreign currency cash
flow  hedging  program,  which  seeks  to  hedge  a  portion  of  the  economic  exposure  associated  with  our  anticipated  NIS-denominated  expenses  using
derivative instruments. We intend to manage risks by using instruments such as foreign currency forward and swap contracts and other methods.

During  2018  and  2019,  we  entered  into  forward  and  option  contracts  to  hedge  against  the  risk  of  overall  changes  in  future  cash  flow  from

payments of payroll and related expenses denominated in NIS.

We  expect  that  the  substantial  majority  of  our  revenues  will  continue  to  be  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars  for  the  foreseeable  future  and  that  a
significant portion of our expenses will continue to be denominated in NIS.  We will continue to monitor exposure to currency fluctuations. However, we
cannot  provide  any  assurances  that  our  hedging  activities  will  be  successful  in  protecting  us  in  full  from  adverse  impacts  from  currency  exchange  rate
fluctuations. In addition, since we only plan to hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposure, our results of operations may be adversely affected due to
the impact of currency fluctuations on the unhedged aspects of our operations.

Interest Rate Risk

Our investment strategy is to achieve a return that will allow us to preserve capital and maintain liquidity requirements. We invest primarily in
debt securities, corporate debt securities. By policy, we limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31,
2019, unrealized losses on our marketable debt securities were partially due to temporary interest rate fluctuations as a result of higher market interest rates
compared to interest rates at the time of purchase. We account for both fixed and variable rate securities at fair value with changes on gains and losses
recorded in Other Comprehensive Income until the securities are sold.

Other Market Risks

We do not believe that we have any material exposure to inflationary risks.

ITEM 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

Not applicable.

100

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
ITEM 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

None.

ITEM 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

PART II

A-D. 

Not applicable

E.

Use of Proceeds

Initial Public Offering

There has been no change in the information regarding the use of proceeds from our IPO since the last annual report on Form 20-F that we filed in
March 2019. Our operations generate positive cash flow, and, as such, we did not use any further proceeds from our IPO during the year ended December
31, 2019.

ITEM 15. Controls and Procedures.

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our  management  evaluated,  with  the  participation  of  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  the  effectiveness  of  our
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act),  as  of  December  31,  2019.  Based  on  their
evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that as of December 31, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures
were effective such that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including
our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management annual report on internal control over financial reporting

Our  management,  under  the  supervision  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  is  responsible  for  establishing  and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control
over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that:

● pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

● provide reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our
management and directors; and

● provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could

have a material effect on the financial statements.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on the criteria established
in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this
assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

(c) Attestation report of the independent registered public accounting firm

The attestation report of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of EY Global, an independent registered public accounting firm in Israel, on
our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 is provided on page F-3, as included under Item 18
of this annual report.

(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the
Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.

101

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16.

[Reserved]

ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.

Our  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  Lauri  Hanover,  who  serves  on  the  audit  committee  of  our  board  of  directors  and  who  meets  the
“independent  director”  definition  under  the  NASDAQ  Listing  Rules,  qualifies  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert,”  as  defined  under  the  rules  and
regulations of the SEC.

ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics.

We have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct applicable to our executive officers, directors and all other employees. A copy of the code
is delivered to every employee of our company and is available to investors and others on our website at http://ir.kornit.com/ or by contacting our investor
relations department. Under Item 16B of Form 20-F, if a waiver or amendment of the code of ethics and business conduct applies to our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or other persons performing similar functions and relates to standards promoting
any  of  the  values  described  in  Item  16B(b)  of  Form  20-F,  we  will  disclose  such  waiver  or  amendment  (i)  on  our  website  within  five  business  days
following the date of amendment or waiver in accordance with the requirements of Instruction 4 to such Item 16B or (ii) through the filing of a Report of
Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K. No such amendment was adopted, nor waiver provided, by us during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Fees billed or expected to be billed by Kost, Forer, Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, and other members of Ernst & Young

Global for professional services for each of the last two fiscal years were as follows:

Audit fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax Fees
All Other Fees

Total

  Year Ended December 31, 2018 
    Percentage  

Amount

  Year Ended December 31, 2019 
    Percentage  

Amount

  $

319     

81     
53     

70%  $

18%   
12%   

  $

453     

100%  $

499     
85     
120     
72     

776     

64%
11%
16%
9%

100%

“Audit fees” are the aggregate fees billed for the audit of our annual financial statements. This category also includes services that generally the

independent accountant provides, such as consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.

“Audit-related fees” are the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit and
are not reported under audit fees. These fees primarily include accounting consultations regarding the accounting treatment of matters that occur in the
regular course of business, implications of new accounting pronouncements and other accounting issues that occur from time to time.

“Tax fees” include fees for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for tax compliance and tax advice

on actual or contemplated transactions.

“Other fees” include fees for services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm with respect to government incentives and

other matters.

Audit Committee’s Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

Our audit committee follows pre-approval policies and procedures for the engagement of our independent accountant to perform certain audit and
non-audit services. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, which are designed to assure that such engagements do not impair the independence of our
auditors,  the  audit  committee  pre-approves  annually  a  catalog  of  specific  audit  and  non-audit  services  in  the  categories  of  audit  service,  audit-related
service and tax services that may be performed by our independent accountants.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance.

The NASDAQ Global Select Market requires companies with securities listed thereon to comply with its corporate governance standards. As a
foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with all of the rules that apply to listed domestic U.S. companies. Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule
5615(a)(3), we have notified NASDAQ that with respect to the corporate governance practices described below, we instead follow Israeli law and practice
and  accordingly  will  not  follow  the  NASDAQ  Listing  Rules.  Except  for  the  differences  described  below,  we  do  not  believe  there  are  any  significant
differences between our corporate governance practices and those that apply to a U.S. domestic issuer under the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.
However, we may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other NASDAQ corporate governance
rules, in which case we will update our disclosure in ITEM 16G of Form 20-F.

● Quorum requirement for shareholder meetings: As permitted under the Companies Law, pursuant to our articles, the quorum required for an
ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by other voting instrument, who hold at
least 25% of the voting power of our shares (and in an adjourned meeting, with some exceptions, two shareholders, regardless of the voting
power associated with their shares), instead of 33 1/3% of the issued share capital, as required under the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

● Nomination  of  directors.  With  the  exception  of  external  directors  (if  applicable  to  us  at  the  time)  and  directors  elected  by  our  board  of
directors due to vacancy, our directors are elected, in a staggered manner, by an annual meeting of our shareholders to hold office until the
third  annual  meeting  following  their  election.  The  nominations  for  directors,  which  are  presented  to  our  shareholders  by  our  board  of
directors,  are  generally  made  by  the  board  of  directors  itself,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  our  articles  of  association  and  the
Companies  Law.  Nominations  need  not  be  made  by  a  nominating  committee  of  our  board  of  directors  consisting  solely  of  independent
directors or otherwise, as required under the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

ITEM 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure.

Not applicable.

103

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
PART III

Description

ITEM 17.

Financial Statements.

Not applicable.

ITEM 18.

Financial Statements.

See pages F-114 through F-161 appended hereto.

ITEM 19. Exhibits.

Exhibit No.  
1.1
2.1
2.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6

  Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Kornit Digital Ltd.(1)
  Specimen ordinary share certificate of Kornit Digital Ltd.(2)
  Description of ordinary shares of Kornit Digital Ltd.
  Form of Indemnification Agreement(2)
  2004 Share Option Plan(3)
  2012 Share Incentive Plan(3)
  2015 Incentive Compensation Plan(1)
  Kornit Digital Ltd. Compensation Policy(4)

English summary of the Office and Parking Space Lease Agreement dated as of December 17, 2007, by and between the Registrant and
Industrial Building Corporation Ltd. as amended by Addendum, dated 2007, Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated 2007, Addendum to
Lease Agreement, dated March 8, 2012, Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated 2012, Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated December 19,
2012, Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated May 20, 2013, Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated January 12, 2014, Addendum to Lease
Agreement,  dated  January  12,  2014,  Addendum  to  Lease  Agreement,  dated  December  27,  2015,  Addendum  to  Lease  Agreement,  dated
December 28, 2015, Addendum to the Lease Agreement dated October 17, 2017, Addendum dated February 21, 2018, Addendum to the
Lease Agreement, dated April 23, 2018, Addendum to the Lease Agreement dated December 26, 2018, Addendum to the Lease Agreement,
dated  January  3,  2019,  Addendum  to  the  Lease  Agreement  dated  September  16,  2019  and  Addendum  to  the  Lease  Agreement,  dated
November 28, 2019.
English  summary  of  the  Lease  Agreement,  dated  March  25,  2010,  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Benvenisti  Engineering  Ltd.  as
amended  by  Addendum  to  Lease  Agreement,  dated  November  21,  2011,  Addendum  to  Lease  Agreement,  dated  September  16,  2014,
Addendum  to  the  Lease  Agreement  dated  March  16,  2015,  an  Addendum  to  the  Lease  Agreement  dated  August  31,  2017,  and  an
Addendum to the Lease Agreement dated June 24, 2018.

  OEM Supply Agreement, dated December 3, 2015, among the Registrant and FujiFilm Dimatix, Inc. †(5)
  Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated May 2015, by and between the Registrant and Flextronics (Israel) Ltd.†(6)

English  translation  of  Hebrew  Original  of Agreement,  dated  December  22,  2016  between  the  Registrant  and  B.G.  (Israel)  Technologies
Ltd.†(7)

  Master Purchase Agreement, dated January 10, 2017, between the Registrant and Amazon Corporate LLC†(8)
  Amendment 1 to Master Purchase Agreement, effective March 1, 2017, between the Registrant and Amazon Corporate LLC*
  Amendment 2 to Master Purchase Agreement, effective January 1, 2018, between the Registrant and Amazon Corporate LLC*
  Amendment 3 to Master Purchase Agreement, effective June 29, 2018, between the Registrant and Amazon Corporate LLC*
  Transaction Agreement, dated January 10, 2017, between the Registrant and Amazon.com, Inc.(9)
  Warrant to Purchase Ordinary Shares, dated January 10, 2017, issued to Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC(10)
  Lease, dated December 2017, between Kornit Digital North America, Inc. and Bonanno Real Estate Group I, L.P. (11)
  English translation of Development Contract, dated November 26, 2018, by and between the Registrant and the Israel Lands Authority(12)

Manufacturing  Services  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February  26,  2019,  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Sanmina-SCI  Israel  Medical
Systems Ltd.*

4.7

4.8
4.9
4.10

4.11.1
4.11.2
4.11.3
4.11.4
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16

8.1
12.1

  List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
  Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

12.2

  Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.1

  Certificate  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  §906  of  the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, furnished herewith

15.1
101

  Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member firm of Ernst & Young Global, an independent registered public accounting firm.

The  following  financial  information  from  Kornit  Digital  Ltd.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019
formatted in Inline XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2019; (ii)
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2018  and  2019;  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of
Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2018  and  2019;  (iv)  Statements  of  Shareholders’  Equity  for  the
years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018
and 2019; (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text; and (vi) Cover Page Interactive Data File.

104

  Inline Cover Page Interactive Data File (included in Exhibit 101).

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Previously filed with the SEC on March 18, 2015 as exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-202291) and
incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed with the SEC on March 10, 2015 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-202291) and
incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed with the SEC on February 25, 2015 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-202291)
and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously furnished to the SEC on August 21, 2015 as Annex A to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K
and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed with the SEC on April 14, 2016 as Exhibit 4.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017 as Exhibit 4.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017 as Exhibit 4.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017 as Exhibit 4.13 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017 as Exhibit 4.14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2016 and incorporated by reference herein.

(10) Previously filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017 as Exhibit 4.15 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,

2016 and incorporated by reference herein.

(11) Previously filed with the SEC on March 20, 2018 as Exhibit 4.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,

2017 and incorporated by reference herein.

(12) Previously filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019 as Exhibit 4.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,

2018 and incorporated by reference herein.

†

*

Portions  of  this  agreement  were  omitted  and  a  complete  copy  of  this  agreement  has  been  provided  separately  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission pursuant to the company’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended or
Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
The  registrant  hereby  certifies  that  it  meets  all  of  the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  20-F  and  that  it  has  duly  caused  and  authorized  the

undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD.

/s/ Guy Avidan

By:
Name:  Guy Avidan
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 23, 2020

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019

U.S. DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

INDEX

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

F-1

Page

F-2 – F-4

F-5 – F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10 – F-11

F-12 – F-49

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Kornit Digital Ltd.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Kornit Digital Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019
and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the
three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our
opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB),  the
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 23, 2020 expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud Our audits included performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated
or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion
on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory Valuation

Description of
the Matter

  The  Company’s  inventories  totaled  $37.5  million  as  of  December  31,  2019.  As  explained  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements,  the  Company  assesses  the  value  of  all  inventories,  including  raw  materials,  finished  goods  and  spare  parts,  in  each
reporting  period.  Obsolete  inventory  or  inventory  in  excess  of  management’s  estimated  usage  requirement  is  written  down  to  its
estimated market value if those amounts are determined to be less than cost.

Auditing management’s estimates for excess and obsolete inventory involved subjective auditor judgment because the estimates rely
on a number of factors that are affected by market and economic conditions outside the Company’s control. In particular, the obsolete
and excess inventory calculations are sensitive to significant assumptions, including demand for the Company’s products and expected
industry sales growth.

How
We Addressed the
Matter in
Our Audit

  We obtained an understanding, evaluated  the  design,  and  tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  controls  over  the  Company’s
excess and obsolete  inventory  reserve  process.  This  included  management’s  assessment  of  the  assumptions  and  data  underlying  the
excess and obsolete inventory valuation.

Our substantive audit procedures included,  among  others,  evaluating  the  significant  assumptions  stated  above  and  the  accuracy  and
completeness  of  the  underlying  data  management  used  to  value  excess  and  obsolete  inventory.  We  compared  the  cost  of  on-hand
inventories to historical sales and evaluated adjustments to sales forecasts for specific product considerations, such as technological
changes or  alternative  uses.  We  also  assessed  the  historical  accuracy  of  management’s  estimates  and  performed  sensitivity  analyses
over the significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the obsolete and excess inventory estimates that would result from changes
in the underlying assumptions.

/s/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of EY Global

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 23, 2020

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Kornit Digital Ltd.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  Kornit  Digital  Ltd  and  subsidiaries’  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria
established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013
framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Kornit Digital Ltd and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB),  the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income
(loss), change in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and our
report dated March 23, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining
an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and
operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk,  and  performing  such  other  procedures,  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures
of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of EY Global
Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 23, 2020

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
U.S. dollars in thousands

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term bank deposits
Marketable securities
Trade receivables, net
Inventories
Other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses

Total current assets

LONG-TERM ASSETS:
Marketable securities
Deposits and other long-term assets
Severance pay fund
Deferred taxes
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill

Total long-term assets

Total assets

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

40,743    $
95,000     
32,567     
40,510     
37,477     
6,985     

74,132 
5,000 
3,981 
21,953 
30,030 
5,660 

253,282     

140,756 

95,393     
356     
301     
7,781     
17,489     
22,806     
2,494     
5,564     

44,603 
744 
351 
7,272 
14,994 
- 
1,011 
5,092 

152,184     

74,067 

  $

405,466    $

214,823 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Trade payables
Employees and payroll accruals
Deferred revenues and advances from customers
Operating lease liabilities
Other payables and accrued expenses

Total current liabilities

LONG TERM LIABILITIES:
Accrued severance pay
Operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

Total long-term liabilities

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value – 

Authorized: 200,000,000 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively; Issued and Outstanding:
40,684,340 shares and 35,065,200 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

Additional paid in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ equity

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

23,449    $
9,165     
2,688     
3,902     
6,373     

16,614 
7,932 
3,633 
- 
4,993 

45,577     

33,172 

1,035     
19,231     
1,320     

21,586     

1,059 
- 
1,456 

2,515 

105     
304,617     
843     
32,738     

89 
156,714 
(238)
22,571 

338,303     

179,136 

  $

405,466    $

214,823 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data

Revenues:
Products
Services
Total revenues

Cost of revenues:

Products
Services

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Restructuring

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Financial income, net

Income (loss) before taxes on income (tax benefit)
Taxes on income (tax benefit)

Net income (loss)

Basic earnings (losses) per share

Diluted earnings (losses) per share

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Year ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

  $

156,594    $
23,272     
179,866     

125,729    $
16,644     
142,373     

101,953 
12,135 
114,088 

71,057     
26,733     
97,790     

53,303     
19,201     
72,504     

46,480 
13,497 
59,977 

82,076     

69,869     

54,111 

22,407     
33,573     
18,498     
-     

21,912     
25,596     
16,436     
321     

20,834 
21,279 
13,578 
503 

74,478     

64,265     

56,194 

7,598     

5,604     

(2,083)

3,313     

1,433     

452 

10,911     
744     

7,037     
(5,392)    

(1,631)
384 

10,167    $

12,429    $

(2,015)

0.27    $

0.36    $

0.26    $

0.35    $

(0.06)

(0.06)

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
   
     
     
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
U.S. dollars in thousands

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities:

Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period, net of taxes on income (tax benefit) of $73,

$(36) and $0, respectively

Losses (gains) reclassified into net income (loss)

Net change

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:

Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period, taxes on income (tax benefit) of $8, $(7) and

$0, respectively

Losses (gains) reclassified into net income (loss)

Net change

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Year ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

  $

10,167    $

12,429    $

(2,015)

1,160     
(271)    

(887)    
480     

889     

(407)    

132     
(30)    

(230)    
92     

102     

(138)    

90     

6     

1,081     

(539)    

104 
(34)

70 

436 
(394)

42 

271 

383 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $

11,248    $

11,890    $

(1,632)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
 
 
    
    
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data

Balance at December 31, 2016
Issuance of ordinary shares in a secondary offering, net of

issuance costs in an amount of $981

Exercise of options
Share-based compensation
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related

to stock-based compensation

Warrants to customers
Other comprehensive income
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2017

Exercise of options and vesting of restricted stock units
Share-based compensation
Warrants to customers
Other comprehensive loss
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2018

Issuance of ordinary shares in a secondary offering, net of

issuance costs in an amount of $669

Exercise of options and vesting of restricted stock units
Share-based compensation
Warrants to customers
Other comprehensive income
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2019

Ordinary shares

Number of 
shares 

outstanding    Amount    

Additional
paid in 
capital

    Accumulated    
other 
comprehensive
income (loss)    

Retained 
earnings    

Total 
Shareholders'
equity

    30,989,873    $

78    $

94,966    $

    (82)   $

12,226    $

107,188 

    2,300,000     
834,350     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
    34,124,223    $

940,977     
-     
-     
-     
-     
    35,065,200    $

6     
2     
-     

35,071     
2,758     
4,411     

-     
-     
-     
-     

69     
2,895     
-     
-     
86    $ 140,170    $

3     
-     
-     
-     
-     

6,422     
5,546     
4,576     
-     
-     
89    $ 156,714    $

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
383     
-     
301    $

(69)    
-     
-     
(2,015)    
10,142    $

-     
-     
-     
(539)    
-     
(238)   $

-     
-     
-     
-     
12,429     
22,571    $

    4,991,000     
628,140     
-     
-     
-     
-     
    40,684,340    $

14     
2     
-     
-     
-     
-     

130,296     
5,899     
6,614     
5,094     
-     
-     
105    $ 304,617    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
1,081     
-     
843    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
10,167     
32,738    $

35,077 
2,760 
4,411 

- 
2,895 
383 
(2,015)
150,699 

6,425 
5,546 
4,576 
(539)
12,429 
179,136 

130,310 
5,901 
6,614 
5,094 
1,081 
10,167 
338,303 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
    
    
    
      
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
U.S. dollars in thousands

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Fair value of warrants deducted from revenues
Share based compensation
Amortization of premium (discount) on marketable securities
Realized loss (gain) on sale of marketable securities
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables
Decrease (increase) in other receivables and prepaid expenses
Decrease (increase) in inventories
Decrease in operating leases right-of-use assets
Increase in deferred taxes
Decrease (increase) in other deposits and long-term assets
Increase (decrease) in trade payables
Increase in operating lease liabilities
Increase in employees and payroll accruals
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenues and advances from customers
Increase (decrease) in other payables and accrued expenses
Increase (decrease) in accrued severance pay, net
Decrease (increase) in other long-term liabilities
Loss from sale and disposal of property, plant and equipment
Foreign currency translation gain (loss) on intercompany balances with foreign subsidiaries

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of intangible assets and capitalization of software development costs
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Cash paid in connection with acquisition
Investment in short-term bank deposits
Proceeds from sale marketable securities
Proceeds from maturity of marketable securities
Investment in marketable securities

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

2019

December 31,
2018

2017

  $

10,167    $

12,429    $

(2,015)

4,441     
5,094     
6,614     
(112)    
(271)    
(18,617)    
(1,204)    
(4,183)    
(571)    
(5)    
386     
6,032     
898     
1,423     
(921)    
1,708     
26     
(136)    
23     
212     

4,965     
4,576     
5,546     
388     
480     
1,069     
(3,135)    
4,037     
-     
(6,665)    
(121)    
4,394     
-     
1,621     
1,981     
548     
(1)    
867     
-     
389     

4,814 
2,895 
4,411 
546 
(34)
9,081 
1,100 
(10,629)
- 
(125)
(10)
(3,635)
- 
360 
(31)
(461)
208 
203 
228 
(916)

11,004     

33,368     

5,990 

(5,416)    
(1,337)    
3     
(4,715)    
(90,000)    
34,497     
3,000     
(115,529)    

(7,294)    
-     
-     
-     
(500)    
40,635     
6,564     
(22,723)    

(5,660)
- 
6 
- 
(4,500)
39,353 
7,240 
(83,183)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

(179,497)    

16,682     

(46,744)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from public offering, net of issuance costs
Exercise of employee stock options
Payments related to shares withheld for taxes
Payment of contingent consideration

Net cash provided by financing activities

Foreign currency translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

129,710     
5,901     
(177)    
(303)    

-     
6,425     
-     
(900)    

35,077 
2,760 
- 
(1,400)

135,131     

5,525     

36,437 

(27)    
(33,389)    
74,132     

(72)    
55,503     
18,629     

157 
(4,160)
22,789 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  $

40,743    $

74,132    $

18,629 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
    
  
 
 
    
    
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
U.S. dollars in thousands

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Property, plant and equipment acquired by credit

Inventory transferred to be used as property, plant and equipment

Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-11

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Year ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

353    $

1,797    $

853 

920    $

222    $

-    $

591    $

9,640    $

-    $

427 

397 

- 

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
   
  
 
 
    
    
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1:- GENERAL

a.

b.

c.

d.

Kornit  Digital  Ltd.  (the  “Company”)  was  incorporated  in  2002  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Israel.  The  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  develop,  design  and  market  digital  printing  solutions  for  the  global  printed  textile  industry.  The  Company’s  and  its
subsidiaries’ solutions are based on their proprietary digital textile printing systems, ink and other consumables, associated software
and value-added services.

The Company established wholly owned subsidiaries in Israel, the United States, Germany, Hong Kong and the United Kingdom.
The  Company’s  subsidiaries  are  engaged  primarily  in  services,  sales,  and  marketing,  except  for  the  Israeli  subsidiary  which  is
engaged primarily in research and development and manufacturing.

The  Company  depends  on  four  major  suppliers  to  supply  certain  components  for  the  production  of  its  products.  If  one  of  these
suppliers  fails  to  deliver  or  delays  the  delivery  of  the  necessary  components,  the  Company  will  be  required  to  seek  alternative
sources of supply. A change in these suppliers could result in manufacturing delays, which could cause a possible loss of sales and,
consequently, could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial position.

On  June  18,  2019,  the  Company  closed  a  follow  on  and  secondary  offering  where  4,991,000  ordinary  shares  were  sold  in  the
transaction to the public. The aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the offering were $129,710, net of underwriting
discounts, commissions and offering expenses.

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
(“U.S. GAAP”).

a.

Use of estimates:

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates,
judgments  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and
liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period.
The  Company’s  management  believes  that  the  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  used  are  reasonable  based  upon  information
available at the time they are made. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an ongoing basis, the Company’s management evaluates estimates, including those related to intangible assets and goodwill, tax
assets  and  liabilities,  fair  values  of  stock-based  awards,  inventory  write-offs,  warranty  provision,  allowance  for  bad  debt  and
provision  for  rebates  and  returns.  Such  estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  are
believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

b.

Financial statements in United States dollars:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

A majority of the revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries are denominated in U.S. dollars (“dollar” or “dollars”). The dollar is
the primary currency of the economic environment in which the Company and its subsidiaries, other than the Company’s German
subsidiary,  operate.  Thus,  the  functional  and  reporting  currency  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  other  than  the  Company’s
German subsidiary, is the dollar. Accordingly, monetary accounts maintained in currencies other than the dollar are re-measured into
U.S.  dollars  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  No.  830  “Foreign  Currency  Matters”.  Changes  in
currency  exchange  rates  between  the  Company’s  functional  currency  and  the  currency  in  which  a  transaction  is  denominated  are
included in the Company’s results of operations as financial income, net in the period in which the currency exchange rates change.

For  the  Company’s  subsidiary  in  Germany  whose  functional  currency  is  the  Euro,  all  amounts  on  the  balance  sheets  have  been
translated  into  the  dollar  using  the  exchange  rates  in  effect  on  the  relevant  balance  sheet  dates.  All  amounts  in  the  statements  of
operations  have  been  translated  into  the  dollar  using  the  exchange  rate  on  the  respective  dates  on  which  those  elements  are
recognized.  The  resulting  translation  adjustments  are  reported  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  in
shareholders’ equity.

c.

Principles of consolidation:

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  balances  and
transactions including profits from intercompany sales have been eliminated upon consolidation.

d.

Cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash with original maturities of three months
or less, at acquisition.

e.

Short-term bank deposits:

Short-term bank deposits are deposits with an original maturity of more than three months but less than one year from the date of
acquisition.

f.

Marketable securities:

The  Company  accounts  for  investments  in  marketable  securities  in  accordance  with  ASC  320,  “Investments  -  Debt  and  Equity
Securities”. Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such
determinations at each balance sheet date. The Company classifies its marketable securities as either short-term or long-term based
on  each  instrument’s  underlying  contractual  maturity  date  and  the  entity’s  expectations  of  sales  and  redemptions  in  the  following
year.

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The  Company  classifies  all  of  its  marketable  securities  as  available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale  securities  are  carried  at  fair  value,
with  the  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  net  of  tax,  reported  in  “accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)”  in  shareholders’
equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable securities are included in financial income, net and are derived using the
specific identification method for determining the cost of securities.

The amortized cost of marketable securities is adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount to maturity, both of
which, together with interest, are included in financial income, net.

The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments in marketable securities below the
cost  basis  of  such  securities  is  judged  to  be  other-than-temporary.  Factors  considered  in  making  such  a  determination  include  the
duration and severity of the impairment, the reason for the decline in value, the potential recovery period and the Company’s intent
to sell, including whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of cost
basis.  For  securities  that  are  deemed  other-than-temporarily  impaired  (“OTTI”),  the  amount  of  impairment  is  recognized  in  the
statement of operations and is limited to the amount related to credit losses, while impairment related to other factors is recognized in
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  The  Company  did  not  recognize  any  impairment  with  respect  to  OTTI  on  its
marketable securities in 2019, 2018 and 2017.

g.

Inventories:

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventories comprises costs of purchase and costs
incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Inventory write-off is measured as the difference between
the cost of the inventory and net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and is charged to the cost of sales.

Cost of inventories is determined as follows:

Raw materials and components - on the basis of weighted average cost.

Finished products - on the basis of average costs of materials, and other direct manufacturing cost.

Inventory  write  offs  have  been  provided  to  cover  risks  arising  from  slow-moving  items,  technological  obsolescence  and  excess
inventories according to revenue forecasts.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded inventory write offs in a total amount of $2,624,
$1,759 and $2,988, respectively.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

h.

Property, plant and equipment:

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  measured  at  cost,  including  directly  attributable  costs,  less  accumulated  depreciation  and
accumulated impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the assets at annual rates as
follows:

Office furniture and equipment
Computer and peripheral equipment
Machinery and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Building and land

%
7 - 20
33
7 - 33
*)
**)

*) Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term (including the extension option

held by the Company and intended to be exercised) and the expected life of the improvement.

**) Building and land consist of land and a new ink manufacturing plant. In September 2018 the company purchased the land which
includes long-term leasehold rights, with lease term of 98 years. As of December 31, 2019, the ink manufacturing plant is under
construction. Depreciation of the manufacturing plant will begin upon completion of its construction.

i.

Business combinations:

The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with ASC No. 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC No. 805”).
ASC  No.  805  requires  recognition  of  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  and  any  non-controlling  interest  at  the  acquisition  date,
measured at their fair values as of that date.

Acquisition related costs are expensed to the statement of operations in the period incurred.

j.

Goodwill and other intangible assets:

Goodwill reflects the excess of the purchase price of business acquired over the fair value of net assets acquired. Under ASC No.
350,  “Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  other”  (“ASC  No.  350”),  goodwill  is  not  amortized  but  rather  is  tested  for  impairment  at  least
annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. In accordance
with ASC No. 350, the Company performs an annual impairment test on December 31 of each year.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The Company operates in one operating segment and this segment comprises the only reporting unit. The Company tests goodwill
using  the  two-step  process  in  accordance  with  ASC  No.  350.  The  first  step,  identifying  a  potential  impairment,  compares  the  fair
value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the second step would need to be
performed; otherwise, no further step is required. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of
the goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill. Any excess of the goodwill carrying amount over the applied fair value is
recognized as an impairment loss, and the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no impairment of goodwill has been identified.

The intangible assets of the Company are not considered to have an indefinite useful life and are amortized over their useful lives.
Customer  relationships  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  in  proportion  to  the  economic  benefits  realized.  This
accounting policy results in accelerated amortization of such assets as compared to the straight-line method. Acquired technology
and non-competition agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis.

k.

Impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization:

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC No.
360, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of
the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  the  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  assets.  If  such  assets  are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets
exceeds the fair value of the assets.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no impairment losses were recorded.

l.

Revenue recognition:

The Company generates revenues from sales of systems, consumables and services. The Company generates revenues from sale of
its products directly to end-users and indirectly through independent distributors, all of whom are considered end-users.

The  Company  recognizes  revenues  in  accordance  with  ASC  No.  606,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”.  As  such,  the
Company recognizes revenue under the core principle that transfer of control to the Company’s customers should be depicted in an
amount reflecting the consideration the Company expects to receive in revenue. Therefore, the Company identifies a contract with a
customer, identifies the performance obligations in the contract, determines the transaction price, allocates the transaction price to
each performance obligation in the contract and recognizes revenues when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Revenues  from  products,  which  consist  of  systems  and  consumables,  are  recognized  at  the  point  of  time  when  control  has
transferred, in accordance with the agreed-upon delivery terms. Revenues from services are derived mainly from the sale of print
heads,  spare  parts,  upgrade  kits  and  sale  of  service  contracts.  The  Company’s  print  heads,  spare  parts  and  upgrade  kits  revenues
(collectively  “Spare  parts”)  are  recognized  at  the  point  of  time  when  control  has  transferred,  in  accordance  with  the  agreed-upon
delivery terms. Service contracts are recognized over time, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the service.

For  multiple  performance  obligations  arrangements,  such  as  selling  a  system  with  service  contract,  installation  and  training,  the
Company  accounts  for  each  performance  obligation  separately  as  it  is  distinct.  The  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  distinct
performance  obligation  on  a  relative  standalone  selling  price  (“SSP”)  basis  and  revenue  is  recognized  for  each  performance
obligation when control has passed. In most cases, the Company is able to establish SSP based on the observable prices of services
sold  separately  in  comparable  circumstances  to  similar  customers  and  for  products  based  on  the  Company’s  best  estimates  of  the
price at which the Company would have sold the product regularly on a stand-alone basis. The Company reassesses the SSP on a
periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change.

The  Company  does  not  account  for  training  and  installation  as  a  separate  performance  obligation  due  to  its  immateriality  in  the
context of its contracts. Accordingly, revenues from training and installation are recognized upon the delivery of its systems.

The  Company  periodically  provides  customer  incentive  programs  in  the  form  of  product  discounts,  volume-based  rebates  and
warrants  (see  also  note  10f),  which  are  accounted  for  as  a  variable  consideration  that  are  deducted  from  revenue  in  the  period  in
which  the  revenue  is  recognized.  These  reductions  to  revenue  are  made  based  upon  reasonable  and  reliable  estimates  that  are
determined according to historical experience and the specific terms and conditions of the incentive.

Although,  in  general,  the  Company  does  not  grant  rights  of  return,  there  are  certain  instances  where  such  rights  are  granted.  The
Company  maintains  a  provision  for  returns  which  is  estimated,  based  primarily  on  historical  experience  as  well  as  management
judgment, and is recorded as reduction of revenue. Such provision amounted to $721 and $570 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

Contract  liabilities  include  amounts  received  from  customers  for  which  revenue  has  not  yet  been  recognized.  Contract  liabilities
amounted  to  $2,867  and  $3,931  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively  and  are  presented  under  deferred  revenues  and
advances  from  customers  and  other  long-term  liabilities.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  recognized
revenues in the amount of $1,560 which have been included in the contract liabilities at January 1, 2019.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

In cases where the Company’s customers trade-in old systems as part of sales of new systems, the fair value of the old systems is
recorded as inventory, provided that such value can be determined.

Revenue disaggregated by revenue source consists of the following:

Systems
Ink and consumables
Spare parts
Service contracts

Total revenue

U.S
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Other

Total revenue

Services

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

  $

91,353    $
65,241     
16,884     
6,388     

65,825    $
59,904     
12,377     
4,267     

50,498 
51,455 
9,652 
2,483 

  $

179,866    $

142,373    $

114,088 

The following table presents revenue disaggregated by geography based on customer location:

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

  $

100,457    $
48,810     
22,101     
8,498     

77,652    $
45,195     
15,572     
3,954     

60,541 
32,015 
16,092 
5,440 

  $

179,866    $

142,373    $

114,088 

Remaining  performance  obligations  represents  contracted  revenues  that  have  not  yet  been  recognized,  which  includes  deferred
revenues  and  non-cancelable  contracts  that  will  be  invoiced  and  recognized  as  revenue  in  future  periods.  The  following  table
represents  the  remaining  performance  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2019,  which  are  expected  to  be  satisfied  and  recognized  in
future periods:

2020

2021

2022 and 
thereafter

  $

5,219    $

483    $

17 

The Company elected to apply the optional exemption under paragraph 606-10-50-14(a) not to disclose the remaining performance
obligations that relate to contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less for which deferred revenues have not been
recorded yet.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
      
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
      
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

m.

Shipping and Handling:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Shipping  and  handling  fees  charged  to  the  Company’s  customers  are  recognized  as  revenue  in  the  period  shipped  and  the  related
costs for providing these services are recorded as a cost of revenues. Revenues from shipping in the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017 were $1,639, $1,702 and $1,355, respectively.

n.

Cost of revenues:

Cost  of  revenues  is  comprised  mainly  of  cost  of  systems  and  ink  production,  employees’  salaries  and  related  costs,  allocated
overhead expenses, import taxes, royalties and shipping and handling fees.

o.

Warranty costs:

The Company typically provides assurance type warranty for six months on the systems including parts and labor. A provision is
recorded  for  estimated  warranty  costs  at  the  time  revenues  are  recognized  based  on  historical  warranty  costs  and  management’s
estimates. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of systems, historical rates of warranty claims and
cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts thereof
as necessary.

The followings are the changes in the liability for product warranty from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019:

Balance at January 1, 2018
Provision for warranties issued during the year
Reduction for payments and costs to satisfy claims

Balance at December 31, 2018

Provision for warranties issued during the year
Reduction for payments and costs to satisfy claims

Balance at December 31, 2019

p.

Research and development expenses:

  $

1,777 
3,381 
(2,921)

2,237 

2,977 
(3,600)

  $

1,614 

Research and development expenses are charged to the statement of operations, as incurred, except for development expenses which
are capitalized as described in note 2q.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

q.

Internal use software:

The  Company  capitalizes  qualifying  costs  incurred  during  the  application  development  stage  related  to  software  developed  for
internal  use.  These  costs  are  capitalized  based  on  qualifying  criteria.  Such  costs  are  amortized  over  the  software’s  estimated  life
of three years. Costs incurred to develop software applications consist of (a) certain external direct costs of materials and services
incurred in developing or obtaining internal-use computer software, and (b) payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are
directly  associated  with,  and  who  devote  time  to,  the  development  or  implementation  of  the  software.  Capitalized  internal-use
software costs are included in intangibles assets, net in the consolidated balance sheet.

r.

Restructuring:

Restructuring  consists  of  costs  primarily  related  to  early  retirement  or  retention  agreements  with  employees  of  the  Company’s
Wisconsin facility in connection with the transition of its U.S headquarters to the East Coast in the United States.

s.

Accounting for share-based compensation:

The  Company  accounts  for  share  based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  No.  718,  “Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation”
(“ASC No. 718”) that requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing  model.  The  value  of  the  award  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the  requisite  service  periods  in  the  Company’s
consolidated statement of operations.

The Company selected the binomial option pricing model as the most appropriate fair value method for its stock options awards with
the following assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Suboptimal exercise multiple
Risk free interest rate
Volatility
Dividend yield

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

1.0-1.5 
1.5%-2.7%   
47%-48%   
0%   

1.0-1.5 
2.0%-3.1%   
47%-51%   
0%   

1.0-1.5 
2.2%-2.3%
51%-53%
0%

The expected volatility is based on volatility of the Company’s share price and similar companies whose share prices are publicly
available  over  an  historical  period  equivalent  to  the  option’s  expected  term.  The  computation  of  the  suboptimal  exercise  multiple
based  on  empirical  studies,  the  early  exercise  factor  of  public  companies  is  approximately  100%  for  employees  and  150%  for
managers.

The interest rate for period within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury Bills yield curve in effect at the time
of grant. The Company currently has no plans to distribute dividends and intends to retain future earnings to finance the development
of its business.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The fair value of each restricted stock unit (“RSU”) is the market value as determined by the closing price of the common share prior
to the day of grant.

The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards, which have graded vesting based on service conditions,
using the straight-line method, over the requisite service period of each of the awards. The Company recognizes forfeitures of awards
as they occur.

t.

Derivatives and hedging:

The Company follows FASB ASC No. 815,” Derivatives and Hedging” which requires companies to recognize all of their derivative
instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value. Accounting for changes in fair value (i.e.,
gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging transaction
and  further,  on  the  type  of  hedging  transaction.  For  those  derivative  instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  hedging
instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash
flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. Due to the Company’s global operations, it is exposed to foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations in the normal course of its business.

The  Company  uses  derivative  financial  instruments,  specifically  foreign  currency  forward  and  option  contracts  (“Hedging
Contracts”),  to  manage  exposure  to  foreign  currency  risks,  by  hedging  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  forecasted  payroll  and  related
expenses  denominated  in  New  Israeli  Shekels  expected  to  incur  within  a  year.  The  effect  of  exchange  rate  changes  on  foreign
currency hedging contracts is expected to partially offset the effect of exchange rate changes on the underlying hedged item.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected
future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of
other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction
affects earnings. Gains or losses from contracts that were not designated as hedging instruments are recognized in “financial income
(expenses), net”.

The  Company  measured  the  fair  value  of  these  contracts  in  accordance  with  ASC  No.  820,  “Fair  Value  Measurements  and
Disclosures” (“ASC No. 820”), and they were classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

1.

Derivative instruments notional amounts

The  following  table  summarizes  the  notional  amounts  for  hedged  items,  when  transactions  are  designated  as  hedge
accounting:

Cash flow hedge

2.

Derivative instrument outstanding

  December 31,     December 31,  

2019

2018

  $

6,399    $

10,581 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fair value of the Company’s outstanding forward and option contracts amounted to
$16  and  $(111)  which  is  included  within  “Other  accounts  receivable  and  prepaid  expenses”  and  “Other  payables  and
accrued expenses”, respectively on the balance sheets.

3.

Derivative instrument gains and losses

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the company recorded pretax income (expenses) of $16, $(21)
and $18, respectively from derivatives designated in cash flow hedging relationships.

The Company’s outstanding derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments and their related gains and losses, are
reported in the statement of cash flows as cash flows from operating activities.

The maximum length of time over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for
forecasted transactions is less than 12 months.

u.

Advertising:

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and were $1,981, $1,077 and $612 for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017, respectively.

v.

Income taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes and uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC No. 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC No.
740”).  ASC  No.  740  prescribes  the  use  of  the  liability  method,  whereby  deferred  tax  asset  and  liability  account  balances  are
determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using
the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation
allowance,  if  necessary,  to  reduce  deferred  tax  assets  to  amounts  more  likely  than  not  to  be  realized.  Deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are classified to non-current assets and liabilities, respectively.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

ASC No. 740 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring a liability for uncertain tax positions. The first step is to
evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates
that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that,  on  an  evaluation  of  the  technical  merits,  the  tax  position  will  be  sustained  on  audit,  including
resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is
more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized
tax benefits on its taxes on income.

w.

Concentrations of credit risks:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company and its subsidiaries to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of
cash and cash equivalents, bank deposits, marketable securities, foreign exchange contracts and trade receivables.

The majority of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents, bank deposits and marketable securities are invested
in major banks in Israel and the U.S. Generally, these cash equivalents may be redeemed upon demand and, therefore management
believes that it bears a lower risk.

The Company attempts to limit its exposure to interest rate risk by investing in securities with maturities of less than three years;
however, the Company may be unable to successfully limit its risk to interest rate fluctuations. At any time, a sharp rise in interest
rates could have a material adverse impact on the fair value of its investment portfolio. Conversely, declines in interest rates could
have a material favorable impact on the fair value of its investment portfolio. Increases or decreases in interest rates could have a
material impact on interest earnings related to new investments during the period.

The trade receivables of the Company and its subsidiaries are mainly derived from sales to customers located in the United States,
Europe,  the  Middle  East,  Africa  and  Asia  Pacific.  The  Company  performs  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  its  customers.  In  certain
circumstances, the Company may require from its customers letters of credit, other collateral or additional guarantees. An allowance
for  doubtful  accounts  is  determined  with  respect  to  those  amounts  that  the  Company  has  determined  to  be  doubtful  of  collection.
Historically,  the  Company  has  not  recorded  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  however  certain  immaterial  bad  debt  expenses
amounting to $26, $19 and $97 were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 respectively.

x.

Severance pay:

The  Company’s  employees  in  Israel  have  subscribed  to  Section  14  of  Israel’s  Severance  Pay  Law,  5723-1963  (“Section  14”).
Pursuant to Section 14, the Company’s employees, covered by this section, are entitled only to monthly deposits, at a rate of 8.33%
of their monthly salary, made on their behalf by the Company. Payments in accordance with Section 14 release the Company from
any future severance liabilities in respect of those employees. Neither severance pay liability nor severance pay fund under Section
14 for such employees is recorded on the Company’s balance sheet.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

With  regards  to  employees  in  Israel  that  are  not  subject  to  Section  14,  the  Company’s  liability  for  severance  pay  is  calculated
pursuant to the Severance Pay Law, based on the most recent salary of the relevant employees multiplied by the number of years of
employment as of the balance sheet date. These employees are entitled to one-month salary for each year of employment or a portion
thereof. The Company’s liability for these employees is fully provided for via monthly deposits with severance pay funds, insurance
policies and an accrual. The value of these deposits is recorded as an asset with other assets on the Company’s balance sheet.

The deposited funds include profits accumulated up to the balance sheet date. The deposited funds may be withdrawn only upon the
fulfillment of the obligation pursuant to the Severance Pay Law or labor agreements.

Severance expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $1,808, $1,483 and $1,394 respectively.

y.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company applies ASC No. 820 Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or
paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. ASC No. 820 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in
measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the
most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset
or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that
reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed
based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the inputs as follows:

Level 1 -

Valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company can
access at the measurement date.

Level 2 -

Valuations  based  on  one  or  more  quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active  or  for  which  all  significant  inputs  are
observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 -

Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The  fair  value  hierarchy  also  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable
inputs when measuring fair value.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The carrying amount of cash, cash equivalents, short term bank deposits, trade receivables, other accounts receivable, trade payables
and other accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates their fair value due to the short-term maturities of such instruments.

The Company measures its marketable securities and foreign currency derivative instruments at fair value. Marketable securities and
foreign currency derivative instruments are classified within Level 2 as the valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and market
observable data of similar instruments.

z.

Comprehensive income:

The  Company  accounts  for  comprehensive  income  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  No.  220,  “Comprehensive  Income.”
Comprehensive  income  generally  represents  all  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  during  the  period  except  those  resulting  from
investments by, or distributions to, shareholders. The Company determined that its items of other comprehensive income relate to
gains  and  losses  on  hedging  derivative  instruments,  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  marketable  securities  and  unrealized  gain  and
losses from foreign currency translation adjustments.

aa.

Basic and diluted earnings per share:

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  computed  based  on  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  each  period.
Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period,
plus  dilutive  potential  ordinary  shares  considered  outstanding  during  the  period,  in  accordance  with  ASC  No.  260,  “Earnings  Per
Share”.

The total number of shares related to the outstanding options and RSU’s excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share
due to their anti-dilutive effect was 536,359 and 884,028 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the year
ended December 31, 2017, all outstanding options and RSU’s have been excluded from the calculation of the diluted earnings per
share since their effect was anti-dilutive.

bb.

Recently adopted accounting standard:

1.

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-07,  “Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718):  Improvements  to
Nonemployee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting.”  These  amendments  expand  the  scope  of  Topic  718,  Compensation  -
Stock Compensation (which currently only includes share-based payments to employees) to include share-based payments
issued to nonemployees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees and
employees will be substantially aligned. This ASU supersedes Subtopic 505-50, Equity - Equity-Based Payments to Non-
Employees.  The  guidance  is  effective  for  the  interim  and  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  and  early
adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this update as of January 1, 2019 with no material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

2.

3.

In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-08, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) and Revenue
from Contract with Customers (Topic 606): Codification Improvements Share-Based Consideration Payable to a Customer.”
These amendments expand the scope of Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation to include share-based payments
issued to customers in conjunction with selling goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to
customers  will  be  measured  and  classified  according  to  Topic  718.  The  guidance  is  effective  for  the  interim  and  annual
periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  adopted  this  update  as  of
January 1, 2019 and used the fair value of the share-based payments on the adoption date.

See note 10g for additional disclosures.

In  February  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-02
(Topic 842) “Leases.” Topic 842 supersedes the lease requirements in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 840,
“Leases.” Under Topic 842, lessees are required to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for most leases and
provide enhanced disclosures.

On  January  1,  2019,  the  Company  adopted  Topic  842  and  elected  the  available  practical  expedient  to  recognize  the
cumulative effect of initially adopting Topic 842 as an adjustment to the opening balance sheet of the period of adoption
(i.e.,  January  1,  2019).  The  Company  also  elected  the  other  available  practical  expedients  and  will  not  separate  lease
components from non-lease components, will not reassess whether contracts are or contain leases, lease classification, or
initial  direct  costs  for  existing  leases  as  of  January  1,  2019.  In  addition,  the  Company  elected  not  to  apply  the  transition
requirements for leases for which the lease term is less than 12 months. The consolidated balance sheets and results from
operations for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts
are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the historic accounting under Topic 840.

The Company leases real estate, cars and storage areas, all classified as operating leases. In addition to rent payments, the
leases may require the Company to pay for insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses.

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Lease classification is governed by five criteria in ASC
842-10-25-2.  If  any  of  these  five  criteria  is  met,  the  Company  classifies  the  lease  as  a  finance  lease.  Otherwise,  The
Company classifies the lease as an operating lease. As of December 31, 2019, all arrangements were classified as operating
leases.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  operating  lease  liabilities  in  the
consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent The Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and
lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU
assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease
term. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date to
determine the present value of the lease payments. Operating lease expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the
lease term. Several of the Company’s leases include option to extend the lease and some have termination options that are
factored  into  the  Company’s  determination  of  the  lease  payments  when  appropriate.  For  purposes  of  calculating  lease
liabilities, lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the company will
exercise  such  options.  Some  of  the  lease  agreements  include  rental  payments  adjusted  periodically  for  inflation.  The
Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees.

The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. The Company elected the short-
term lease recognition exemption for all leases with a term shorter than 12 months. This means that for those leases, the
Company does not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, including not recognizing ROU assets or lease liabilities for
existing short-term leases of those assets in transition, but recognizes lease expenses over the lease term on a straight-line
basis.  The  Company  also  elected  the  practical  expedient  to  not  separate  lease  and  non-lease  components  for  all  of  the
Company’s leases.

The Company does not believe the new lease standard will have a notable impact on its liquidity. The new standard will
have no impact on the Company’s financial covenant compliance under its credit lines.

The  Company  recorded  upon  adoption  as  of  January  1,  2019,  right-of-use  leased  assets  and  corresponding  liabilities  of
$14,905.

See note 13 for additional disclosures.

4.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12 (Topic 815) Derivatives and Hedging — Targeted Improvements to
Accounting for Hedging Activities, which expands an entity’s ability to hedge financial and nonfinancial risk components
and amends how companies assess effectiveness as well as changes the presentation and disclosure requirements. The new
standard is to be applied on a modified retrospective basis and is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after
December  15,  2018,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  this  update  as  of  January  1,
2019 with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

See note 2t for additional disclosures.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

cc.

Impact of recently issued accounting standard and not yet adopted:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

1.

2.

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13 (ASU 2016-13) “Financial Instruments-Credit
Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments”  which  requires  the  measurement  and
recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred
loss impairment model with  an  expected  loss  methodology,  which  will  result  in  more  timely  recognition  of  credit  losses.
ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December
15, 2019. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and
related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04 (ASU 2017-04) “Intangibles-Goodwill and
Other  (Topic  350):  Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment.”  ASU  2017-04  eliminates  step  two  of  the  goodwill
impairment test and specifies that goodwill impairment should be measured by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit
with  its  carrying  amount.  Additionally,  the  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  each  reporting  unit  with  a  zero  or  negative
carrying amount of net assets should be disclosed. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests
performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect
that this new guidance will have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 3:- ACQUISITION

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

On February 7, 2019 (the “Closing Date”), the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Kornit Digital North America Inc., acquired
the business and certain assets of Hirsch Solutions Inc., (“Hirsch”) its distributor in North America. Under the related acquisition agreement,
the total consideration of $4,715 was paid at the closing date.

In  addition,  the  Company  incurred  acquisition-related  costs  in  a  total  amount  of  $85.  Acquisition-related  costs  include  legal,  accounting,
consulting fees and other external costs directly related to the acquisition.

The main reasons for this acquisition are to improve connectivity with customers by expanding leadership position in the digital textile market
as well as providing direct access to a large number of traditional screen-printing customers.

Purchase price allocation:

Under business combination accounting principles, the total purchase price was allocated to Hirsch’s net tangible and intangible assets based
on their estimated fair values as set forth below. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was
recorded as goodwill.

The purchase price allocation for the acquisition has been determined at the follows:

Tangible Assets
Inventory

Intangible Assets:
Customer Relationships (*)
Goodwill

Total purchase price

Fair Value

Amortization 
period (years)  

  $

  $

  $

3,353     

890     
472     

5.9
Infinite

4,715     

(*) Customer relationships represent the underlying relationships and agreements with Hirsch’s installed customer base and are amortized

over the useful life of the agreements using accelerated method.

In performing the purchase price allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, analysis of historical financial performance, the
best  use  of  the  acquired  assets  and  estimates  of  future  performance  of  Hirsch’s  installed  base.  In  its  allocation,  applying  the  market’s
participant approach, the Company determined the fair values of the acquired inventory based on estimated selling price adjusted for cost of
selling efforts and a reasonable profit allowance and the acquired customer relationships based on their future expected cash flows.

Pro forma results of operations related to this acquisition have not been prepared because they are not material to the Company’s consolidated
statements of operations.

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
 
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 4:- FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following is a summary of marketable securities:

Matures within one year:
Corporate debentures
Government debentures

Matures after one year through three years:

Corporate debentures
Government debentures

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Amortized
cost

December 31, 2019

Gross 
unrealized
gain

Gross 
unrealized 
loss

Fair value

  $

27,624    $
4,930     
32,554     

91,887     
3,030     
94,917     

24    $
-     
24     

575     
21     
596     

(11)   $
-     
(11)    

(117)    
(3)    
(120)    

27,637 
4,930 
32,567 

92,345 
3,048 
95,393 

Total

  $

127,471    $

620    $

(131)   $

127,960 

Matures within one year:
Corporate debentures

Matures after one year through three years:

Corporate debentures
Government debentures

Amortized
cost

December 31, 2018

Gross 
unrealized
gain

Gross 
unrealized 
loss

Fair value

  $

3,999    $
3,999     

        -    $
-     

(18)   $
(18)    

3,981 
3,981 

33,698     
11,360     
45,058     

29     
-     
29     

(346)    
(138)    
(484)    

33,381 
11,222 
44,603 

Total

  $

49,057    $

29    $

(502)   $

48,584 

Investments with continuous unrealized losses for less than 12 months and 12 months or greater and their related fair values were as follows:

Corporate debentures
Government debentures

Total

Less than 12 months

December 31, 2019
12 months or greater

Total

  Fair value    

Unrealized
Losses

    Fair value    

Unrealized
Losses

    Fair value    

Unrealized
Losses

  $

57,753    $
2,552     

(127)   $
(3)    

3,801    $
-     

     (1)   $
-     

61,554    $
2,552     

(128)
(3)

  $

60,305    $

(130)   $

3,801    $

(1)   $

64,106    $

(131)

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 4:- FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Cont.)

Corporate debentures
Government debentures

Total

Less than 12 months

December 31, 2018
12 months or greater

Total

  Fair value    

Unrealized
Losses

    Fair value    

Unrealized
Losses

    Fair value    

Unrealized
Losses

  $

12,017    $
8,864     

(126)   $
(117)    

16,547    $
2,357     

(238)   $
(21)    

28,564    $
11,221     

(364)
(138)

  $

20,881    $

(243)   $

18,904    $

(259)   $

39,785    $

(502)

The below table sets forth the Company’s assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 by level
within the fair value hierarchy.

Assets:
Marketable securities
Foreign currency derivative contracts

Total financial assets

Assets:
Marketable securities

Total financial assets

Liabilities:
Foreign currency derivative contracts

Total financial liabilities

NOTE 5:- INVENTORIES

Raw materials and components
Finished products (*)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2019

    -    $
-     

127,960    $
16     

      -    $
-     

127,960 
16 

-    $

127,976    $

-    $

127,976 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2018

    -    $

48,584    $

    -    $

48,584 

-    $

48,584    $

-    $

48,584 

-    $

-    $

111    $

111    $

-    $

-    $

111 

111 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

21,402    $
16,075     

17,425 
12,605 

37,477    $

30,030 

(*) Including amounts of $0 and $836 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, with respect to inventory delivered to

customers for which revenue was not yet recognized.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 6:- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Cost:

Computer and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Machinery and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Building and land

Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

3,748    $
1,818     
13,823     
8,337     
6,524     

3,182 
1,757 
12,230 
8,505 
3,343 

34,250     

29,017 

(16,761)    

(14,023)

  $

17,489    $

14,994 

Depreciation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $3,611, $3,900 and $3,505 respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded a reduction of $868, $861 and $298, respectively to the
cost and accumulated depreciation of fully depreciated equipment no longer used.

NOTE 7:- INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

a.

Intangible assets are comprised of the following:

Weighted 
average
amortization
period
Years

December 31,

2019

2018

Original amount:

Acquired technology
Customer relationships
Non-competition agreement
Software development costs
Distribution rights

Accumulated amortization:

Acquired technology
Customer relationships
Non-competition agreement
Software development costs
Distribution rights

    $

8.14
5.23
4
3
1

1,566    $
3,504     
265     
1,199     
250     

    $

6,784    $

1,066     
2,849     
232     
-     
143     

4,290     

Intangible assets, net

    $

2,494    $

F-32

1,566 
2,614 
265 
- 
- 

4,445 

966 
2,302 
166 
- 
- 

3,434 

1,011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
     
      
  
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
     
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
  
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
      
  
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
      
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 7:- INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET (Cont.)

Amortization expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $856, $1,065 and $1,309, respectively.

b.

Future amortization expenses for the years ending:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31,

2020
2021
2022
2023
2024 and thereafter

NOTE 8:- OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Government authorities
Warranty provision
Provision for returns
Professional services
Payment obligation related to acquisition
Accrued expenses

NOTE 9:- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

a.

Charges:

  $

828 
697 
608 
208 
153 

  $

2,494 

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

564    $
1,433     
721     
565     
-     
3,090     

  $

6,373    $

253 
1,909 
570 
412 
303 
1,546 

4,993 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has two lines of credit with Israeli banks for total borrowings of up to $3 million. These
lines of credit are unsecured and available provided that the Company maintains a 30% ratio of total tangible shareholders’ equity to
total tangible assets and that the total credit use will be less than 70% of the Company and its subsidiaries’ receivables. Interest rates
across these credit lines varied from 0.2% to Prime (Israel Interbank Offered Rate) +0.7% (current 2.3%) as of December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has not utilized its line of credits.

b.

Purchase commitments:

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  has  $26,367  of  purchase  commitments  for  goods  and  services  from  vendors.  These
commitments are due primarily within one year.

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 9:- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Cont.)

c.

Litigation:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  is  party  to  various  legal  proceedings,  claims  and  litigation  that  arise  in  the  normal  course  of
business. It is the opinion of management that the ultimate outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

d.

Royalty Commitments:

Under  the  Company’s  agreement  for  purchasing  print  heads  and  other  products,  which  was  amended  in  2016,  the  Company  is
obligated to pay 2.5% royalties of its annual ink revenues up to an annual maximum amount of $625.

Royalties expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $625.

e.

Guarantees:

As of December 31, 2019, the Company provided two bank guarantees in a total amount of $400 for its rented facilities.

NOTE 10:- SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

a.

Company’s shares:

1.

Ordinary shares:

Any ordinary share confers equal rights to dividends and bonus shares, and to participate in the distribution of surplus assets
upon  liquidation  in  proportion  to  the  par  value  of  each  share  regardless  of  any  premium  paid  thereon,  all  subject  to  the
provisions  of  the  Company’s  articles  of  association.  Each  ordinary  share  confers  its  holder  the  right  to  participate  in  the
general meeting of the Company and one vote in the voting.

2.

3.

On  December  7,  2018,  the  Company  made  an  underwritten  secondary  offering  of  3,132,481  ordinary  shares,  by  the
Company’s major shareholder. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these ordinary shares.

On June 18, 2019, the Company closed a follow on and secondary offering where by 4,991,000 ordinary shares were sold in
the transaction to the public. The aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the offering were $129,710, net of
underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 10:- SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

b.

Share option and RSU’s plans:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  Equity  Incentive  Plans  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  to
employees, directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “optionees”) options to purchase ordinary shares of NIS
0.01 par value each, at an exercise price equal to at least the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the date of grant. 25% of total
options are exercisable one year after the date determined for each optionee and a further 6.25% at the end of each subsequent three-
month period for 3 years. Options are exercisable for up to 10 years from the grant date of the options. Options that are cancelled or
forfeited before expiration become available for future grants.

Under the Equity Incentive Plans and starting 2017, the Company grants Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”). The RSU’s generally vest
over a period of four years of employment. RSUs that are cancelled or forfeited become available for future grants.

During  December  2019,  the  board  of  directors  approved  an  increase  in  the  ordinary  shares  reserved  for  issuance  by  1,220,439
ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2019, an aggregate of 3,269,482 ordinary shares were available for future grants.

c.

A summary of the Company’s share option activity and related information is as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of year

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

Weighted- 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
term
(in years)

Aggregate 
intrinsic
value

8.19    $
9.45     

6,536 

Number
of shares 
upon 
exercise

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

1,583,564    $
135,701     
(472,980)    
(173,508)    

14.71     
27.55     
12.48     
16.40     

1,072,777    $

17.17     

7.73    $

18,170 

455,735    $

14.03     

6.88    $

9,152 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  $5,677  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  non-vested  share  options
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.58 years.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $14.51, $9.5
and $9.24 per share, respectively. The weighted average fair value of options vested during the year ended December 31, 2019 was
$8.13. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $6,742, $11,775
and 10,588, respectively.

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 10:- SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

d.

The options outstanding as of December 31, 2019, have been classified by exercise price, as follows:

Options outstanding
at December 31, 2019

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
$

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 

term (in years)    

In years

Number 
outstanding

Options exercisable
at December 31, 2019

Weighted 
average 

exercise price    

$

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
term (in years)  
In years

Exercise price
$

Number 
outstanding

2.07
9.38-9.97
10.05-11.90
12.97-15.80
16.15-18.05
18.80-19.05
21.15-28.15

37,490     
62,751     
141,548     
129,542     
199,547     
345,611     
156,288     

1,072,777     

2.07     
9.97     
10.31     
15.26     
17.97     
18.81     
26.86     

4.87     
4.83     
6.59     
7.01     
7.64     
8.57     
9.45     

37,490     
62,751     
71,389     
88,210     
79,613     
109,822     
6,460     

455,735     

2.07     
9.97     
10.16     
15.01     
17.97     
18.82     
22.16     

4.87 
4.83 
6.56 
6.61 
15.37 
8.53 
8.59 

e.

A summary of the Company’s RSUs activity is as follows:

Unvested at beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested at the end of the year

Number
of RSUs

414,420 
489,645 
(155,160)
(70,602)
678,303 

The weighted average fair values at grant date of RSUs granted for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $28.50,
$17.1 and $17.77, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2,681.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  14,420  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  RSUs,  expected  to  be
recognized over a weighted average period of 3.24 years.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 10:- SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

f.

The following table sets forth the total share-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations for
the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Cost of products
Cost of services
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total share-based compensation expense

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

  $

632    $
520     
1,294     
1,689     
2,479     

494    $
398     
1,022     
1,240     
2,392     

  $

6,614    $

5,546    $

419 
210 
775 
920 
2,087 

4,411 

g.

On  January  10,  2017,  the  Company  signed  a  master  purchase  agreement  with  Amazon  Inc.  under  which  2,932,176  warrants  to
purchase  ordinary  shares  of  the  Company  at  an  exercise  price  of  $13.04  were  issued  to  Amazon  as  a  customer  incentive.  The
warrants are subject to vesting as a function of payments for purchased products and services of up to $150 million over a five years
period beginning on May 1, 2016, with the shares vesting incrementally each time Amazon makes a payment totaling $5 million to
the Company. As of December 31, 2019, 1,612,683 warrants are exercisable.

The Company recognized a reduction to revenues of $5,094, $4,576 and $2,895 during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018
and 2017, respectively.

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 11:- EARNINGS (LOSSES) PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (losses) per share:

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings (losses) per share:

Net income (loss)

  $

10,167    $

12,429    $

(2,015)

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:

Denominator for basic earnings (losses) per share
Effect of dilutive securities:
Employee share options and restricted share units

Denominator for diluted earnings (losses) per share

Basic earnings (losses) per share

Diluted earnings (losses) per share

38,079,394     

34,521,352     

33,574,147 

1,214,721     

842,352     

- 

39,294,115     

35,363,704     

33,574,147 

  $

  $

0.27    $

0.36    $

0.26    $

0.35    $

(0.06)

(0.06)

NOTE 12:- ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, for the year ended
December 31, 2019:

Unrealized
Gains (losses) 
on marketable 
securities

Unrealized
Gains (losses) 
on cash flow 
hedges

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
adjustment    

Total

Beginning balance
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

  $

(437)   $
1,160     
(271)    

(93)   $
132     
(30)    

292    $
90     
-     

(238)
1,382 
(301)

Net current period other comprehensive income

889     

102     

90     

1,081 

Ending Balance

  $

452    $

9    $

382    $

843 

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
    
  
 
 
    
    
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13:- LEASES

The components of lease expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Operating lease
Short-term lease
Total lease expense

  Year ended  
December 31, 
2019

  $

  $

3,857 
131 
3,988 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was $3,910 during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Company’s operating lease agreements have remaining lease terms ranging from 1 year to 11 years, including agreements with options to
extend the leases for up to 5 years.

The following table represents the weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate:

Weighted average remaining lease term

Weighted average discount rate

  Year ended  
December 31, 
2019

9.3 years 

3.1%

The discount rate was determined based on the estimated collateralized borrowing rate of the Company, adjusted to the specific lease term and
location of each lease.

Maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:

2020
2021
2022
2023
2024 and after
Total operating lease payments

Less: imputed interest
Present value of lease liabilities

F-39

  Year ended  
December 31, 
2019

  $

  $

  $

4,341 
3,750 
2,938 
2,284 
13,003 
26,316 
3,183 
23,133 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME

a.

Tax rates:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Taxable income of the Israeli companies is subject to the Israeli corporate tax at the rate as follows: 2019 and 2018: 23%, and 2017:
24%.

b.

Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the “Law”):

The  Company’s  production  facilities  in  Israel  have  been  granted  “Beneficiary  Enterprise”  status  under  the  Law.  The  Israeli
companies have been granted the “Alternative Benefit Track” under which the main benefits are a tax exemption for undistributed
income and a reduced tax rate.

The Israeli companies began to utilize such tax benefits in 2010. The entitlement to the above benefits is limited to the end of 2019,
and  it  is  conditional  upon  the  Company  and  its  Israeli  subsidiary  fulfilling  the  conditions  stipulated  by  the  Law  and  regulations
published. In the event of failure to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be partially or fully canceled and the Company or
its Israeli subsidiary may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, plus a consumer price index linkage
adjustment and including interest.

In the event of distribution of dividends from the above-mentioned tax-exempt income, the amount distributed will be subject to the
same reduced corporate tax rate that would have been applied to the Beneficiary Enterprise’s income.

In addition, tax-exempt income attributed to the Beneficiary Enterprise will subject the Company to taxes upon distribution in any
manner including complete liquidation.

The Company does not intend to distribute any amounts of its undistributed tax-exempt income as dividend. The Company and its
board of directors intend to reinvest its tax-exempt income and not to distribute such income as a dividend. Accordingly, no deferred
income taxes have been provided on income attributable to the Company’s Beneficiary Enterprise programs as the undistributed tax-
exempt income is essentially permanent by reinvestment.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  tax-exempt  income  of  $131,222  is  attributable  to  the  Company’s  and  its  Israeli  subsidiary’s  various
Beneficiary  Enterprise  programs.  If  such  tax-exempt  income  is  distributed,  it  would  be  taxed  at  the  reduced  corporate  tax  rate
applicable to such income, and $30,181 would be incurred as of December 31, 2019.

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The Israeli subsidiary elected to apply the Preferred Enterprise regime under the January 2011 amendment to the Law as of 2013 tax
year. The election is irrevocable. Under the Preferred Enterprise regime, a preferred income of an Enterprise located in the center of
Israel is subject to tax rate of 16%.

Pursuant  to  Amendment  73  to  the  Law  adopted  in  2017,  a  Company  that  meets  the  conditions  for  “Preferred  Technological
Enterprises”, is subject to tax rate of 12% on income that qualifies as “Preferred Technology Income”, as define in the Law. The tax
rate  for  a  Preferred  Technological  Enterprises  located  in  development  zone  A  is  7.5%.  The  Company  and  its  Israeli  subsidiary
believe they meets those conditions.

Tax benefits under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969:

The  Israeli  companies  are  an  “Industrial  Company”  as  defined  by  the  Israeli  Law  for  the  Encouragement  of  Industry  (Taxation),
1969, and, as such, are entitled to certain tax benefits including accelerated depreciation, deduction of public offering expenses in
three equal annual installments and amortization of other intangible property rights for tax purposes.

c.

Income taxes of non-Israeli subsidiaries:

Non-Israeli subsidiaries are taxed according to the tax laws in their respective countries of residence.

Taxes  were  not  provided  for  undistributed  earnings  of  the  Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries.  The  Company’s  board  of  directors  has
determined  that  the  Company  does  not  currently  intend  to  distribute  any  amounts  of  its  undistributed  earnings  as  dividend.  The
Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in the foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been
provided.  If  these  earnings  were  distributed  to  Israel  in  the  form  of  dividends  or  otherwise,  the  Company  would  be  subject  to
additional Israeli income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and foreign withholding taxes.

The  amount  of  undistributed  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  that  are  considered  to  be  reinvested  as  of  December  31,  2019  was
$9,874. If these undistributed earnings are distributed, they would be taxed at the corporate tax rate applicable to such income, and
$821 would be incurred as of December 31, 2019.

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

d.

Tax Reform in the U.S:

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”), which among other provisions, reduced the U.S.
corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. 

At December 31, 2017, the Company re-measured its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, based on the new rates at which they are
expected to reverse in the future. The tax expense recorded in 2017, related to the re-measurement of the deferred tax balance was
$355.

a.

Tax assessments:

The Company and its Israeli subsidiary are currently subject to a tax audit for the years 2013 to 2016 by the Israeli Tax Authority
(‘ITA”). The company received an assessment for years 2013 and 2014 which is still subject to another review by the ITA before it is
finalized. The company appealed before the second review and it believes the claims and the position taken on its tax returns are
solid and valid. The ITA may furthermore disagree with the Company and its Israeli subsidiary positions taken for other years as
well,  and  the  Company  may  be  subject  to  additional  tax  liabilities,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  results  of
operations.

The Company and its Israeli subsidiary received final tax assessments through 2012. The U.S and German subsidiaries received final
tax assessment through 2012 and 2014 and the Hong Kong Subsidiary have not received a final tax assessment since inception.

b.

Carryforward losses for tax purposes:

Carryforward operating tax losses of the Company and its Israeli subsidiary total approximately $63,660 as of December 31, 2019
and may be used indefinitely.

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

c.

Deferred income taxes:

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  Significant  components  of  the  Company’s  and  its
subsidiaries’ deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:

Carryforward tax losses
Share-based compensation
R&D expenses
Other temporary differences

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liability due to property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets, net

  $

December 31,

2019

2018

3,282    $
1,569     
1,468     
1,471     

3,538 
976 
1,414 
1,354 

7,790     

7,282 

(9)    

(10)

  $

7,781    $

7,272 

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. As of each
reporting date, management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regards
to the future realization of deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction.

Income (loss) before income taxes is comprised as follows:

Domestic
Foreign

Income (loss) before income taxes

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

  $

  $

7,343    $
3,568     

4,458    $
2,579     

(3,328)
1,697 

10,911    $

7,037    $

(1,631)

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

d.

Taxes on income (tax benefits) are comprised as follows:

Current taxes
Deferred taxes

Domestic
Foreign

Domestic taxes:

Current taxes
Deferred taxes

Foreign taxes:

Current taxes
Deferred taxes

Taxes on income

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

677    $
67     

1,088    $
(6,480)    

744    $

(5,392)   $

(337)   $
1,081     

(6,050)   $
658     

744    $

(5,392)   $

509 
(125)

384 

(594)
978 

384 

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

(208)   $
(129)    

333    $
(6,383)    

(337)    

(6,050)    

885     
196     

1,081     

755     
(97)    

658     

(594)
- 

(594)

1,103 
(125)

978 

384 

  $

744    $

(5,392)   $

e.

Uncertain tax positions:

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Beginning of year
Increases related to tax positions taken during prior years
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year
Cumulative translation adjustments and other

Balance at December 31 *)

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

2,240    $
51     
662     
86     

  $

3,039    $

1,521 
452 
313 
(46)

2,240 

*) As of December 31, 2019, and 2018 unrecognized tax benefit in the amount of $1,880 and $1,218 were presented as a reduction
from deferred taxes.

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
    
  
 
 
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The entire amount of the unrecognized tax benefits could affect the Company’s income tax provision and the effective tax rate.

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  an  amount  of  $51,  $115  and  $54,  respectively,  was  added  to  the
unrecognized  tax  benefits  derived  from  interest  and  indexation  expenses  related  to  prior  years’  uncertain  tax  positions.  As  of
December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company had accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions in the amounts of $237 and $171,
which is included within income tax accrual on the balance sheets.

Exchange rate differences are recorded within financial income, net, while interest is recorded within income tax expense.

The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to tax audits and settlement.
The final tax outcome of its tax audits could be different from that which is reflected in the Company’s income tax provisions and
accruals. Such differences could have a material effect on the Company’s income tax provision and net income in the period in which
such determination is made.

F-45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

f.

A reconciliation between the theoretical tax expense, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory tax rate applicable to income of
the Company and the actual tax expense as reported in the statement of operations is as follows:

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

Income (loss) before taxes, as reported in the consolidated statements of operations

  $

10,911    $

7,037    $

(1,631)

Theoretical tax expense (benefit) at the Israeli statutory tax rate
Tax adjustment in respect of different tax rate of foreign subsidiaries
Non-deductible expenses and other permanent differences
Deferred taxes on losses and other temporary differences for which valuation allowance was

provided, net

Stock based compensation
Change in tax rate
Beneficiary enterprise benefits (*)
Increase (Decrease) in other uncertain tax positions
Other

2,510     
151     
77     

-     
1,247     
-     
(3,935)    
713     
(19)    

1,618     
43     
64     

(5,503)    
1,161     
-     
(3,469)    
765     
(71)    

(392)
111 
143 

1,899 
996 
355 
(2,360)
(376)
8 

Actual tax expense (benefit)

  $

744    $

(5,392)   $

384 

(*) Basic and diluted earnings per share amounts of the benefit resulting from the “Beneficiary

Enterprise” status

0.10     

0.10     

0.07 

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 15:- GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Summary information about geographic areas:

The  Company  operates  in  one  reportable  segment  (see  note  1  for  a  brief  description  of  the  Company’s  business).  Operating  segments  are
defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker,
who is the chief executive officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision
maker evaluates the Company’s financial information and resources and assesses the performance of these resources on a consolidated basis.

The following table presents long-lived assets by geographic region as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

U.S
Israel
EMEA
Asia Pacific

Customer A
Customer B

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

1,782    $
15,253     
258     
196     

1,839 
12,581 
328 
246 

  $

17,489    $

14,994 

Major customers’ data as a percentage of total revenues:

The following table sets forth the customers that represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues in each of the periods set forth
below:

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

0%   
12%   

15%   
17%   

18%
13%

F-47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 16:- SELECTED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA

Financial income, net:

Financial income:

Interest on bank deposits and other
Exchange rate differences, net
Realized gain on sale of marketable securities, net
Interest on marketable securities
Amortization of premium and accretion of discount on marketable securities, net

  $

Financial expenses:

Bank charges
Exchange rate differences, net
Realized loss on sale of marketable securities, net
Amortization of premium and accretion of discount on marketable securities, net

Total financial income:

NOTE 17:- BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Year ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

2,535    $
-     
271     
1,975     
112     

406    $
87     
-     
2,107     
-     

4,893     

2,600     

(405)    
(1,175)    
-     
-     

(299)    
-     
(480)    
(388)    

69 
- 
34 
1,896 
- 

1,999 

(244)
(757)
- 
(546)

(1,580)    

(1,167)    

(1,547)

  $

3,313    $

1,433    $

452 

The Company’s policy is to enter into transactions with related parties on terms that, on the whole, are no less favorable, than those available
from  unaffiliated  third  parties.  Based  on  the  Company’s  experience  in  the  business  sectors  in  which  it  operates  and  the  terms  of  its
transactions with unaffiliated third parties, the Company believes that all of the transactions described below met this policy at the time they
occurred.

1.

Fritz Companies Israel T.  Ltd. (“Fritz”)

Fritz is a logistics company which is owned, in part, by the Chairman of the Board since March 2018. The Company has an ongoing
logistic  contract  with  Fritz.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018  logistic  service  fees  amounted  to  $3,762  and
$2,673, respectively.

2.

Accord Insurance Agency Ltd. (“Acord”)

We maintain a business relationship with Accord Insurance Agency Ltd., or Accord, a company which is an insurance agency that is
owned in part and controlled, by our Chairman of the Board, under which Accord is our insurance agent for most of our insurance
policies. The policies in which Accord is our insurance agent, were purchased after a request for proposals procedure. During the
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 total premium under the policies amounted to $843, $248 and $248, respectively.

F-48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
    
  
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KORNIT DIGITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 17:- BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Cont.)

3.

Priority Software Ltd. (“Priority”)

Priority is the Company’s ERP solution provider, which is owned, in part by few of the Company’s Board members. During the years
ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017  maintenances  fees  and  additional  licenses  acquired  amounted  to  $109,  $76  and  $90,
respectively.

NOTE 18:- SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Towards the end of December 2019, an outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) emerged at first in China and then (in
February and March 2020) globally. The Company's operations and financial performance could be adversely affected to the extent
that coronavirus or any other epidemic harms the global economy. The Company may also be adversely impacted in particular if a
health epidemic or other outbreak occurs in one or more of the Company's markets and unfavorably affects certain of its customers
and/or suppliers. Further, the Company's operations have experienced, and may further experience, disruptions, such as temporary
closure  of  its  offices  or  manufacturing  facility,  and/or  those  of  its  customers  or  suppliers,  and  suspension  of  services,  which  will
materially affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The duration of the business disruption and
related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description of Kornit Digital Ltd. Ordinary Shares

Exhibit 2.2

The authorized share capital of Kornit Digital Ltd. (hereinafter, “we”, “us”, “our” or similar expressions) consists of NIS 2,000,000 divided into
200,000,000  ordinary  shares,  par  value  NIS  0.01  per  share,  or  ordinary  shares.  As  of  February  28,  2020,  40,801,834  ordinary  shares  were  issued  and
outstanding.

Registration Number and Purposes of the Company

Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-3195420. Our purpose as set forth in our articles of association, or articles,

is to engage in any lawful activity.

Voting Rights

All ordinary shares have identical voting and other rights in all respects.

Transfer of Shares

Our fully paid ordinary shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred under our articles, unless the transfer is restricted or
prohibited by another instrument, applicable law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the shares are listed for trade. The ownership or voting of our
ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel is not restricted in any way by our articles or the laws of the State of Israel, except for ownership by nationals of
some countries that are, or have been, in a state of war with Israel.

Election of Directors

Our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of the voting power
represented at a shareholders meeting have the power to elect all of our directors, subject to the special approval requirements for external directors, to the
extent we are then required to elect external directors.

Under our articles, our board of directors must consist of not less than five but no more than nine directors, including, when we are required, two
external  directors  who  serve  pursuant  to  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  5759-1999,  or  the  Companies  Law.  Pursuant  to  our  articles,  each  of  our  directors
(other than, when applicable, external directors, for whom special election requirements apply under the Companies Law), will be appointed by a simple
majority vote of holders of our voting shares, participating and voting at an annual general meeting of our shareholders. In addition, our directors (other
than the external directors, when applicable) are divided into three classes that are each elected at the third annual general meeting of our shareholders, in a
staggered fashion (such that one class is elected each annual general meeting), and serve on our board of directors unless they are removed by a vote of
65% of the total voting power of our shareholders at a general meeting of our shareholders or upon the occurrence of certain events, in accordance with the
Companies Law and our articles. In addition, our articles allow our board of directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors or to appoint new directors
up to the maximum number of directors permitted under our articles. Such directors serve for a term of office equal to the remaining period of the term of
office of the directors(s) whose office(s) have been vacated or in the case of new directors, for a term of office according to the class to which such director
was assigned upon appointment. We are not currently required to have external directors serving on our board of directors, based on an exemption that we
have elected to be governed by under the Companies Law regulations.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights

We may declare a dividend to be paid to the holders of our ordinary shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings. Under the Companies
Law, dividend distributions are determined by the board of directors and do not require the approval of the shareholders of a company unless the company’s
articles of association provide otherwise. Our articles do not require shareholder approval of a dividend distribution and provide that dividend distributions
may be determined by our board of directors.

Pursuant to the Companies Law, the distribution amount is limited to the greater of retained earnings or earnings generated over the previous two
years, according to our then last reviewed or audited financial statements, provided that the end of the period to which the financial statements relate is not
more than six months prior to the date of the distribution. If we do not meet such criteria, we may only distribute dividends with court approval. In each
case, we are only permitted to distribute a dividend if our board of directors and the court, if applicable, determines that there is no reasonable concern that
payment of the dividend will prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due.

In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, our assets will be distributed to the holders of our ordinary shares in
proportion to their shareholdings. This right, as well as the right to receive dividends, may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution
rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange Controls

There are currently no Israeli currency control restrictions on remittances of dividends on our ordinary shares, proceeds from the sale of the shares
or interest or other payments to non-residents of Israel, except for shareholders who are subjects of countries that are, or have been, in a state of war with
Israel.

Shareholder Meetings

Under Israeli law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year that must be held no later than
15 months after the date of the previous annual general meeting. All meetings other than the annual general meeting of shareholders are referred to in our
articles as special general meetings. Our board of directors may call special general meetings whenever it sees fit, at such time and place, within or outside
of Israel, as it may determine. In addition, the Companies Law provides that our board of directors is required to convene a special general meeting upon
the written request of (i) any two of our directors or one-quarter of the members of our board of directors or (ii) one or more shareholders holding, in the
aggregate, either (a) 5% or more of our outstanding issued shares and 1% of our outstanding voting power or (b) 5% or more of our outstanding voting
power.

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Companies  Law  and  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  shareholders  entitled  to  participate  and  vote  at
general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and 40 days prior to the date
of  the  meeting.  Furthermore,  the  Companies  Law  requires  that  resolutions  regarding  the  following  matters  must  be  passed  at  a  general  meeting  of  our
shareholders:

● amendments to our articles;
● appointment or termination of our auditors;
● appointment of external directors;
● approval of certain related party transactions;
● increases or reductions of our authorized share capital;
● a merger; and
● the exercise of our board of director’s powers by a general meeting, if our board of directors is unable to exercise its powers and the exercise

of any of its powers is required for our proper management.

The Companies Law and our articles require that notice of any annual general meeting or special general meeting be provided to shareholders at
least 21 days prior to the meeting and if the agenda of the meeting includes, among other matters, the appointment or removal of directors, the approval of
transactions with office holders or interested or related parties, approval of the company’s general manager to serve as the chairman of its board of directors
or an approval of a merger, notice must be provided at least 35 days prior to the meeting.

The Companies Law allows one or more of our shareholders holding at least 1% of the voting power of a company to request the inclusion of an
additional  agenda  item  for  an  upcoming  shareholders  meeting,  assuming  that  it  is  appropriate  for  debate  and  action  at  a  shareholders  meeting.  Under
applicable  regulations,  such  a  shareholder  request  must  be  submitted  within  three  or,  for  certain  requested  agenda  items,  seven  days  following  our
publication of notice of the meeting. If the requested agenda item includes the appointment of director(s), the requesting shareholder must comply with
particular procedural and documentary requirements. If our board of directors determines that the requested agenda item is appropriate for consideration by
our shareholders, we must publish an updated notice that includes such item within seven days following the deadline for submission of agenda items by
our shareholders. The publication of the updated notice of the shareholders meeting does not impact the record date for the meeting. In lieu of this process,
we  may  opt  to  provide  pre-notice  of  our  shareholders  meeting  at  least  21  days  prior  to  publishing  official  notice  of  the  meeting.  In  that  case,  our  1%
shareholders are given a 14-day period in which to submit proposed agenda items, after which we must publish notice of the meeting that includes any
accepted shareholder proposals.

Under the Companies Law and under our articles, shareholders are not permitted to take action by way of written consent in lieu of a meeting.

- 2 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voting Rights

Quorum requirements

Pursuant to our articles, holders of our ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote before the
shareholders  at  a  general  meeting.  As  a  foreign  private  issuer,  the  quorum  required  for  our  general  meetings  of  shareholders  consists  of  at  least  two
shareholders present in person, by proxy or written ballot who hold or represent between them at least 25% of the total outstanding voting rights. A meeting
adjourned for lack of a quorum is generally adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same time and place or to a later time or date if so,
specified in the notice of the meeting. At the reconvened meeting, any number of shareholders present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum,
unless a meeting was called pursuant to a request by our shareholders, in which case the quorum required is one or more shareholders, present in person or
by proxy and holding the number of shares required to call the meeting as described under “—Shareholder Meetings.”

Vote Requirements

Our articles provide that all resolutions of our shareholders require a simple majority vote, unless otherwise required by the Companies Law or by
our  articles.  Under  the  Companies  Law,  each  of  (i)  the  approval  of  an  extraordinary  transaction  with  a  controlling  shareholder  and  (ii)  the  terms  of
employment  or  other  engagement  of  the  controlling  shareholder  of  the  company  or  such  controlling  shareholder’s  relative  (even  if  such  terms  are  not
extraordinary) require the approval of the company’s audit committee (or compensation committee with respect to compensation arrangements), board of
directors and shareholders, in that order. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:

● at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the transaction and who are present and voting

at the meeting approves the transaction, excluding abstentions; or

● the shares voted against the transaction by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and who are present and voting at the

meeting do not exceed 2% of the voting rights in the company.

Additionally:

(i) the approval and extension of a compensation policy and certain deviations therefrom require the approval of compensation committee, board
of directors and shareholders, in that order. In addition, the shareholder approval must be by a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a meeting of
shareholders called for such purpose, provided that either: (a) such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not
controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in such compensation policy; or (b) the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders
who do not have a personal interest in the compensation policy and who vote against the arrangement does not exceed 2% of the company’s aggregate
voting rights;

(ii)  the  terms  of  employment  or  other  engagement  of  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the  company  require  compensation  committee,  board  of
directors and shareholders, in that order (the shareholder approval must be by a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a meeting of shareholders
called for such purpose, provided that either: (a) such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling
shareholders and do not have a personal interest in such compensation; or (b) the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders who do not have a
personal interest in the compensation and who vote against the arrangement does not exceed 2% of the company’s aggregate voting rights); and

(iii) the chairman of a company’s board of directors also serving as its chief executive officer requires the same approval as applies to (i) and (ii)

above (substituting the personal interest in the service of the chairman as chief executive officer in place of personal interest in the compensation).

Under our articles, the alteration of the rights, privileges, preferences or obligations of any class of our shares requires a simple majority of all
classes of shares voting together as a single class at a shareholder meeting (without a separate vote of the class that is affected). Our articles also require
that the removal of any director from office (other than our external directors) or the amendment of the provisions of our articles relating to our staggered
board requires the vote of 65% of the voting power of our shareholders. Another exception to the simple majority vote requirement is a resolution for the
voluntary winding up, or an approval of a scheme of arrangement or reorganization, of the company pursuant to Section 350 of the Companies Law, which
requires the approval of holders of 75% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy and voting on the resolution.

Access to Corporate Records

Under  the  Companies  Law,  shareholders  are  provided  access  to:  minutes  of  our  general  meetings;  our  shareholders  register  and  principal
shareholders register, articles of association and annual audited financial statements; and any document that we are required by law to file publicly with the
Israeli  Companies  Registrar  or  the  Israel  Securities  Authority.  These  documents  are  publicly  available  and  may  be  found  and  inspected  at  the  Israeli
Registrar of Companies. In addition, shareholders may request to be provided with any document related to an action or transaction requiring shareholder
approval under the related party transaction provisions of the Companies Law. We may deny this request if we believe it has not been made in good faith or
if such denial is necessary to protect our interest or protect a trade secret or patent.

- 3 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modification of Class Rights

Under our articles, the rights attached to any class of share, such as voting, liquidation and dividend rights, may be amended by adoption of a
resolution by the holders of a simple majority of all classes of shares voting together as a single class at a shareholder meeting (without a separate vote of
the class that is affected).

Registration Rights

Under a transaction agreement to which we are party with Amazon Corporate LLC, a subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc., which we collectively refer
to as Amazon, Amazon is entitled to certain registration rights commencing on January 10, 2018. Under that agreement, (1) Amazon may request up to two
times in any 12-month period that we file a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 or S-3 and we are required to keep the shelf registration effective for
four 90-day periods, (2) if we are ineligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3, Amazon may request up to four times that we file a
long form registration statement to facilitate the sale of its shares, and (3) Amazon is entitled to piggyback registration rights on underwritten offerings
effected by us. We are subject to customary obligations upon Amazon’s request for registration, including cooperation in case of an underwritten offering.

Acquisitions under Israeli Law

Full Tender Offer.

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the target company’s issued and
outstanding share capital is required by the Companies Law to make a tender offer to all of the company’s shareholders for the purchase of all of the issued
and outstanding shares of the company. A person wishing to acquire shares of a public Israeli company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the
issued and outstanding share capital of a certain class of shares is required to make a tender offer to all of the shareholders who hold shares of the relevant
class for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of that class. If the shareholders who do not accept the offer hold less than 5% of the
issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, and more than half of the shareholders who do not have a personal interest in
the offer accept the offer, all of the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to the acquirer by operation of law. However, a tender
offer will also be accepted if the shareholders who do not accept the offer hold less than 2% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or
of the applicable class of shares.

Upon  a  successful  completion  of  such  a  full  tender  offer,  any  shareholder  that  was  an  offeree  in  such  tender  offer,  whether  such  shareholder
accepted the tender offer or not, may, within six months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, petition an Israeli court to determine whether the
tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. However, under certain conditions, the offeror
may include in the terms of the tender offer that an offeree who accepted the offer will not be entitled to petition the Israeli court as described above.

If a tender offer is not accepted in accordance with the requirements set forth above, the acquirer may not acquire shares from shareholders who

accepted the tender offer that will increase its holdings to more than 90% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital or of the applicable class.

Special Tender Offer.

The Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of an Israeli public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a
result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of 25% or more of the voting rights in the company. This requirement does not apply if there
is already another holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company. Similarly, the Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares in a
public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of more than 45% of
the voting rights in the company, if there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, subject to
certain exceptions.

A special tender offer must be extended to all shareholders of a company, but the offeror is not required to purchase shares representing more than
5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares, regardless of how many shares are tendered by shareholders. A special tender offer
may be consummated only if (i) the offeror acquired shares representing at least 5% of the voting power in the company and (ii) the number of shares
tendered  by  shareholders  who  accept  the  offer  exceeds  the  number  of  shares  held  by  shareholders  who  object  to  the  offer  (excluding  the  purchaser,
controlling  shareholders,  holders  of  25%  or  more  of  the  voting  rights  in  the  company  or  any  person  having  a  personal  interest  in  the  acceptance  of  the
tender  offer,  including  their  relatives  and  companies  under  their  control).  If  a  special  tender  offer  is  accepted,  the  purchaser  or  any  person  or  entity
controlling it or under common control with the purchaser or such controlling person or entity may not make a subsequent tender offer for the purchase of
shares  of  the  target  company  and  may  not  enter  into  a  merger  with  the  target  company  for  a  period  of  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  offer,  unless  the
purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender offer. 

- 4 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Merger    

The Companies Law permits merger transactions if approved by each party’s board of directors and, unless certain requirements described under
the Companies Law are met, by a majority vote of each party’s shareholders. In the case of the target company, approval of the merger further requires a
majority vote of each class of its shares.  

For purposes of the shareholder vote, unless a court rules otherwise, the merger will not be deemed approved if a majority of the votes of shares
represented at the meeting of shareholders that are held by parties other than the other party to the merger, or by any person (or group of persons acting in
concert) who holds (or hold, as the case may be) 25% or more of the voting rights or the right to appoint 25% or more of the directors of the other party,
vote against the merger. If, however, the merger involves a merger with a company’s own controlling shareholder or if the controlling shareholder has a
personal interest in the merger, then the merger is instead subject to the same special majority approval that governs all extraordinary transactions with
controlling shareholders (as described above under “Vote Requirements”).

If the transaction would have been approved by the shareholders of a merging company but for the separate approval of each class or the exclusion
of the votes of certain shareholders as provided above, a court may still approve the merger upon the petition of holders of at least 25% of the voting rights
of a company. For such petition to be granted, the court must find that the merger is fair and reasonable, taking into account the respective values assigned
to each of the parties to the merger and the consideration offered to the shareholders of the target company.

Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a
reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of the merging entities, and may further
give instructions to secure the rights of creditors.

In addition, a merger may not be consummated unless at least 50 days have passed from the date on which a proposal for approval of the merger is
filed with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and at least 30 days have passed from the date on which the merger was approved by the shareholders of each
party.

Anti-takeover Measures under Israeli Law

The  Companies  Law  allows  us  to  create  and  issue  shares  having  rights  different  from  those  attached  to  our  ordinary  shares,  including  shares
providing  certain  preferred  rights  with  respect  to  voting,  distributions  or  other  matters  and  shares  having  preemptive  rights.  No  preferred  shares  are
authorized under our articles. In the future, if we do authorize, create and issue a specific class of preferred shares, such class of shares, depending on the
specific rights that may be attached to it, may have the ability to frustrate or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a
potential  premium  over  the  market  value  of  their  ordinary  shares.  The  authorization  and  designation  of  a  class  of  preferred  shares  will  require  an
amendment to our articles, which requires the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the voting power attaching to our issued and outstanding shares
at a general meeting. The convening of the meeting, the shareholders entitled to participate, and the majority vote required to be obtained at such a meeting
will be subject to the requirements set forth in the Companies Law as described above in “Voting Rights.”

Borrowing Powers  

Pursuant to the Companies Law and our articles, our board of directors may exercise all powers and take all actions that are not required under law

or under our articles to be exercised or taken by our shareholders, including the power to borrow money for company purposes.

Changes in Capital

Our articles enable us to increase or reduce our share capital. Any such changes are subject to Israeli law and must be approved by a resolution
duly passed by our shareholders at a general meeting by voting on such change in the capital. In addition, transactions that have the effect of reducing
capital, such as the declaration and payment of dividends in the absence of sufficient retained earnings or profits, require the approval of both our board of
directors and an Israeli court.

- 5 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.11.2

[***] Certain identified information in this Amendment 1 to Master Purchase Agreement has been excluded because it is both (i) not material, and
(ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

AMENDMENT 1 TO MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Komit Digital Ltd. (“Supplier”) and Amazon Corporate LLC and its affiliates (“Amazon”) entered into a Master Purchase Agreement effective May 1.
2016  (as  modified,  supplemented  or  amended,  the  “Agreement”).  Supplier  and  Amazon  now  enter  into  this  Amendment  to  the  Agreement  (the
“Amendment”), effective as of March 1. 2017. This Amendment is made a part of the Agreement. All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment
have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

The parties agree as follows:

1.

The “Printers” Section of Schedule 1 (Pricing) of the Agreement is replaced in its entirety with the following:

Printers

Purchase Price

Over any [***] period starting on May 1.2016 or its anniversary (each, a “Printer Measurement Period”). Purchaser must purchase printers from Supplier
for:

Number of Printers Ordered by Purchaser during Applicable
Printer Measurement Period
[***]
[***]

Cost per AV-1000 printer
[***]
[***]

  Cost per AV-1000 R-Series printer

[***]
[***]

Rebate Terms

Upon Purchaser’s placement of an order which would result in [***] printers having been invoiced or ordered for immediate shipment within a Printer
Measurement Period, a rebate equal to [***] of the total cost of the [***] printers (the “Printer Volume Rebate”) will be applied to the order. If the total
amount of the order is less than the Printer Volume Rebate, then Supplier will credit any remainder of the Printer Volume Rebate against any Purchaser
accounts receivable outstanding at the time of the order. If after such credit is applied any portion of the Printer Volume Rebate remains, Supplier will remit
payment of such remainder to Amazon within 30 days of the applicable order.

Shipping

[***]. Shipping costs to Purchaser-designated locations in the United States shall not exceed (“Max Printer Shipping Charge”):

■     Via Sea Freight – [***] per printer Product unit
■     Via Air Freight - [***] per printer Product unit
■     

The Max Printer Shipping Charge for shipping to locations outside of the United States will be agreed upon by the parties prior to shipment.

The  parties  will  discuss  the  Max  Printer  Shipping  Charge  at  least  once  a  year  and  may  adjust  the  Max  Printer  Shipping  Charge  by  mutual  written
agreement. The Max Printer Shipping Charge may be exceeded only if agreed to by [***] prior to shipment.

2.

3.

The provisions of this Amendment will control over any inconsistent provision of the Agreement. The Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.

This Amendment may be executed by facsimile or electronic scan and in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

By signature below, the duly authorized representatives of the parties agree to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLIER:

Kornit Digital, Ltd.

/s/ Guy Avidan

By:
Name: Guy Avidan
Title: CFO
Date Signed: March 27, 2017

/s/ Gabi Seligsohn

By:
Name: Gabi Seligsohn
Title: CEO
Date Signed: April 6, 2017

AMAZON CONFIDENTIAL

AMAZON:

Amazon Corporate LLC

/s/ Young Lee

By:
Name: Young Lee
Title: VP, Business Development
Date Signed: April 6, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.11.3

[***] Certain identified information in this Amendment 2 to Master Purchase Agreement has been excluded because it is both (i) not material, and
(ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

AMENDMENT 2 TO MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Komit Digital Ltd. (“Supplier”)  and  Amazon  Corporate  LLC  and  its  affiliates  (“Amazon”)  entered  into  a  Master  Purchase  Agreement  effective  May  1,
2016  (as  modified,  supplemented  or  amended,  the  “Agreement”).  Supplier  and  Amazon  now  enter  into  this  Amendment  to  the  Agreement  (the
“Amendment”), effective as of January 1st, 2018. This Amendment is made a part of the Agreement. All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment
have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

The parties agree as follows:

1.

The “Printers” Section of Schedule 1 (Pricing) of the Agreement is replaced in its entirety with the following:

Printers

Purchase Price

Beginning January 1, 2018, and thereafter over any [***] period starting on January 1, 2018 or its anniversary (each, a “Printer Measurement Period”),
Purchaser may purchase printers from Supplier for:

Pricing Tier
1
2
3
4

Total Number of Printers Ordered
by Purchaser during Applicable
Printer Measurement Period
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

  Cost per AV- 1000 R-Series printer  
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

Cost per AV-HD6 printer
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, with respect to the Printer Measurement Period commencing on January 1, 2018 and ending [***] thereafter (and for
the avoidance of doubt, solely for such period), Purchaser shall be deemed to have purchased [***] printers upon the commencement of such period, such
that each printer purchased shall be charged according to the second, third or fourth pricing tier, as applicable. Example for clarification purposes: if the
Purchaser purchased [***] printers during the Printer Measurement Period which starts on January 1, 2018, it shall be charged according to the second
pricing tier.

Rebate Terms

Upon Purchaser’s placement of an order completing the range of units in any pricing tier, a rebate equal to the sum of the number of the printers purchased
in that pricing tier and the printers purchased in all previous pricing tiers within the same Printer Measurement Period, multiplied by [***] (the “Printer
Volume Rebate”) will be applied to the order. The Printer Volume Rebate will be based on the total number of printers invoiced or ordered for immediate
shipment  within  a  Printer  Measurement  Period.  For  example,  if  Purchaser  purchases  [***]  AV-HD6  printers  within  a  Printer  Measurement  Period,
Purchaser shall receive a rebate of [***] (calculated as [***] printers multiplied by [***]); and if Purchaser purchases [***] AV-HD6 printers within that
same period, Purchaser shall receive an additional rebate of [***] (calculated as [***] printers multiplied by [***]). For sake of clarity, purchases from all
territories shall count towards the total number of printers ordered, and the total number of printers ordered is also cumulative across printer models (e.g. a
purchase of 10 AV-1000 R-Series printers and 15 AV-HD6 printers would count as 25 printers ordered).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If  the  total  amount  of  the  order  is  less  than  Printer  Volume  Rebate,  then  Supplier  will  credit  any  remainder  of  the  Printer  Volume  Rebate  against  any
Purchaser accounts receivable outstanding at the time of the order. If after such credit is applied any portion of the Printer Volume Rebate remains, Supplier
will remit payment of such remainder to Amazon within 30 days of the applicable order.

Shipping

[***]
Shipping costs to Purchaser designated locations shall not exceed (“Max Printer Shipping Charge”):

■    Via Sea Freight – [***] per printer Product unit
■    Via Air Freight – [***] per printer Product unit

The  parties  will  discuss  the  Max  Printer  Shipping  Charge  at  least  once  a  year  and  may  adjust  the  Max  Printer  Shipping  Charge  by  mutual  written
agreement. The Max Printer Shipping Charge may be exceeded only if agreed to by [***] prior to shipment.

2.

The “Ink” Section of Schedule 1 (Pricing) of the Agreement is replaced in its entirety with the following:

Purchase Price

Beginning  January  1,  2018,  and  thereafter,  over  any  [***]  period  starting  on  January  1,  2018  or  its  anniversary  (each,  an  “Ink  Measurement  Period”),
Purchaser may purchase ink from Supplier for:

Liters of Ink Ordered by Purchaser during Applicable Ink
Measurement Period
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

Cost per liter
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, with respect to the Ink Measurement Period commencing on January 1, 2018 and ending [***] thereafter (and for the
avoidance of doubt, solely for such period), Purchaser shall be deemed to have purchased [***] liters of ink upon the commencement of such period, such
that each liter of ink purchased shall cost according to the third or fourth pricing tier, as applicable. Example for clarification purposes: if the Purchaser
purchased [***] liters of ink during the Ink Measurement Period which starts on January 1, 2018, it shall be charged according to the third pricing tier.

CONFIDENTIAL

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rebate Terms

●

●

●

●

●

Upon Purchaser’s placement of an order which would result in [***] liters of ink having been invoiced or ordered for immediate shipment within an
Ink Measurement Period, a rebate of [***] will be applied to the order.
Upon Purchaser’s placement of an order which would result in [***] liters of ink having been invoiced or ordered for immediate shipment within an
Ink Measurement Period, a rebate of [***] will be applied to the order.
Upon Purchaser’s placement of an order which would result in [***] liters of ink having been invoiced or ordered for immediate shipment within an
Ink Measurement Period, a rebate of [***] will be applied to the order.
The ink rebates above are incremental and additive to each other (e.g., if [***] liters are ordered, Amazon will receive both of the [***] rebates, i.e. a
total rebate of [***].
If the total amount of the order is less than the ink rebate, then Supplier will credit any remainder of the applicable ink rebate against any Purchaser
accounts receivable outstanding at the time of the order. If after such credit is applied, any portion of the applicable ink rebate remains, Supplier will
remit payment of such remainder to Amazon within 30 days of the applicable order.

Shipping

Ink shall be shipped to the Purchaser-designated location at [***] charge to [***].

3.

The following shall be added to the “Upgrades” Section of Schedule 1 (Pricing) of the Agreement following the “Rebate Terms” section:

AV-HD6 Upgrades

Following Purchaser’s ordering [***] AV-HD6 printers, Supplier agrees to upgrade [***] of Purchaser’s existing AV-1000 and AV-1000 R-Series printers
with an AV-HD6 upgrade kit (the “Upgraded Systems”) for the total of [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, this price represents a quantity equal to [***]
Upgraded Systems. Upgrade to the Upgraded Systems will include bulk ink delivery system for [***] liters included within the cost of the upgrade.

Supplier  acknowledges  that  time  is  of  the  essence  with  respect  to  the  installation  of  the  Upgraded  Systems,  and  Supplier  undertakes  that  the  Upgraded
Systems  will  be  installed  by  October  1,  2018,  provided  that  the  purchase  order,  or  otherwise  written  commitment  (email  shall  suffice),  for  the  above-
mentioned Upgraded Systems is received by Komit no later than March 30th, 2018.

If Supplier fails to install any Upgraded System by October 1, 2018, and the delay is not attributable to (a) delays attributable to Purchaser, (b) a Force
Majeure Event, Purchaser will receive credits against the charges due for those delayed Upgraded Systems as follows:

(i) For each Upgraded System installed between October 2, 2018 and October 15, 2018 - [***] credit;
(ii) For each Upgraded System installed on or after October 16, 2018 - [***] credit.

Each  Upgraded  System  shall  improve  ink  consumption  efficiency  by  [***]%  (with  [***]%  tolerance)  compared  to  the  current  AV-1000  R-Series  and
[***]% compared to the AVK (with [***]% tolerance).

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the event that an Upgraded System does not achieve the ink consumption improvement detailed above, as shall be determined by the parties’ mutual
consent,  Purchaser  shall  receive  credit  for  future  purchases  in  the  amount  of  $[***]  for  each  Upgraded  System  that  does  not  present  the  expected
improvement,  up  to  a  maximum  of  $[***]  across  all  Upgraded  Systems.  In  the  event  that  Purchaser  does  not  raise  any  claim  with  respect  to  the  ink
consumption by December 31, 2018, it will be deemed that the ink consumption was improved, as detailed above.

Shipping

For Upgraded Systems shipped via air freight, [***] and such cost shall not exceed [***] per Upgraded System. Supplier shall obtain Purchaser’s approval
for all air freight shipments prior to shipment. [***] shall bear all shipping costs for any Upgraded Systems shipped via air freight without [***]’s approval.
Supplier  shall  make  commercially  reasonable  efforts  to  ensure  that  no  more  than  [***]%  of  Upgraded  Systems  will  require  air  freight  to  complete
installation by October 1, 2018.

For Upgraded Systems shipped via sea freight, Upgraded Systems shall be shipped to the Purchaser designated location at [***] charge to [***].

Warranty

Notwithstanding  anything  contrary  in  the  Agreement,  the  Warranty  Period  for  each  Upgraded  System  shall  be  the  longer  of:  (i)  the  remainder  of  the
Warranty Period of the printer Product unit which was upgraded pursuant to the terms of this Amendment, or (ii) three (3) months following the date of
installation of the Upgraded System. For sake of clarity, the installation of the Upgraded System shall not effect Purchaser's ability to purchase additional
Warranty Period Extensions for the Upgraded Systems.

4.

5.

The provisions of this Amendment will control over any inconsistent provision of the Agreement. The Agreement, will remain in full force and
effect.

This Amendment may be executed by facsimile or electronic scan and in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

By signature below, the duly authorized representatives of the parties agree to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

SUPPLIER:

Kornit Digital Ltd.

/s/ Guy Avidan

By:
Name: Guy Avidan
Title: CFO
Date Signed: May 2, 2018

/s/ Gabi Seligsohn

By:
Name: Gabi Seligsohn
Title: CEO
Date Signed: May 2, 2018

CONFIDENTIAL

PURCHASER:

Amazon Corporate LLC

/s/ Miguel Roque

By:
Name: Miguel Roque
Title: Vice President
Date Signed: May 7, 2018

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.11.4

[***] Certain identified information in this Amendment 3 to Master Purchase Agreement has been excluded because it is both (i) not material,
and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

AMENDMENT 3 TO MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Kornit Digital Ltd. (“Supplier”) and Amazon.com Services Inc., f/k/a Amazon Corporate LLC and its affiliates (“Amazon”) entered into a Master Purchase
Agreement effective May 1, 2016 (as modified, supplemented or amended, the “Agreement”). Supplier and Amazon now enter into this Amendment to the
Agreement (the “Amendment”), effective as of June 29, 2018. This Amendment is made a part of the Agreement. All capitalized terms not defined in this
Amendment have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

The parties agree as follows:

1.

Supplier has entered into or intends to enter into Amazon’s Vendor Terms and Conditions (“Vendor Terms”). Supplier and Amazon intend for all
procurement related to [***] by Amazon business to be governed by the Agreement, rather than by the Vendor Terms. Therefore, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the Vendor Terms, the terms of the Agreement will apply to all Purchase Orders and Work Orders issued in accordance
with the Agreement by Amazon EU SARL or Amazon Fulfillment Poland.

By signature below, the duly authorized representatives of the parties agree to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

SUPPLIER:

Kornit Digital Ltd.

/s/ Guy Avidan

By:
Name: Guy Avidan
Title: CFO
Date Signed: August 4, 2018

CONFIDENTIAL

PURCHASER:

Amazon.com Services Inc.

/s/ Miguel Roque

By:
Name: Miguel Roque
Title: Authorized Representative
Date Signed: August 7, 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

Exhibit 4.16

[***] Certain identified information in this Manufacturing Services Agreement has been excluded because it is both (i) not material, and (ii)
would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

This Manufacturing Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on February 26, 2019 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Kornit Digital
Technologies Ltd. having its place of business at 12 Ha’Amal St., Afek Park, Rosh-Ha’Ayin 4809246, Israel (“Kornit”), and Sanmina-SCI Israel Medical
Systems Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the state of Israel whose address is 5 Haroshet St. Ma’alot Tarshiha Israel (“Sanmina”). Kornit and
Sanmina are referred to collectively as the “Parties”, individually as a “Party”.

WHEREAS, Sanmina is in the business of providing manufacturing services that include the custom manufacture of digital printers;

WHEREAS, Kornit is in the business of developing and/or manufacturing the Products (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, Kornit desires to engage Sanmina to perform certain manufacturing services as further set forth in this Agreement and in applicable agreed
upon specifications to be attached or incorporated by reference.

NOW THEREFORE, Kornit and Sanmina hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions

1.1

1.2

1.3

“Approved Vendor List” will mean the list of vendors approved by Kornit to supply the Components or services listed on the Bill of
Materials.

“Bill  of  Materials”  (BOM)  will  mean  a  list  of  Components  required  for  the  manufacture,  assembly,  testing  and  packaging  of  each
Product based on the most current Specifications. The Parties will mutually agree on each BOM.

“Components”  will  mean  the  parts,  materials,  assemblies  and  supplies  that  are  used  for  the  manufacture,  assembly,  testing  and
packaging of each Product, as stipulated in the respective Bill of Materials; each of Kornit and Sanmina may supply Components as
defined herein, if so indicated in the Bill of Materials.

1.4

“Consigned Tooling and Equipment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section B.2 below.

1.5

“Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 27.1 below.

1.6

“Cost” will mean the agreed cost of Components represented on the BOM current at the time such Components are acquired.

1.7

“Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.1 below.

1.8

1.9

“Days”  will  mean  calendar  days,  which  unless  otherwise  specified,  include  Saturdays  and  Sundays.  “Business  Days”  do  not  include
Friday, Saturdays or Israeli recognized holidays.

“Delivery Date” will mean such date which shall be no longer than the Lead Time of the Products or as mutually agreed upon in writing
between the Parties.

1.10 “Economic  Order  Inventory”  will  mean  Components  purchased  in  quantities  above  the  required  amount  for  Purchase  Orders,  as

applicable, in order to achieve price targets for such Components.

1.11 “Engineering Change Order” (ECO) will mean the document that details a change in the Specifications and/or the Product.

1.12 “Environmental Regulations” will mean any applicable hazardous substance content laws and regulations.

1.13 “Excess  Inventory”  will  mean  either  of  any  Product,  partially  completed  Product,  Inventory  or  Special  Inventory,  or  some  or  both,

owned by Sanmina that have no demand for Products under the then-current Purchase Order(s) or forecast

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.14 “Intellectual Property Rights” will mean any and all intellectual property rights worldwide arising under statutory law, common law or
by contract and whether or not perfected, including without limitation: (i) trade dress, trademark, and service mark rights; (ii) patents,
patent  applications  and  patent  rights;  (iii)  rights  associated  with  works  or  authorship  including  copyrights,  copyright  applications,
copyright  registrations,  mask  works  rights,  mask  work  applications,  mask  work  registrations;  (iv)  rights  relating  to  trade  secrets  and
confidential  information;  (v)  any  rights  analogous  to  those  set  forth  in  this  section  and  any  other  proprietary  rights  relating  to
intellectual  property;  and  (vi)  divisional,  continuations,  renewals,  reissues  and  extension  of  the  foregoing  (as  and  to  the  extent
applicable) now existing, hereafter filed, used or acquired, and whether registered or unregistered.

1.15 “Inventory” will mean any Components that are procured by or on-order with Sanmina in accordance with the terms of this Agreement

for use in the manufacture of Products, pursuant to a Purchase Order.

1.16 “Lead Time” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.l below.

1.17 “Minimum Order Quantity” will mean Components purchased in excess of requirements for Purchase Orders, as applicable, because of

minimum lot sizes required by the vendor.

1.18 “Obsolete Inventory” will mean either of any Product, partially completed Product, Inventory or Special Inventory, or some or all that is
any of the following: (a) removed from the BOM for a Product by an engineering change; or (b) no longer on an active BOM for any of
Kornit’s Products.

1.19 “Overseas Services” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 below.

1.20 “Overseas Site” shall mean Sanmina affiliate’s site any site of a Sanmina affiliate worldwide, as mutually agreed between the Parties.

1.21 “Product(s)”  will  mean  digital  printing  systems  known  as  “Avalanche  1000R”  and  “Storm  Hexa”  or  any  other  product  as  shall  be

mutually agreed by the Parties in writing.

1.22 “Product  Specification”  or  “Specifications”  will  mean  the  written  specifications  provided  by  Kornit  to  Sanmina  and  accepted  by
Sanmina for the manufacture, assemble and testing of a Product including, without limitation, the current revision number, Approved
Vendor List (AVL), Bill of Materials (BOM), manufacturing procedures, schematics, testing procedures, drawings and documentation,
attached hereto as Exhibit D.

1.23 “Purchase Order” will mean purchase orders for the Products issued by Kornit and accepted by Sanmina in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement will control over printed terms on any Purchase Order, quotation, acknowledgement,
confirmation or invoice.

1.24 “Special  Inventory”  will  mean  any  mutually-agreed  Minimum  Order  Quantity,  Economic  Order  Inventory,  safety  stock  and  other

Inventory acquired by Sanmina in excess of requirements for Purchase Orders to support flexibility or demand requirements.

2. Personnel

2.1

2.2

2.3

Each Party will appoint a program manager as the program liaison with the other Party in connection with the initial coordination and
implementation of the manufacture of the Products, which will also deal with ongoing support issues thereafter. The Parties agree to
conduct  periodic  technical  reviews  and  business  reviews.  The  technical  reviews  will  include,  but  will  not  be  limited  to,  product
performance, testing, project schedule and product costs. The business reviews will include, but will not be limited to, quality, delivery,
flexibility, service and price. The program managers will coordinate these reviews.

Sanmina will provide a list of program team members representing the functions listed below. The list will include name, title, phone
number and email address.

Each  of  Sanmina’s  personnel  that  will  be  engaged  in  the  performance  of  services  hereunder  will  have  the  proper  skills,  training  and
professional  background  to  perform  such  services.  In  addition,  such  personnel  shall  be  bound  by  obligations  of  confidentiality
consistent with Sanmina’s obligations under this Agreement.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Manufacture of Products

3.1 During the term of this Agreement, Sanmina will manufacture, assemble and test the Products in accordance with the Specifications and
pursuant to the respective Purchase Orders that have been accepted by Sanmina. Sanmina will maintain manufacturing and test records
in accordance with Sanmina’s records retention policy. Unless specifically agreed otherwise in writing between the Parties, in case of
any conflict between the Specifications and this Agreement, the Specifications shall prevail.

3.2 Kornit  and  Sanmina  agree  to  work  on  a  “full  turnkey  basis”.  This  means  that  Sanmina  will  purchase  all  Components  pursuant  to
Purchase Orders and provide standard production equipment that is not Product-specific (e.g., production desks, lifting stages, storage
equipment  etc.),  as  necessary  to  fulfill  such  Purchase  Orders.  However,  Kornit  may  supply  certain  tooling  and  equipment  that  are
unique to Kornit Products and such tooling and equipment will be detailed in Exhibit B. as may be amended by the parties from time to
time (the “Consigned Tooling and Equipment”). Sanmina shall not be required to pay for such Consigned Tooling and Equipment.

3.3

Sanmina will buy with firm Purchase Orders the Outside Plant Products (“OSP”) parts.

3.4 Kornit  may  request  Sanmina  to  maintain  a  safety  stock  of  Components  and/or  Products  in  order  to  increase  flexibility  in  the
manufacturing and ordering process. Kornit and Sanmina will agree upon a list of items for such safety stock and terms of handling or
charges, that will be reviewed on a quarterly basis.

3.5 Korn it may request at any time that certain type and quantity of Products (whether covered under an open Purchase Order or under a
new purchase order issued by Kornit for that purpose) will be assembled and packed outside Israel, at an Overseas Site (the “Overseas
Services”)  and  Sanmina  shall  accept  such  request  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  9.2  below.  In  order  to  provide  the  Overseas
Services Sanmina will ship all required Components and will send sufficient number of personnel from Sanmina site in Ma’alot to the
Overseas Site. Kornit shall be liable, subject to its prior written consent, for all costs associated with the performance of the Overseas
Services, including without limitation, [***], all in accordance with Sanmina’s then current quotation for the Overseas Services.

4. Procurement of Components; Inventory Management

4.1 Authorization  to  Procure  Components.  Each  Purchase  Order  or  Forecast,  solely  with  respect  to  Long  Lead-time  Components  (as
detailed  in  Section  9)  shall  constitute  an  authorization  for  Sanmina  to  procure  all  Components  required  for  the  manufacture  of  the
Products covered by such Purchase Orders, based on the applicable lead times of such Components and in accordance with Sanmina’s
standard material ordering policies, attached hereto as Exhibit G (“Policies”). Kornit hereby agrees to be financially responsible for all
Components  ordered  in  accordance  with  the  Policies  pursuant  to  any  Purchased  Order  and  any  binding  portion  of  the  Forecasts
provided  by  Kornit.  In  addition,  subject  to  Kornit’s  prior  written  approval,  Sanmina  will  be  entitled  to  procure  Special  Inventory
required  to  support  Kornit’s  Purchase  Orders.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  the  Policies  the  following  shall  apply:  (i)  Sanmina
shall make purchase commitments only based on Purchase Orders and not based on Forecasts, excluding as set forth in Section 9; (ii)
the payment terms set forth in Section E(viii)b of the Policies shall not apply but rather the payment terms set forth in Section 7; and
(iii) Section F of the Policies shall be amended such that the end of the sentence will be deleted (“provided, however, that Sanmina shall
not be obligated to attempt to return to Vendor Components which are, in the aggregate, worth less than [***]. To the extent Sanmina
actually  receives  from  a  vendor  of  Components  or  services  the  benefit  arising  from  said  vendor’s  warranty  obligations  related  to  its
Components or services and to the extent such benefit is transferrable, Sanmina shall transfer such benefit to Kornit (without any actual
liability for such vendor’s warranty obligations). In the event of a conflict between the provisions of Exhibit G and the provisions of
this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.2 Kornit Approved Vendors; AVL. Sanmina will procure Components only from Kornit Approved Vendor List and in case Sanmina is
listed on the AVL as the approved vendor for a certain Component, then such Component will be supplied by Sanmina. Kornit will
provide  Sanmina  with  ail  AVL  for  each  BOM  item  of  a  Product  to  be  manufactured.  Once  Kornit  advises  Sanmina  of  its  selected
vendors, Sanmina may not change to other vendors without Kornit’s advance written approval. In no event shall Sanmina change to a
vendor  that  does  not  appear  on  the  relevant  AVL  without  Kornit’s  express  prior  written  consent  (in  Kornit’s  sole  discretion).  Any
changes to the AVL by Kornit should be coordinated sufficient time in advance with Sanmina so as to minimize any adverse impact on
Sanmina ability to provide the services hereunder in an efficient and competitive manner. Unless otherwise agreed, such change may be
effective only with respect to Purchase Orders issued and accepted after such change is introduced and shall not apply to Components
ordered prior thereto in accordance with the terms hereof,

4.3

Inventory Management. Without derogating from the other provisions of this Agreement, Sanmina shall manage its Inventory on a first-
in-first-out (FIFO) basis. Any Minimum Order Quantity will be pre-approved once in a quarter based on a specific list in writing by
Kornit so that the parties can reduce dead stock.

4.4 Reports. Sanmina shall provide to Kornit, within seven (7) Business Days of Kornit’s request, copies of electronic or written reports on
current Inventory, in a standard form available at Sanmina’s systems. In addition, after a Product is packed, Sanmina shall insert data to
Kornit  ERP  system  (the  “Priority”  system),  including  serial  numbers  for  parts  that  Kornit  will  define,  pictures  according  to  the
assembly procedure’s requirements and book machine.

5.1 Kornit’s standard Quality Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit Cl (the “Quality Agreement”). The Quality Agreement may only be

amended by mutual consent of the Parties.

5.2

Sanmina agrees that the manufacture, test and quality control of the Products under the terms of this Agreement will be in accordance
with the standards specified by the Quality Agreement.

5. Quality

6. Safety

6.1 Kornit’s  standard  Safety  Agreement  is  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit C2  (the  “Safety  Agreement”).  The  Safety  Agreement  may  only  be

amended by mutual consent of the Parties.

6.2

Sanmina agrees that the manufacture, test and quality control of the Products under the terms of this Agreement will be in accordance
with the standards specified by the Safety Agreement.

7. Price; Cost Reduction and Payment Terms

7.1

The initial Product Prices will be agreed upon between the Parties (the “Product Price List”). Prices are in U.S. Dollars, and payment of
broker’s fees, duties, tariffs or other similar charges, (2) taxes (other than those based on the net income of Sanmina); and (3) setup,
tooling or non-recurring expenses.

7.2

Prices of systems will be EXW- Sanmina Ma’alot.

7.3

Pricing is based on the following principles:
Material Overhead – [***] (Include Inbound Cost)
Labor assembly - [***] assembly per hour, Labor Test - [***] per hour Sales
General and Administration Expenses – [***]
Profit – [***]
Total Markup – [***]

Cost Model for spare parts will be the same as above till beginning of 2019.

Beginning of 2019 the parties will agree on specific Cost model for the spare parts based on cumulative experience.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.4

Sanmina agrees to use reasonable commercial efforts to reduce the cost of manufacturing Products by methods such as, but not limited
to: on-going negotiations with suppliers during normal course of business, market price reduce, elimination of Components, obtaining
alternate  sources  of  Components  and  improved  assembly  or  test  methods.  Sanmina  will  present  to  Kornit  any  proposal  for  cost
reduction projects and will implement such projects only with the receipt of written approval of Kornit. To allow Sanmina to share in
the  benefit  of  cost  reduction  opportunities  introduced  by  Sanmina,  during  the  first  year  following  the  introduction  of  such  cost
reduction, [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount of Sanmina initiated cost reduction will be applied to reduce the price of the Products.
Thereafter, [***] of such cost reduction will be applied to reduce the price of the Products purchased by Kornit (i.e. Kornit will pay the
actually reduced cost only from the second year following the cost reduction).

7.5 Kornit shall pay all amounts due in U.S. Dollars within the end of the month plus 60 days from of the date of the invoice, which shall
not be issued prior to shipment of the Product. Likewise, Sanmina shall pay all amounts due by it for OSP (or otherwise) in U.S Dollars
within the end of the month plus 60 days from of the date of the invoice.

7.6

To the extent Sanmina agrees to pay any import duties, including without limitation any customs, excise, purchase tax etc., and VAT
applicable on the import of Components, Kornit will promptly reimburse Sanmina for such costs upon receipt of Sanmina’s invoice and
supporting documentation for such payments. Sanmina will provide to Kornit the respective documentation evidencing every 6 months
and will charge for such costs and will make commercially reasonable efforts to assist Kornit in eliminating, reducing and recovering
such  costs  under  relevant  laws  and  regulations.  If  legally  obligated,  Sanmina  will  charge  such  costs  as  separately  stated  amounts  on
invoices  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  Products  to  Kornit.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  Sanmina  is  not  responsible  or  liable  in  any
manner  for  the  classification  or  reclassification  of  Components  or  Products  for  import  or  export  purposes  and  any  risk  associated
therewith shall reside exclusively with Kornit.

7.7 Customs - Sanmina undertakes to cooperate with Kornit in connection with any inspection made by the import tax custom authorities.
Sanmina shall provide Kornit with all materials requested by Kornit in connection with import of Components and parts. In addition,
Sanmina shall provide Kornit with separate invoices for the custom costs which it paid for the Components imported specifically for
Kornit. The invoices shall include import declaration, quantity, HS code and import declaration date.

Kornit will be able to receive refunds for the duties and taxes for such imported Components and parts.

7.8

If Kornit fails to pay amounts due, Sanmina shall provide Kornit with a written notice to that effect, and allow it to cure such breach
within  a  period  of  [***]  ([***])  Business  Days  from  the  date  of  the  notice  (the  “Cure  Period”).  If  Kornit  does  not  cure  this  breach
within the Cure Period, Kornit shall pay [***] percent ([***]%) monthly interest on all late payments as of the first day of delay and
until all outstanding amount is fully paid.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Consigned Tooling and Equipment

Upon notice to Sanmina, Kornit shall supply the Consigned Tooling and Equipment to Sanmina. Consigned Tooling and Equipment will be delivered
to Sanmina in sufficient time and in sufficient quantities, including normal attrition levels, to allow Sanmina to meet the respective Delivery Dates for
the  Products  under  all  outstanding  Purchase  Orders.  All  Consigned  Tooling  and  Equipment  will  be  in  good  condition  and  working  order.  Kornit
assumes  complete  liability  for  the  quality  of  all  Consigned  Tooling  and  Equipment  and  Sanmina  will  not  be  responsible  for  any  defects  therein.
Sanmina may, upon receipt of the Consigned Tooling and Equipment, perform inspections of the Consigned Tooling and Equipment, in accordance
with its standard procedures and may notify Kornit in writing, not later than [***] ([***]) Business Days from the date of receipt of the Consigned
Tooling  and  Equipment,  of  any  defects  found  or  of  any  discrepancy  in  quantities.  Kornit  shall  be  responsible  for  maintenance  and  repairs  of  the
Consigned Tooling and Equipment. Sanmina shall be responsible for any physical damage caused to Consigned Tooling and Equipment by Sanmina’s
malicious and/or grossly negligent behavior.

9. Forecasts

Kornit will provide Sanmina a rolling forecast covering the period of current +6 (six) calendar months (the “Forecast”). The Forecast will specify the
number  of  units  of  the  Products  Kornit  anticipates  purchasing  during  such  six  (6)  month  period.  The  Forecast  will  be  binding  only  with  respect  to
purchase  of  Long  Lead-time  Components.  The  Forecast  will  not  be  binding  for  any  other  purpose  and  will  not  be  regarded  by  either  Party  as  a
commitment to order, purchase, deliver or meet any volume commitment specified therein. Sanmina shall make commercially reasonable efforts to
purchase the Long Lead-time Components as latest as possible, according to their respective lead time Kornit may adjust the Forecast at its reasonable
discretion at any time and according to the flexibility model.

A.

Initial  Forecast.  Customer  shall  provide  Sanmina  with  an  initial  thirty  (30)  day  firm  Purchase  Order  (“Order”)  and  Forecast  for  Product
requirements  (in  monthly  buckets)  for  an  additional  six  (6)  months.  The  Order  -  and  all  subsequent  Orders  -  shall  be  binding  and  may  be
rescheduled  only  in  accordance  with  Section  D,  below.  Sanmina  shall  make  purchase  commitments  (including  purchase  commitments  for
Long  Lead-time  Components)  to  its  Component  suppliers  (“Vendors”)  based  upon  the  Order  and  Forecast  (only  with  respect  to  the  Long
Lead-time  Components),  and  Customer  shall  be  responsible  for  all  such  Components  purchased  in  support  of  Customer’s  then-current
Forecast. For all other purposes, however, the Forecast shall be non-binding.

B. Subsequent Forecasts.  On  the  first  business  day  of  each  calendar  month  after  the  initial  Order  and  Forecast,  the  first  Forecast  month  shall
automatically become part of the Order, a new Forecast month shall be added, and a new firm Order issued, so that a rolling Order of thirty
(30) days is always maintained.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C. Material Requirement Planning Process.

1. Sanmina shall take the Order and Forecast and generate a Master Production Schedule (“MPS”) for a six-month period in
accordance with the process described in this Section. The MPS shall define the master plan on which Sanmina shall base
its procurement, internal capacity projections and commitments. Sanmina shall use Customer’s Order to generate the first
two (2) months of the MPS and shall use Customer’s Forecast to generate the subsequent six (6) months of the MPS.

2. Sanmina shall process the MPS through industry-standard software that will break down Customer’s Product requirements
into Component requirements. When no Product testing (in-circuit or functional testing) is required by Customer, Sanmina
will use commercially reasonable efforts to schedule delivery of all Components to Sanmina eleven working days before the
Products  are  scheduled  to  ship  to  Customer;  in  the  event  Product  testing  is  required,  Sanmina  will  use  commercially
reasonable efforts to schedule delivery of all Components to Sanmina [***] working days before the Products are scheduled
to ship to Customer.

3. Sanmina will release purchase orders to Vendors prior to the anticipated date that the Components are needed by Sanmina.
The date on which these orders are released will depend on the lead time determined between the Vendor and Sanmina and
Sanmina’s manufacturing or materials planning systems, provided that any order will be made as late as possible.

4. A  list  of  all  Components  with  lead  times  greater  than  ninety  days  (“Long  Lead-time  Components”)  shall  be  provided.
Sanmina shall update the list of Long Lead-time Components every quarter and present an updated list of Long Lead-time
Components to Kornit at the time Sanmina presents Kornit with the E&O List described in Section E, below. Each revised
Long Lead-time Item list shall be deemed an amendment to Exhibit B. In the event Sanmina fails to present an updated list
of Long Lead-time Components, the parties shall continue to rely on the preceding list (as updated in writing by the parties).
It is agreed that it is Sanmina’s responsibility to update Kornit with any extended lead time or changes in the standard lead
time of BOM components.

5. Kornit acknowledges that Sanmina will order Components in quantities sufficient to support up to six months of Kornit’s
Forecast. For the avoidance of doubt, Kornit will be required to issue a Purchase Order only with respect to the Long Lead-
time Components which were ordered by Sanmina. In determining the quantity of Components to order, Sanmina divides
the  Components  into  three  classes,  “Class  A,”  “Class  B”  and  “Class  C.”  Class  A  Components  are  comprised  of  the
approximately [***] percent ([***]%) of Components constituting approximately [***] percent ([***]%) of the Product’s
total  Component  cost.  Class  C  Components  are  comprised  of  the  approximately  [***]  percent  ([***]%)  of  Components
constituting  approximately  [***]  percent  ([***]%)  of  the  Product  Cost.  Class  B  Components  are  comprised  of  the
remaining [***] percent ([***]%) of Components constituting approximately [***] percent ([***]%) of the Products cost.
Sanmina will place orders with .its Vendors for approximately [***] worth of Class A Components, [***] worth of Class B
Components and [***] worth of Class C Components. A summary of Sanmina’s purchase commitments is set forth in the
table below.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part Class
A
B
C

10. Purchase Orders

Expected Percentage of Total Parts
[***]%
[***]%
[***]%

Expected Percentage of Total Value
(of Gross Requirements)
[***]%
[***]%
[***]%

Periods Worth of Supply to be
Bought with Each Order
[***]
[***]
[***]

10.1 During  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  Kornit  may  provide  Sanmina  with  written  Purchase  Orders  for  the  Products.  As  a  matter  of
convenience  and  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  9.3  below,  Kornit  may  use  its  standard  purchase  order  form  for  any  orders
provided  for  hereunder.  Each  Purchase  Order  shall  be  in  the  form  of  a  written  or  electronic  communication  and  shall  contain  the
following information: (i) the part number of the Product; (ii) the quantity of the Product; (iii) the delivery date or shipping schedule;
(iv)  the  location  to  which  the  Product  is  to  be  shipped;  and  (v)  transportation  instructions.  Each  Purchase  Order  shall  contain  a
number  for  billing  purposes,  and  may  include  other  instructions  and  terms  (provided  that  such  terms  do  not  conflict  with  this
Agreement) as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

10.2 Sanmina shall accept purchase orders from Kornit that comply with the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation,
that the fees reflected in each such purchase order are consistent with the Parties’ then-current agreement with respect to the fees and
that  the  delivery  date  requested  thereunder  is  consistent  with  the  Delivery  Date.  Sanmina  shall  notify  Kornit  of  the  acceptance  or
rejection of any purchase order (only to the extent that it does not comply with the foregoing conditions) within [***] Business Days
of  receipt  of  such  purchase  order.  To  the  extent  that  Sanmina  does  not  provide  Kornit  any  notice  of  rejection  within  the  above-
mentioned time frame, the purchase order shall be deemed rejected

10.3 The terms and conditions of this Agreement will control over any terms contained in any quotation, purchase order issued by Kornit,
written acceptance or acknowledgment by Sanmina, invoice or any other form instalment exchanged by the Parties that is not clearly
an amendment to this Agreement signed by both Parties and no additional, contradictory, modified or deleted terms established by
such instruments are intended to have any effect on the terms of this Agreement, even if such instrument is accepted by the other
Party.

11. Lead Time

11.1 For  new  Products  (which  arc  ordered  by  Kornit  for  the  first  time),  the  lead  time  for  the  first  Purchase  Order  will  be  as  set  forth  in
Sanmina’s quotation and agreed to by Kornit. Following the initial Purchase Order, the lead time will be [***] ([***]) days, as long as
the  Purchase  Order  aggregate  quantity  and  the  delivery  date  is  in  accordance  with  the  Forecast  that  Kornit  provided  (according  to
Section 9 above). Any change to this lead time is subject to Kornit’s prior written approval.

11.2 If  circumstances  arise  that  prevent  Sanmina  from  timely  delivery  of  the  Products  on  the  Delivery  Date,  Sanmina  will  notify  Kornit,
immediately after it becomes aware of such circumstances, of the nature of the problem, the methods taken to overcome the problem
and the estimated time of delay.

11.3 Sanmina  acknowledges  that  time  is  of  the  essence.  In  the  event  that  Sanmina  will  be  late  with  a  delivery  for  more  than  [***]  times
during [***] ([***]) weeks in more than compare to the delivery dates committed by Sanmina in its order confirmation, such breach
shall amount to a material breach of this Agreement.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.4 The  delay  shall  not  include  events  which  are  (a)  directly  attributable  to  Kornit,  (b)  a  force  majeure  event,  or  (c)  due  to  Kornit’s
cancellation or reschedule of Purchase Order pursuant to Section 12, (d) a rescheduled delivery date that was pre-approved in writing
by Kornit for at least [***] working days prior to committed delivery date.

12. Reschedule and Cancellation of Purchase Orders

12.1 Shipment Schedule Changes

For  any  Purchase  Order  Kornit  may  reschedule  the  quantity  of  Products  and  their  shipment  date  as  provided  in  the  table  below,  without
Sanmina’s prior written approval and at no

cost:

Days Before Purchase Order Delivery Date
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

12.2 Cancellation

Percentage Reschedule Allowance
[***]%
[***]%
[***]%
[***]%

(a) Kornit may cancel all or any portion of Product quantity of a Purchase Order, without Sanmina’s prior written approval by providing a
written notice to Sanmina at least [***] prior to the Delivery Date, at no cost, except as set forth in sub-section (b) below. Any other cancellation of a
Purchase Order shall be subject to Sanmina’ prior written approval.

(b) Upon cancellation of a Purchase Order (or any portion thereof) Kornit shall purchase from Sanmina any affected Products, Inventory and
Special Inventory and pay Sanmina as follows: (i) the price listed in the then current Product Price List for all affected Products (or a pro-rata proportion
thereof for any applicable partially completed Product); (ii) [***]% of the Cost + [***]% material overhead of all affected Inventory and Special Inventory
in Sanmina’s possession and not returnable to the vendor or reasonably usable for other customers, whether in raw form or work in process, (iii) [***]% of
the Cost + [***]% material overhead of all affected Inventory and Special Inventory on order and not cancelable, and (iv) any vendor cancellation charges
incurred with respect to the affected Inventory and Special Inventory accepted for cancellation or return by the vendor as long as those were ordered within
their standard lead time.

12.3 Quantity Increase

(a) For any Purchase Order Kornit may request an increase in the quantity of Products ordered (the “Increase Request”). All Product quantity

increases require Sanmina’s approval and are subject to Components availability from suppliers.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall be considered as authorized Increase Requests (subject to Component availability): (i)
an  increase  of  up  to  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of  the  Purchase  Order  quantities  if  the  Increase  Request  has  been  issued  by  Kornit  at  least  three  (3)
months prior to the Delivery Date, and (ii) an increase of up to two hundred percent (200%) of the Purchase Order quantities if the Increase Request has
been issued by Kornit at least six (6) months prior to the Delivery Date.

13. Delivery

13.1 All deliveries of Products hereunder will be made EXW (Ex works, Incoterms 2010) Sanmina’s applicable manufacturing site (Ma’alot)
for Products manufactured in Israel and the respective Overseas Site for Products manufactured outside Israel). AH deliveries of spare
parts  purchased  from  time  to  time  by  Kornit,  will  be  made  EX-  Works  Risk  of  loss  and  title  shall  pass  to  Kornit  upon  delivery  by
Sanmina of the Products to the stated delivery point in accordance with said Incoterm.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.2 Upon Kornit request, Sanmina will use reasonable commercial efforts to assist Kornit in arranging any desired shipping and insurance
coverage (in amounts that Kornit will determine). All costs of shipping, insurance, freight, customs, duties, taxes, insurance premiums
and other expenses relating to such transportation and delivery, will be at Kornit’s expense.

13.3 The Products shall not be packed and delivered before Sanmina conducted the delivery procedure set forth in the Specifications and

received Kornit’s approval. The Products shall be packed in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Specifications.

14. Products Acceptance

Each Product must pass the factory acceptance test described as described in the Specifications (“Factory Acceptance Test” or “FAT”) before
such Product may be shipped from Sanmina’s site. Sanmina shall be responsible for conducting the FAT and shall provide Kornit with written
certification that each Product passed the applicable FAT and complies in all material respects with the applicable Specifications. Kornit may
participate, at its expense, as it deems necessary, in any FAT, in which case FAT shall only be deemed to have passed if approved in writing by
Kornit. Sanmina shall provide Kornit with reasonable facilities and assistance at no additional charge to participate in the FAT. The Products
delivered by Sanmina may be inspected and tested by Kornit, using the same FAT test approved for use by Sanmina, within five (5) Business
Days  of  receipt  at  the  “ship  to”  location  on  the  applicable  Purchase  Order.  Notwithstanding  any  prior  inspection  conducted  at  Sanmina’
premises or by Sanmina (including the FAT), or payment made by Kornit, Kornit may reject any portion of any shipment of Products during
said period if, according to the FAT as conducted by Kornit, the Products do not comply with the Specifications. Products not rejected during
said  period  will  be  deemed  accepted.  If  Kornit  does  not  reject  the  tendered  Products  with  such  time  period  then  the  Products  shall  be
“deemed” accepted. Any Products so returned to Sanmina will be repaired or replaced, at Sanmina1 option and expense in accordance with
the provisions of Section 18 below.

15. Epidemic Failure

15.1 Sanmina warrants the Products to be delivered to Kornit pursuant to this Agreement against Epidemic Failure for a period of 1 year
after its shipment. “Epidemic Failure” means the occurrence of the same failure, defect, or non-conformity in Sanmina workmanship
the Products supplied by Sanmina with an order in [***] or more of the supply within any three-month period. If an Epidemic Failure
occurs,  all  costs,  including  but  not  limited  to,  repair  or  replacement  of  the  affected  Products  (at  Sanmina’s  option),  parts,  upgrades,
labor,  transportation  and  inventory  replacement  arising  from  an  Epidemic  Failure  shall  be  borne  by  Sanmina,  regardless  of  whether
Kornit  initiates  a  field  stocking  recall  or  customer-based  recall  or  retrofit,  including  supply  in  distributor  inventory  and  Kornit’s
installed base. Sanmina, at its expense, will ensure that such supply, parts or upgrades have the highest shipping priority.

15.2 The foregoing warranties shall survive delivery and payment, and shall run in favor of Kornit, its customers, successors and assigns. No
payment,  inspection,  verification,  acceptance,  test,  delay,  use,  resale  or  failure  to  inspect,  verify,  test  or  discover  any  defect  or  other
nonconformance shall relieve Sanmina of any of its obligations or impair any rights or remedies of Kornit.

16. Inspection Rights: Reports

16.1 Upon request by Kornit, from time to time, and during normal business hours, subject to compliance with Sanmina’s confidentiality and
security requirements, Sanmina will allow Kornit representatives to inspect the manufacturing and quality control, testing operations,
compliance procedures and premises relating to the manufacture, assembly and testing of the Products.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.2 Upon Kornit request Sanmina shall provide Kornit with standard reports and analysis of the yields of each of the quality tests performed
to the Products and shall report any defect which was discovered during such tests in the Product or in the production process within a
reasonable period from the time Sanmina becomes aware of such defect.

16.3 From time to time, Kornit may request reports as to the progress of the Product production in accordance with the then outstanding

Purchase Order.

17. Engineering Change Order (ECOl

17.1 An Engineering Change Order (“ECO”) is required when the form, fit or function of the design of the Product and/or Specifications are
affected. Kornit may request that Sanmina incorporate engineering changes into the Product or Specifications by providing a written
description of the proposed engineering change sufficient to permit Sanmina to evaluate the feasibility and cost of the proposed change.

17.2 Sanmina will provide a written response in the form of an “Engineering Change Analysis” to Kornit if such changes affect the per/unit
price  and/or  delivery  of  a  Product,  within  ten  (10)  Business  Days.  The  Engineering  Change  Analysis  cost  impact  shell  be  written
directly in Kornit ERP system (Priority) in addition to a formal ECO breakdown indicate the implication and the cost changes per line
item (Scrap, Rework etc.).

17.3 Kornit will respond with a written acceptance or rejection of the Sanmina “Engineering Change Analysis” within three (3) Business
Days. Sanmina will not implement the change to the design or Specifications of any Product or materials, equipment, manufacturing
and quality assurance procedures, methods and techniques used to produce a Product, without Kornit’s prior written approval.

17.4 Sanmina  will  implement  any  ECO  at  the  date  mutually  agreed  between  the  Parties,  provided  that  the  Parties  have  agreed  upon  the

changes to the Specifications and delivery schedule.

17.5 The cost of Inventory that becomes unusable because of an ECO and any other agreed implementation costs will be the responsibility of
Kornit. Such responsibility shall be supported by documentation provided by Sanmina. The settlement between the Parties regarding
such costs shall be made on a quarterly basis.

17.6 Kornit will issue a PO for the related costs plus material overhead ([***]%) of the ECO such as dead stock, SCRAP, within 25 Business

Days of Kornit approval.

18. Kornit Property

Any Consigned Tooling and Equipment supplied by Kornit or procured by Sanmina at Kornit expense (the “Kornit Property”) will remain the property
of Kornit and will (i) be clearly marked or tagged as the Property of Kornit, (ii) be subject to inspection by Kornit at any time upon reasonable prior
coordination,  (iii)  be  used  only  for  the  performance  of  Sanmina’s  services  hereunder,  (iv)  will  not  be  subject  to  any  liens  and  encumbrances  by
Sanmina, and (vi) not be modified in any manner by Sanmina without the prior written approval of Kornit. The Kornit Property shall be maintained by
Kornit  in  accordance  with  Kornit’s  maintenance  procedures  including  but  not  limited  to  periodic  calibration.  Kornit  will  retain  all  rights,  title  and
interest in the Kornit Property and Sanmina agrees to treat the Kornit Property with the same degree of care as Sanmina uses with respect to its own
valuable  tooling  and  equipment,  but  no  less  care  than  reasonable  care.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  under  this  Agreement  or  under
applicable law, Sanmina shall not be responsible for any maintenance, repairs or replacements of the Kornit Property. Kornit will bear all risk of loss or
damage to Kornit Property while it is in Sanmina’ premises and Sanmina shall not be responsible for any damage caused to or by the Kornit Property,
other than to physical damage caused to Kornit Property by Sanmina malicious and/or negligent behavior. Upon Kornit’s request, Sanmina will deliver
all Kornit Property to Kornit, at Kornit expense; Kornit will determine the manner and procedure for returning the Kornit Property, and will pay the
corresponding freight costs. Sanmina’s production and warranty obligations which require the utilization of the returned Kornit Property will cease
upon Sanmina’s fulfillment of Kornit’s request to return the Kornit Property.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19. Warranties

19.1 Sanmina represents and warrants to Kornit that all work and service provided by Sanmina pursuant to this Agreement will be provided

in a timely, professional and workmanlike manner.

19.2 Sanmina  also  represents  and  warrants  to  Kornit  that  all  Products  (i)  will  be  manufactured  in  accordance  with  the  then  current
Specifications and, in all material respects, with laws and regulations applicable to Sanmina’s manufacture of the Products; and (ii) will
be  free  from  defects  in  workmanship  and  conform  with  the  Specifications  for  a  period  of  [***]  from  the  date  of  shipment  (the
“Warranty” and the “Warranty Period”, respectively).

19.3 Any Products that do not meet the Warranty will be repaired or replaced at Sanmina’ sole option and expense or, in the event that such
Product  cannot  be  repaired  or  replaced  using  commercially  reasonable  efforts  during  the  time  mentioned  below,  Sanmina  will  credit
Kornit the purchase price paid by Kornit for such Product. Sanmina will repair or replace any defected Product covered by the Warranty
as soon as reasonably commercially possible but not later than ten (10) Business Days of receipt by Sanmina of the returned Product;
provided that the Products are returned within the Warranty Period. The foregoing set forth Sanmina’s sole obligation and Kornit’s sole
remedy under the Warranty. Any repaired or replaced Product shall benefit from Sanmina’ limited Warranty, for the reminder of the
term of the original Warranty Period, provided however that the warranty period shall not be less than three (3) months from the date of
replacement or repair.

19.4 Notwithstanding  anything  else  in  this  Agreement,  this  express  limited  Warranty  will  not  apply  to,  and  Sanmina  makes  no
representations  or  warranties  whatsoever  with  respect  to  any  of:  (i)  Products  that  have  been  abused,  damaged,  altered  or  misused  or
mishandled  (including  improper  storage  or  installation  or  improper  handling  in  accordance  with  static  sensitive  electronic  device
handling requirements) by any person or entity after title passes to Kornit; (ii) improperly installation or maintenance, or (iii) repairs or
alteration by anyone other than Sanmina.

19.5 Kornit shall return Products covered by this Warranty freight prepaid after completing a failure report and obtaining a return material

authorization number from Sanmina to be displayed on the shipping container.

19.6 Sanmina further represents and warrants that upon delivery Kornit shall receive free, good and clear title to all Products.

19.7 Sanmina will not, without the express prior written approval of Kornit, make any change to the Specifications, manufacture a Product
that is not in strict compliance with its Specifications, or include in any Product any materials that have not been expressly authorized
by Kornit.

19.8 AH  delivered  Products  will  be  adequately  and  correctly  contained,  packaged,  marked  and  labeled  in  accordance  with  Kornit’s

instructions as set forth in the Specifications.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.9 In order to enable use of the Products in total safety, Sanmina shall: (i) comply with all applicable law, including, but not limited to,
Environmental  Regulations,  obtaining  the  applicable  business  permit,  fire  department  permit  and  license  from  the  Ministry  of
Environmental Protection, (ii) ensure that the Sanmina manufacturing processes used in the manufacture of the Products are compliant
with the European Directive 2002/95/EC of 27 January 2003, also known as the RoHS Directive; (iii) with respect to compliance with
the  REACH  Regulation  (EC  1907/2006),  Sanmina’s  obligations  shall  be  limited  to  those  Components  and  consumables  directly
involved in Sanmina’s manufacturing process (e.g. cleaning solvent, solder paste used in the Sanmina manufacturing process, etc.), and
those parts added to the AVL by Sanmina (e.g. PCB, enclosure, packaging material, etc. sourced by Sanmina as part of any mutually
agreed localization programs). Should additional services be required by Kornit regarding RoHS and other environmental requirements
then  Sanmina  shall  provide  a  proposal  to  provide  such  additional  services  to  Kornit  at  Sanmina’s  then  current  rates;  and  (iv)  take
appropriate due diligence and continuous monitoring of Sanmina’s supply chain, in accordance with its Conflict Mineral Policy, as are
reasonably  necessary  to  avoid  procurement  or  use  of  raw  metals  sourced  from  regions  of  the  world  known  as  “conflict  regions”,
including, without limitation, conflict materials that directly or indirectly finance or benefit armed groups in the Democratic Republic of
the Congo or an adjoining country, as such terms are defined in Section 1502 of the US Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act. Sanmina further agrees to fully support Kornit’s efforts to keep its supply chain free from such conflict metals and make
its due diligence measures available to Kornit for review upon request.

19.10 Subject to Sanmina’s record retention policy, upon Kornit’s written request, Sanmina shall provide Kornit with supporting documents
which may be with respect to the manufacture of the Products during the term of the Agreement and the costs of retrieving, copying and
forwarding such requested records to Kornit shall be at Kornit’s expense. Sanmina shall retain a copy of all such documents for a period
of [***] unless otherwise agreed in writing.

19.11 SANMINA MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS OR ANY
SERVICES  PROVIDED  UNDER  THIS  AGREEMENT,  AND  DISCLAIMS  ALL  OTHER  WARRANTIES  INCLUDING  THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.

20. Intellectual Property Ownership and Licenses

20.1 As between the Parties, Kornit is and will remain the sole and exclusive owner of all title to and interest in the Kornit’s Intellectual
Property Rights, Products, Kornit’s Confidential Information, Kornit Property, Specifications, software and all inventions, discoveries,
designs,  modifications,  improvements,  know  how,  derivative  works,  that  are  based  on  Kornit  Property,  Confidential  Information,
Specifications and software, and that are made, developed, conceived or reduced to practice by either Kornit or Sanmina, solely, jointly
or on their behalf during the term of this Agreement (collectively referred to as “Inventions”). Kornit is and will remain the sole and
exclusive owner of all title to and interest in the equipment and software provided by or on behalf of Kornit. Sanmina agrees not to
remove or deface any portion of any legend provided on any software or documentation delivered to Sanmina under this Agreement.
Sanmina hereby assigns any right it may have in the Invention to Kornit. Sanmina further agrees to do all things reasonably necessary
to evidence and perfect Kornit’s interest therein, as reasonably requested by Kornit and at Kornit’s expense. In addition to the above,
Sanmina will provide updated copies of all engineering drawings, specifications, design files, and any other design documents to Kornit
on a quarterly basis. Sanmina represents and warrants that it shall not knowingly, directly or indirectly, through its affiliated companies,
distributors, resellers or agents of any type or nature, use, implement, or disclose any of Kornit*s Inventions and Intellectual Property
Rights to any third party unless Sanmina will obtain the proper license from Kornit.

20.2 Sanmina’s Background Property. Sanmina’s “Background Property” shall mean and include, without limitation, Sanmina’s know-how,
design  tools,  methodologies,  software,  algorithms,  or  other  means  that  may  be  used  to  (i)  design,  manufacture,  assemble  or  test
products,  or  (ii)  design  production  means  or  the  processes  by  which  products  are  manufactured,  assembled,  or  tested  or  any
improvements or modifications thereto. Sanmina owns or has the right to use all of the Intellectual Property Rights in its Background
Property. Kornit acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement shall not affect the ownership of, nor convey any licenses or rights under
any of the Intellectual Property Rights in Sanmina’ Background Property, either expressly, impliedly or otherwise to Kornit or any other
third party.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.3 Third Party Technology; Essential IP. Kornit shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary license or other rights and for paying any
royalties or license fees in connection with any third-party technology and any Intellectual Property Rights incorporated in the Product,
and for providing adequate assurances to Sanmina, upon Sanmina’ request that Kornit has secured such rights or paid such royalties or
fees.

20.4 Independent Work. This Agreement shall not affect the ownership of, nor convey any licenses to, any innovation, improvement, idea,
method, technique or work of authorship, or any Intellectual Property Right therein, which is created during or subsequent to the term
of this Agreement by a party outside the services provided under this Agreement without reference to, or other use of, the Confidential
Information of the other party (an “Independent Work”).

20.5 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Kornit grants Sanmina a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty-free, revocable
license  for  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  to  use  Kornit’s  Intellectual  Property  Rights  and  Specifications  solely  for  the  purpose  of
manufacturing  the  Products  and  otherwise  perform  its  obligations  as  expressly  authorized  hereunder.  Subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions of this Agreement, Kornit grants Sanmina a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty-free, revocable license to use the software
provided  by  Kornit  solely  for  the  purpose  of  performing  its  obligations  as  expressly  authorized  hereunder.  The  software  and
accompanying  documentation  is  licensed,  not  sold,  and  Sanmina  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  any  transaction  documentation
purporting to “sell” or “transfer” the software does not convey ownership of any intellectual property rights in such software or any
copies  thereof.  Other  than  this  license  and  except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided  in  this  Agreement,  Sanmina  has  no  rights,
expressed or implied, in Kornit’s Intellectual Property Rights, Products, Kornit Property and Specifications.

20.6 Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, each Party acknowledges and agrees that no licenses or rights under any of

the Intellectual Property Rights of the other Party are given or intended to be given to such other Party.

20.7 Sanmina shall not be entitled for the Inventions to any monetary or other compensation over and above that set out expressly in this

Agreement.

21. Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

21.1 Indemnification by Kornit. Kornit is responsible for the design of the Products. Accordingly, Kornit will defend, indemnify and hold
harmless  Sanmina  and  its  affiliates  and  all  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,  successors  and  assigns  (each  a  “Sanmina
Indemnitee”), from and against all claims, actions, losses, expenses, damages or other liabilities, (including reasonable attorneys’ fees
and legal costs) (collectively, the “Damages”) arising out of or in connection with a third party claim or action, whether the claim is
based upon contract, tort or any other legal theory (i) based upon personal injury or death or injury to property to the extent any of the
foregoing  is  caused  by  a  defective  design  of  the  Product,  by  the  negligent  or  willful  acts  or  omissions  of  Kornit  or  its  officers,
employees,  subcontractors  or  agents,  and/or  (ii)  alleging  that  any  Product  or  portion  of  a  Product  violates  the  Intellectual  Property
Rights  of  any  third  party,  except  to  the  extent  that  infringement  occurs  as  a  result  of  use  by  Kornit  of  Sanmina’s  manufacturing
processes.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21.2 Indemnification  by  Sanmina.  Sanmina  shall,  at  all  times  defend,  indemnify,  hold  harmless,  and  defend  Kornit  and  its  affiliates,  its
officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each, a “Kornit Indemnitee”), from and against all Damages arising out
of or in connection with a third party claim or action, whether the claim is based upon contract, tort or any other legal theory, (i) based
upon personal injury or death or injury to property to the extent any of the foregoing is caused by a defective Product, by the negligent
or  willful  acts  or  omissions  of  Sanmina  or  its  officers,  employees,  subcontractors  or  agents,  and/or  (ii)  alleging  that  a  process,
workmanship  and  manufacturing  methods  that  Sanmina  elects  to  use  to  manufacture,  assemble  or  test  the  Products  infringes  any
Intellectual Property Right of any third party; in each case provided however that Sanmina shall not have any obligation to indemnify
any Kornit Indemnitees if such claim arises solely due to Sanmina adherence to the Product Specifications.

21.3 Conditions. A Party entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section (the “Indemnitee”) shall promptly notify the other Party (the
“Indemnitor”) in writing of any Claims covered by this indemnity. Promptly after receipt of such notice, the Indemnitor shall assume
the defense of such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. If the Indemnitor fails, within a reasonable time after
receipt of such notice, to assume the defense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee or, if in the reasonable judgment of
the Indemnitee, a direct or indirect conflict of interest exists between the Parties with respect to the Claim, the Indemnitee shall have the
right  to  undertake  the  defense,  compromise  and  settlement  of  such  Claim  for  the  account  and  at  the  expense  of  the  Indemnitor.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Indemnitee in its sole judgment so elects, the Indemnitee may also participate in the defense of
such action by employing counsel at its expense, without waiving the Indemnitor’s obligation to indemnify and defend. The Indemnitor
shall not compromise any Claim (or portions thereof) or consent to the entry of any judgment without an unconditional release of all
liability  of  the  Indemnitee  as  to  each  claimant  or  plaintiff.  The  Indemnitee  shall  provide  the  Indemnitor  information,  assistance  and
authority, at the Indemnitor’s expense, to enable the Indemnitor to defend the suit.

21.4 IN  NO  EVENT  SHALL  EITHER  PARTY  BE  LIABLE  TO  THE  OTHER  FOR  ANY  INDIRECT,  CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
DATA OR PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN
NO  EVENT  SHALL  EITHER  PARTY’S  LIABILITY  FOR  ALL  CLAIMS  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS
AGREEMENT EXCEED THE LESSER OF EITHER [***] ($[***]) OR [***] PERCENT ([***]%) OF [***] (THE “CAP”). THESE
LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.
THE CAP SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIMIT (i) KORNIT’S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER FOR TERMINATION/CANCELLATION
PAYMENTS,  (ii)  THERE  SHALL  BE  NO  LIMITATIONS  UNDER  THIS  SECTION  ON  A  PARTY’S  INDEMNIFICATION
OBLIGATIONS  FOR  BREACH  OF  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  CLAIMS,  OR  FOR  BREACH  OF  CONFIDENTIALITY
OBLIGATIONS,  (iii)  DEATH  OR  BODY  INJURY,  AND/OR  (V)  GROSS  NEGLIGENCE  OR  WILLFUL  MISCONDUCT.  THE
LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY WHERE THE DAMAGES ARISE OUT OF OR RELATE TO THIS
AGREEMENT.

22. Non-Solicitation

Each  of  the  Parties  hereby  agrees  that  during  the  term  of  this  Agreement  and  for  a  period  of  twelve  (12)  months  following  termination  of  this
Agreement it will not, except with the other Party’s prior written approval, solicit, induce, recruit, hire or encourage any employee or consultant of the
counter Party to leave such position, or attempt to do any of the foregoing, either for themselves or for any other person or entity.

23. Term

This Agreement will become effective on the Effective Date and will continue for a period of three (3) years (the “Initial Term”) unless terminated at
an earlier date in accordance with the provisions herein set forth. This Agreement will automatically be renewed for additional twelve (12) months
terms (each a “Renewal Term”), unless terminated by either Party upon one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice to the other Party prior to the
end of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term thereafter.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Termination

24.1 Either Party for cause may immediately terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the other Party, upon the occurrence of

any of the following events:

(a)

If the other party ceases to do business, or otherwise terminates its business operations and the foregoing is not cured within sixty
(60) days from the date of the notice by the terminating Party, excluding any situation where all or substantially all of such other
party’s assets, stock or business to which this Agreement relates are acquired by a third party (whether by sale, acquisition, merger,
operation of law or otherwise) unless such third party is a competitor of the Party giving notice of termination; or

(b) If the other becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy, permits a petition in
bankruptcy to be filed against it, presents a petition or has a petition presented by a creditor for its winding up, or enters into any
liquidation or call any meeting of its creditors, or admits in writing that it is unable to pay its debts as they mature, or if a receiver
or examiner is appointed for a substantial part of its assets and the foregoing is not cured within sixty (60) days from the date of the
notice by the terminating Party.

24.2 Either  Party  shall  be  entitled  to  terminate  this  Agreement  by  written  notice  to  the  other  Party,  if  such  Party  breaches  any  material

provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) Days of written notice describing the breach.

24.3 Kornit may terminate this Agreement for convenience upon one hundred and eighty (180) Days written notice to Sanmina. Sanmina

may terminate this Agreement for convenience upon three hundred sixty-five (365) Days written notice to Kornit.

25. Effect of Termination

Upon expiration of termination of this Agreement for any reason the following provisions shall apply:

25.1 Sanmina will stop all work on outstanding Purchase Orders and incur no further direct costs. Kornit will have the option (solely in case
of termination by Kornit for convenience) to request that Sanmina complete work in process pursuant to any Purchase Orders open on
the date of termination and, in such case, Sanmina shall complete such work-in-process in accordance with the terms of the respective
Purchase Order.

25.2 All outstanding Purchase Orders shall be deemed cancelled and Kornit shall purchase all affected Products and Inventories and shall
pay Sanmina such amounts and costs as set forth in Section 11.2(b) above. In addition, Kornit shall be responsible for all Excess and
Obsolete Inventories in accordance with the provisions of Sections 12,2 and 17 above. All payments under this Section shall be due in
accordance with the payments terms set forth in Section 7.4 above. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that expiration or
termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not affect the amounts due under this Agreement by either Party that exist as of the
date of expiration or termination.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.3 Each  Party  will  return  to  the  other,  freight  collect,  all  materials  that  contain  the  other’s  Confidential  Information,  including  all
manufacturing files of Kornit and all copies thereof and all documents or things containing any portion of any Confidential Information,
or  if  the  other  Party  gives  written  instructions  to  do  so,  destroy  all  such  materials  and  copies  thereof  and  all  documents  or  things
containing any portion of any Confidential Information, and provide the other a written certificate of destruction within thirty (30) days
after such destruction. The foregoing obligation to return or destroy the other Party’s Confidential Information shall not be applicable to
any copies retained for the purpose of back up, disaster recovery or business continuity and, in such event, the protections under this
Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to such retained copies for so long as such retained copies may exist.

25.4 Sanmina shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cancel without charge any outstanding purchase order with third party suppliers
relating to this Agreement, unless otherwise requested by Kornit. Sanmina will advise Kornit if any affected third-party suppliers reject
such a cancellation without charge.

25.5 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither Party shall be liable to the other Party hereto for damages, losses, indemnity,
compensation  or  expenses  of  any  kind  or  character  whatsoever  on  account  of  the  expiration  or  termination  of  this  Agreement  in
accordance with the terms hereof, whether such damages, losses, costs or expenses arise from loss of prospective sales, or expenses
incurred  or  investments  made  in  connection  with  the  establishment,  development  or  maintenance  of  a  Party’s  business,  creation  of
goodwill, markets and customers for the Products or any other reason whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, expiration or termination of the Agreement shall not affect any claim, demand, liability or right of a Party arising pursuant to
this Agreement prior to the expiration or termination hereof.

25.6 The  obligations  under  sections  15,  l8,  l9,  20,  21,  22,  25,  28,  30,  33,  34,  35  and  36  will  survive  termination  or  expiration  of  the

Agreement.

26. [RESERVED]

27. Relationship of Parties

Sanmina  and  its  subcontractor(s)  will  be  deemed  to  be  independent  contractors  of  Kornit,  and  this  Agreement  does  not  create  a  general  agency,  joint
venture,  partnership,  employment  relationship,  or  franchise  between  Sanmina  and  Kornit.  Each  Party  assumes  full  responsibility  for  the  actions  and
negligence of its employees, agents or other personnel assigned by it to perform work pursuant to this Agreement, regardless of their place of work, and
will be solely responsible for payment of salary, including withholding of federal and state income taxes, social security, workers’ compensation and the
like.

28. Confidentiality

28.1 Definition. “Confidential Information” means: (i) the existence and terms of this Agreement except that the existence of this Agreement
may  be  disclosed  for  purposes  of  enforcing  the  Agreement  pursuant  to  Section  29  below;  (ii)  all  information  concerning  the  fees  or
costs  for  Products  and  Inventory;  and  (iii)  all  information,  whether  written  or  oral,  and  in  any  form  (including,  without  limitation,
engineering documents, research and development, manuals, reports, drawings, plans, flowcharts, software (in source or object code),
program listings, data file printouts, printed circuit boards, processes, trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas,
source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, knowhow, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and
techniques,  information  regarding  plans  for  research  and  development,  component  part  listings  and  prices,  product  information,
marketing and selling plans, business plans, new product plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs,
suppliers and customers, and information regarding the skills and compensation of employees or consultants of the) relating to a Party’s
business or technology which is disclosed by a Party either directly or indirectly to the other Party. In particular, but without limitation,
the Specifications and the Product components delivered to Sanmina by Kornit will be the Confidential Information of Kornit and the
information  related  to  Sanmina’s  manufacturing  processes,  intellectual  property,  and  subcontractors  will  be  the  Confidential
Information of Sanmina.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.2 Non-disclosure  and  Non-use.  Each  Party  hereto  (the  “Receiving  Party”)  agrees  not  to  use  any  Confidential  Information  of  the  other
Party (the “Disclosing Party”) for any purpose, other than to perform its obligations hereunder, or disclose any Confidential Information
of  the  other  Party  to  any  third  party  for  any  purpose.  Each  Party  hereto  shall  use  at  least  the  same  degree  of  care,  but  no  less  than
reasonable care, to avoid disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the other party as such Party employs with respect to its
own  Confidential  Information  of  like  importance.  Without  limitation  of  the  foregoing,  each  Party  agrees  during  the  term  of  this
Agreement and thereafter to hold such Confidential Information in strict confidence, not to disclose it to third parties or to use it in any
way, commercially or otherwise, except as otherwise expressly authorized by this Agreement, and not to allow any unauthorized person
access  to  such  Confidential  Information,  either  before  or  for  a  period  of  three  (3)  years  after  termination  or  expiration  of  this
Agreement,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Disclosing  Party.  Each  Party  will  limit  the  disclosure  of  the  Confidential
Information  to  employees  with  a  need  to  know  who:  (i)  have  been  advised  of  the  confidential  nature  thereof  and  (ii)  are  parties  to
written agreements no less restrictive than this Section 28 as to the non-disclosure and nonuse of such Confidential Information.

28.3 Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Confidential Information need not be treated as such if it is or

has become:

(a) published or otherwise available to the public other than by a breach of this Agreement;

(b) rightfully received by the Receiving Party from a third party without confidential limitation;

(c) approved in writing for public release by the Disclosing Party;

(d) known  to  the  Receiving  Party  prior  to  its  first  receipt  of  such  Confidential  Information  from  the  Disclosing  Party,  as  properly

documented by the Receiving Party’s files; or

(e)

independently  developed  by  the  Receiving  Party  without  use  of  or  reference  to  such  Confidential  Information,  as  properly
documented by the Receiving Party’s files,

28.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Receiving Party is free to make (and this Agreement does not restrict) disclosure of
any Confidential Information to the extent legally required under mandatory applicable law in a judicial, legislative or administrative
investigation  or  proceeding  or  otherwise;  provided,  however,  that,  to  the  extent  permitted  by  law,  Receiving  Party  provides  to
Disclosing Party prior written notice of the intended disclosure and permits Disclosing Party to intervene therein to protect its interests
in the Confidential Information. In addition and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Receiving Party may make
any public disclosure to the extent legally required under the mandatory requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market, the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other securities legislation (including any applicable
stock exchange rules).

28.5 Return of Confidential Information. Upon the termination or the expiration of this Agreement, each Party shall: (i) return to the other
Party  or  destroy,  as  requested  by  the  Disclosing  Party,  the  original  and  all  copies  of  any  Confidential  Information  of  the  Disclosing
Party  and  any  summaries  or  analyses  thereof  or  studies  or  notes  thereon  in  the  Receiving  Party’s  possession  or  control,  with  the
exception of any copies required to be retained for back up, disaster recovery or business continuity and, in such event, such retained
copies shall remain subject to the obligations and protections under this Section 28 for so long as such retained copies may exist; and
(ii) at the Disclosing Party’s request, have one of the officers of the Receiving Party certify in writing that: (x) it shall not make any
further use of such Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; (y) it shall comply with the terms of this Section 28.5 regarding
prohibited use of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; and (z) it has fully complied with the provisions of this Section 28.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.6 Remedies. The Parties recognize and acknowledge that Confidential Information may have competitive value and be of a confidential
nature and that irreparable damage might result to the Disclosing Party if such Confidential Information were improperly disclosed by a
Receiving Party to a third party. Each Party agrees that monetary damages may be inadequate to compensate the other for breach of any
provision of this Section 28, that any such breach or threatened breach may cause irreparable injury, and that, in addition to any other
remedies available at law or in equity, the injured Party will be entitled to seek injunctive relief against the threatened breach or the
continuation of any such breach.

28.7 Survival. The obligations of confidentiality and limitations of use, disclosure, and access set forth herein shall survive the termination of

this Agreement for a period of three (3) years from the date of such termination.

29. Force Maieurc

Neither  Party  will  be  liable  or  be  deemed  to  be  in  default  of  this  Agreement  for  delay  in  performance  or  nonperformance  of  any  of  obligations
hereunder, in whole or in part (other than a payment obligation), if such performance is rendered impracticable by the occurrence of any contingency
or condition beyond the control of non-performing Party, including without limitation war, sabotage, terrorism, embargo, riot or other civil commotion,
failure or delay in transportation, labor dispute or strike (whether or not involving the non-performing Party’s employees), accident, acts of God, fire,
explosion, flood, earthquake, or other casualty, shortage of labor, fuel, energy, raw materials, supply of components from any source, or machinery or
technical  failure.  If  a  Party  is  not  able  to  perform  due  to  such  force  majeure  event  within  ninety  (90)  days  after  such  event,  the  other  Party  may
terminate this Agreement.

30. Governing Law; Disputes Resolutions

The laws of the State of Israel will govern this Agreement, excluding any conflicts of laws principles. The Parties hereby consent to the personal and
exclusive  jurisdiction  and  venue  of  the  applicable  courts  of  Tel  Aviv.  The  provisions  of  the  United  Nations  Conventions  on  Contracts  for  the
International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

31. Subcontractors

Except to the subcontractors listed on Exhibit E hereto or as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, Sanmina shall not without the express
prior written consent of Kornit engage any third party subcontractor or agent to perform any part of its obligations under this Agreement or for the
manufacturing of the whole or part of any Product. To the extent that Sanmina is permitted by Kornit to subcontract Sanmina shall: (i) only subcontract
to a subcontractor that first agrees in writing to be bound by confidentiality obligations that are at least as restrictive as those set forth herein with
respect to Confidential Information; and (ii) remain liable and responsible for any act or omission of a subcontractor that would constitute a breach of
this Agreement if said act or omission were performed by Sanmina.

32. Assignability

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives.
Neither party shall have the right to assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement except with the prior written consent of
the other Party, not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, each Party may assign this Agreement to any of its Affiliates or
to a successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets relating to this Agreement whether by sale, merger, operation of law or otherwise;
provided that the respective assignee agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions of this Agreement and further provided that such assignee is not a
direct competitor of the other Party. “Affiliates” shall mean, with respect to any Party, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity
that a Party to this Agreement controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, where “control” means the ownership of more than fifty
percent (50%) of the voting equity in such entity or otherwise the ability to direct the management of such entity.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33. Notice

All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received (a) when delivered personally; (b) the first
Business  Day  after  being  sent  by  facsimile  or  email,  evidenced  by  electronic  confirmation;  (c)  five  (5)  Business  Days  after  having  been  sent  by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) two (2) Business Days after deposit with a commercial overnight carrier.
All communications shall be sent to the addresses set forth above or to such other address as may be designated by a Party by giving written notice to
the other Party pursuant to this Section.

If to Kornit:

Kornit Digital Ltd.
12 Ha’Amal St. Rosh Ha’Ayin Israel
Attn: General Counsel and CFO Phone:
039085801 Fax: 039080280 Email:
legal@Kornit.com

If to SANMINA:

Sanmina-SCI Israel Medical Systems Ltd.
5 Haroshet St.
Ma’alot Tarshiha Israel
Attnn: Oren Naveh, Business Unit Manager
oren.naveh@sanmina.com

With a copy to:
SANMINA Corporation
2700 N. First Street San
Jose, California 95134
Attn: EVP. Sales 
Phone: (408) 964-3500 
Fax: (408) 964-3636

34. No Waiver

SANMINA Corporation 
2700 N. First Street San 
Jose, California 95134 
Attn: Legal Department 
Phone: (408)964-3500 
Fax: (408) 964-3636

No waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement will be valid or binding on either Party unless the same will have been mutually assented to in
writing by an officer of both Parties. The failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of the Agreement, or the failure to require
at any time performance by the other Party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, will in no way be construed to be a present or future waiver of
such provisions, nor in any way affect the validity of either Party to enforce each and every such provision thereafter.

35. Severability

In  the  event  that  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  is  found  to  be  entirely  or  partially  invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality,  and
enforceability of any of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired and a valid, legal, and enforceable provision of similar
intent and economic impact will be substituted therefore.

36. Entire Agreement

This Agreement consists of the terms and conditions stated above, including the Exhibits, is the entire Agreement between the Parties. This Agreement
supersedes all proposals, oral or written, all negotiations, conversations, or discussions between or among Parties relating to the subject matter of this
Agreement and all past dealing or industry custom. Any term, condition or other provision in any Purchase Order, quotation, confirmation, document,
or  other  oral  or  written  communication  that  is  in  any  way  inconsistent  or  in  conflict  with  or  in  addition  to  Agreement  will  be  void  and  is  hereby
expressly rejected by Kornit and Sanmina, unless agreed upon in writing and signed for and on behalf of both Parties. In the event of any conflict
between this Agreement and any other exhibit thereto, this Agreement shall control.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37. Insurance.

37.1 Without  derogating  from  Sanmina’s  liability  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and/or  in  accordance  to  any  applicable  law,  Sanmina
undertakes  to  procure  and  maintain,  at  its  expense,  with  a  duly  authorized  and  reputable  insurance  Company  having  an  S&P  and/or
A.M. Best rating of not less than A-, or equivalent, throughout the entire period of application of this Agreement, and regarding policies
that are “claims made” for a period during which Sanmina is held liable (whether by law or under this Agreement), all the necessary
and customary insurances, including but without derogating from the above insurances as set out in the form of certificate of insurance
attached as Exhibit F constituting an integral part of this Agreement (hereinafter: the “Certificate of Insurance”), and as set out below
(hereinafter: “Sanmina’s insurances”):

(a) All Risks Heavy Equipment Insurance for heavy equipment used by Sanmina and/or any one on its behalf in connection with the

Agreement.

(b) Compulsory Insurance, Liability Insurance as a result of Use of Vehicles and Motor Comprehensive Insurance as required by law
for  bodily  injury  as  a  result  of  use  of  a  vehicle  that  Sanmina  and/or  any  one  on  its  behalf  owns  or  uses  in  connection  with  the
Agreement.

(c) The  Insurances  stated  in  section  (a)  and  (b)  above  shall  include  a  waiver  of  the  right  of  subrogation  against  Kornit  and/or  its
subsidiaries, parent Companies, affiliated Companies and/or anyone on their behalf and shall name Kornit and/or its subsidiaries,
parent Companies, affiliated Companies and/or anyone on their behalf and/or acting in their name as additional Insureds.

37.2 Sanmina alone is responsible for payment of the premiums and the deductibles stated in Sanmina’s insurances.

37.3 If any of Sanmina’s insurances are on claims-made basis, the policies shall apply retroactively from the date of commencement of the
Agreement, even if this date is prior to the inception date of the policy. The policies shall be subject to an Extended Discovery Period of
damages and claims for an additional period of [***], following the expiry date of the Policy.

37.4 Determination of the limits of liability as detailed above and/or in the Insurance Certificate is construed to be a minimum requirement

imposed upon Sanmina, which does not derogate from its liability according to this Agreement and/or any applicable law.

37.5 Sanmina  may  obtain  and  maintain  any  supplementary  and/or  additional  insurance  policies  at  its  own  expense.  Any  such  additional
and/or supplementary insurance cover as aforementioned, shall include a waiver of the right of subrogation against Kornit and/or its
subsidiaries,  parent  Companies,  affiliated  Companies  and/or  anyone  on  their  behalf.  Any  supplementary  and/or  additional  Liability
Insurance shall be extended to indemnify Kornit and/or any of the abovementioned parties for their liability for acts and/or omissions of
Sanmina and/or anyone on its behalf, subject to a cross liability clause.

37.6 Sanmina  shall  deliver  to  Kornit,  not  later  than  15  days  before  the  commencement  date  of  this  Agreement,  the  Insurance  Certificate
attached as Annex X to this Agreement, duly signed by its Insurer. Prior to the expiry date of the Sanmina’s Insurances, Sanmina shall
deliver the duly signed Insurance Certificate in respect of the updated Insurance period, and continue to do so for the duration of the
entire Agreement period (and for any additional period as mentioned in clause 37.1 above). Kornit shall be entitled to prevent Sanmina
from continuing to provide the Services and/or perform the Orders in the event that the aforesaid certificate is not issued on time. It is
agreed  that  Sanmina  shall  be  estopped  from  making  any  claim  against  Kornit  and/or  its  subsidiaries,  parent  Companies,  affiliated
Companies  and/or  anyone  on  their  behalf  due  to  not  being  able  to  commence  and/or  continue  provision  of  the  Services  and/or
performance of the Orders prior to issue of the certificate, as aforesaid

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.7 Sanmina shall not have any allegation and/or demand and/or claim against Kornit and/or its subsidiaries, parent Companies, affiliated
Companies and/or anyone on their behalf, in respect of any damage to any property (including but not limited to the Product and/or the
buildings used for manufacturing of the Product) owned and/or in the responsibility of and/or used by Sanmina and/or any one on its
behalf or acting in its name including Consequential Loss. The foregoing shall not apply in favor of any person who caused the damage
maliciously.

37.8 Without  derogating  from  Sanmina’s  liability  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and/or  in  accordance  to  any  applicable  law,  Sanmina
undertakes that when entering into any agreement with subcontractors as part of and/or in connection with the Agreement, Sanmina
shall be responsible to include a clause in the contractual agreements according to which the subcontractors undertake to arrange and
maintain  the  same  insurance  policies  that  Sanmina  is  obligated  to  effect  and  maintain  according  to  this Agreement,  with  all  of  the
conditions  as  detailed  in  this  Agreement  including  Exhibit  F  and  this  for  the  entire  Agreement  period  with  Sanmina  or  for  any
additional period as defined in section 37.1.

37.9 Sanmina undertakes to give notice, to Kornit promptly, in writing, of the occurrence of any event and/or damage and/or loss.

38. Use of Sanmina or Kornit Name is Prohibited

Neither  Party  may  use  the  other  Party’s  name  or  identity  or  any  other  Confidential  Information  in  any  advertising,  promotion  or  other  public
announcement (other than to the extent legally required under the mandatory requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market, the Securities Act of 1933,
as  amended,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  or  any  other  securities  legislation  (including  any  applicable  stock  exchange  rules)
without the prior express written consent of the other Party.

39. Counterparts and Exchange of Signatures

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. The Parties agree that electronically transmitted and reproduced signatures (including faxed pages,
scanned  copies  of  signatures  and  email  acknowledgements)  constitute  acceptable  exchange  of  authentic  consent  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this
Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year, first above written.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd.:

  Sanmina-SCI Israel Medical Systems Ltd.

Signed:   /s/ Guy Avidan

Print Name: Guy Avidan

Title: CFO

Signed:

/s/ Ilan Givon

Print Name: Ilan Givon

Title: VP

Operation

  Signed:   

  Print Name:

  Title:  

  Signed:

/s/ Nir Marko

  Print Name: Nir Marko

  Title: VP

  Business Development

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A
Reserved

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT B
CONSIGNED TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT C1 - QUALITY AGREEMENT

kornit’s Supplier
Quality Requirements

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT C2 - SAFETY AGREEMENT

1. General

Sanmina-SCI Israel Medical Systems Ltd. (the “Contractor”)
Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd. (“Kornit”)

Contractor shall hold all approvals and licenses required by law, including business approval which will include approval from the fire department and
the Israeli Ministiy of Environmental Protection and the Safety Administration at the Ministry of Labor, Social Affairs and Social Services.

2. Safety

2.1 Contractor represents and warrants that it is familiar with all safety and environmental requirements applicable to it according to law which are
relevant for the conduct of his services and that it will abide by such requirements. The Contractor also represents and warrants that it is familiar
with Kornit’s safety requirements and that it will abide by them. The Contractor undertakes to conduct its seivices in strict compliance with all
applicable  safety  and  environmental  requirement  and  shall  make  sure  its  employees  abide  by  such  requirements  as  well.  Kornit  shall  not  be
required to supervise the Contractor’s or its employees’ compliance with such requirements.

2.2 The  Contractor  take,  at  its  expense,  all  safety  measurements  which  are  required  by  law,  such  as:  fencing,  signs,  guard,  safety  accessories,
lightning, etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages caused due to any breach of safety requirements required by law and/or safety
rudiments provided by Kornit.

2.3 In  the  event  that  the  Contractor  shall  conduct  some  of  its  sendees  at  Kornit’s  premises,  the  Contractor  shall  ensure  that  such  services  will  not
interfere with other work which is being conducted by Kornit or its contractors and shall not disrupt such work. The Contractor shall ensure that
its personnel shall keep all of Kornit’s safety procedures at such premises and that they shall pass all necessary safety training required by Kornit.

2.4 Each person employed by the Contractor shall be required to read and sign a safety training form with respect to the specific product he/she is

supposed to assemble, which will be provided by Kornit, and provide Kornit with such signed approval.

3. Work Accident

3.1 The Contractor shall immediately report Kornit of any work accident occurred during the provision of its services to Kornit.

3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damages caused to its employees or service providers due to a work accident.

3.3 Any  recess  in  the  work  due  to  a  work  accident  shall  not  derogate  from  Contractor’s  obligation  to  provide  the  services,  in  accordance  with  the

agreed upon time schedule.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT D - PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Add

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
None.

EXHIBIT E – AUTHORIZED SUBCONTRACTORS

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT F - CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

Date:

To:

Kornit Digital Ltd. and/or its Parent Companies and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliated companies 12 Ha’Amal St., Afek Park, Rosh-Ha’Ayin 4809246,
Israel (Hereinafter jointly and severally: “Kornit”)

RE: SANMINA’s Insurance Certificate

We hereby confirm that we have arranged the insurance policies detailed hereunder in the name of ________________ Ltd, (hereinafter: “SANMINA”) in
connection  with  manufacturing  of  digital  printers  known  as  “Avalanche  1000R”  and  “Storm  Hexa”  or  any  other  product  and/or  associated  services  in
connection  to  the  agreement  between  Kornit  and  SANMINA  (hereinafter:  “the  Services”  and  “the  Product”)  for  the  period  commencing  on
__________________ and expiring on ________ ________ ________ ____________________________________________
(hereinafter: “Period of Insurance”):

1. Property  insurance  -  “Ail  Risks”/“Fire  Extended”  Insurance  for  any  property  (including  but  not  limited  to  the  Product  and/or  buildings  used  for
development, production, and manufacturing of the Product) and/or equipment owned and/or that is in the possession of and/or under the responsibility
and/or custody and/or care and/or control of SANMINA and/or that is in use in connection to the Agreement, to its full value and at full reinstatement
value  against  all  customary  risks  covered  by  an  “All  risks”/“Fire  Extended”  Policy,  including  but  not  limited  to:  fire,  smoke,  lightning,  explosion,
earthquake, storm, tempest, water damage and burst pipes, impact, injury from a vehicle, injury from aircraft, strikes, disturbances, malicious damage,
burglary. Kornit is named as the sole beneficiary in respect of any indemnification for any loss and/or damage to any and all of its properly including
the product. Any Indemnifications shall be paid to Kornit and/or to any party which Kornit shall order in writing.

2. Employers’  Liability  Insurance  -  covering  SANMINA’s  legal  liability  towards  all  individuals  employed  by  it  respect  of  death  and/or  bodily  injury
and/or mental illness to any employee as a consequence of an accident or illness during and/or due to the provision of the Services, with a limit of
liability of $[***] per injured party, per occurrence and in the aggregate period of insurance. The insurance is not subject to any restriction regarding
work hours, work at heights or depths, contractors, subcontractors and their employees, the employment of youth. The insurance is extended to include
Kornit and/or its employees and/or managers as additional insureds in the event that they are construed to be the employer of any of the SANMINA’s
employees.

3. Third Party Liability Insurance - covering SANMINA’s legal liability in respect of injury and/or loss and/or damage caused to the body and/or property
of any individual and/or any entity including Kornit and/or any party acting on its behalf, in connection with and/or in the framework of the provision
of  the  Services,  with  a  limit  of  liability  of  $[***]  per  occurrence  and  in  the  aggregate  period  of  insurance.  The  insurance  is  not  subject  to  any
restriction in respect of liability arising from fire, panic, explosion, lifting installation, loading and unloading, poisoning, any harmful material in food
or beverages, riots and strikes, liability in respect of and towards contractors, subcontractors and their employees as well as claims by the National
Insurance  Institute.  Kornit’s  property  shall  be  considered  as  third  party.  The  insurance  is  extended  to  include  Korn  it  and/or  its  employees  and/or
managers as additional insureds in respect of their liability for errors and/or omissions of SANMINA and/or anyone acting on its behalf, subject to a
cross liability clause.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Professional Indemnity Insurance - covering SANMINA’s legal liability in respect of a professional error and/or omission and or breach of professional
duty and/or error whose origin is in negligence, error, fault or omission of SANMINA and/or any party acting on its behalf and/or for it and/or as its
delegate, which occurs during and/or due to and/or in the course of and/or in the framework of the provision of the Services, with a limit of liability of
$[***] per occurrence and in the aggregate period of insurance. The insurance as aforementioned is extended to include Kornit and/or its employees
and/or managers as additional insureds, in respect of their liability for errors and/or omissions of SANMINA and/or anyone on its behalf and/or in its
name, subject to a cross liability clause. The insurance is free of any exclusion or limitation regarding: loss of documents, loss of use, delay and/or
postponement  in  the  performance  of  the  Services,  planning  and  supervision,  violation  of  intellectual  property  rights,  violation  of  the  Duty  of
Confidentiality, libel and slander, financial/consequential loss. The insurance is extended to cover the liability of SANMINA in respect of dishonesty
of employees and breach of authority.

5. Products Liability Insurance - covering SANMINA’s legal liability in respect of bodily injury and/or property damage due to and/or in connection to a
product  manufactured,  installed,  assembled,  marketed,  packed,  labeled,  supplied  or  handled  in  any  other  way  by  SANMINA  and/or  anyone  on  its
behalf including the Product (hereinafter: “The Products”) with a limit of liability of $[***] per claim and in the aggregate for the period of insurance.
The insurance will be extended to cover products recall in the sum of $[***]. The insurance as aforementioned is extended to include Kornit and/or its
employees and/or managers as additional insureds, in respect of their liability in connection to the product, subject to a cross liability clause

General conditions:

(a) The  insurance  policies  specified  above  in  sections  4  and  5,  shall  be  applicable  retroactively  from  the  date  on  which  SANMINA  commences
providing  any  services  in  connection  with  the  Agreement,  even  if  such  activity  commenced  before  the  Agreement  was  signed,  but  not
before_____________ . In the event that any of the said insurance policies is cancelled or is not renewed, it is agreed that the policies include an
extended discovery period of 12 months after the date of expiry of the insurance periods.

(b) All  insurance  Policies  above  contain  an  explicit  clause  in  pursuance  of  which  we  waive  the  right  of  subrogation  against  Kornit  and/or  anyone

acting on its behalf. Such waiver shall not apply in favor of any person who caused the damage maliciously.

(c) SANMINA alone is responsible for payment of the premiums and the deductibles stated in the insurance policies detailed above.

(d) The aforementioned insurance policies contain an express clause according to which these insurance policies are primary to any other insurance
arranged by Kornit and/or any party acting on its behalf and that we waive any demand and/or allegation regarding contribution by the insurance
policies of Kornit and/or any party acting on its behalf.

(e) We hereby confirm that noncompliance with the duties imposed upon the insured in good faith in the aforementioned insurance policies, and/or a

breach of any of the policy terms and/or conditions shall not prejudice the rights of Kornit to receive indemnity.

(f) SANMINA’s insurance policies include a worldwide territorial limits and jurisdiction cover (including U.S.A and Canada).

(g) It  is  hereby  expressly  agreed  that  the  wordings  of  SANMINA’s  insurance  policies,  other  than  the  Professional  liability  Insurance,  will  not  be
inferior to the policy wordings known as BIT subject to the alterations detailed above (The policies shall not include any exclusion in respect of
Insured’s conduct deviating from a reasonable Insured’s conduct, including gross negligence and/or recklessness and/or carelessness and/or breach
of duty of care).

Subject to the original policies’ conditions and exclusions, insofar as they have not been altered expressly by that stated in this certificate.

Yours sincerely

Insurer’s signature and stamp

Name and position of signatory

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT G - SANMINA MATERIAL ORDERING POLICIES

A.  Initial  Forecast.  Customer  shall  provide  Sanmina  with  an  initial  sixty  (60)  day  firm  purchase  order  (“Order”)  and  forecast  for  Product
requirements  (in  monthly  buckets)  for  an  additional  six  (6)  months  (“Forecast”).  The  Order  -  and  all  subsequent  Orders  -  shall  be  binding  and  may  be
rescheduled only in accordance with Section D, below. Sanmina shall make purchase commitments based on their quoted lead times, “Just In Time” and
“Late as Possible” best practices (including purchase commitments for Long Lead-time Components) to its Component suppliers (“Vendors”) based upon
the Order and Forecast, and Customer shall be responsible for all such Components purchased in support of Customer’s then-current Forecast. For all other
purposes, however, the Forecast shall be non-binding.

B. Subsequent Forecasts.  On  the  first  business  day  of  each  calendar  month  after  the  initial  Order  and  Forecast,  the  first  Forecast  month  shall
automatically become part of the Order, a new Forecast month shall be added, and a new firm Order issued, so that a rolling Order of sixty (60) days is
always maintained.

C. Material Requirement Planning Process.

1.  Sanmina  shall  take  the  Order  and  Forecast  and  generate  a  Master  Production  Schedule  (“MPS”)  for  a  twelve-month  period  in  accordance  with  the
process described in this Section. The MPS shall define the master plan on which Sanmina shall base its procurement, internal capacity projections and
commitments.  Sanmina  shall  use  Customer’s  Order  to  generate  the  first  two  (60)  days  of  the  MPS  and  shall  use  Customer’s  Forecast  to  generate  the
subsequent six (6) months of the MPS.

2.  Sanmina  shall  process  the  MPS  through  industry-standard  software  that  will  break  down  Customer’s  Product  requirements  into  Component
requirements,  When  no  Product  testing  (in-circuit  or  functional  testing)  is  required  by  Customer,  Sanmina  will  use  commercially  reasonable  efforts  to
schedule delivery of all Components to Sanmina eleven working days before the Products are scheduled to ship to Customer; in the event Product testing is
required, Sanmina will use commercially reasonable efforts to schedule delivery of all Components to Sanmina sixteen working days before the Products
are scheduled to ship to Customer.

3. Sanmina will release purchase orders to Vendors prior to the anticipated date that the Components are needed by Sanmina. The date on which these
orders are released will depend on the lead time determined between the Vendor and Sanmina and Sanmina’s manufacturing or materials planning systems.

4. A list of all Components with lead times greater than ninety days (“Long Lead-time Components”) shall be provided. Sanmina shall update the list of
Long  Lead-time  Components  every  quarter  and  present  an  updated  list  of  Long  Lead-time  Components  to  Customer  at  the  time  Sanmina  presents  the
Customer  with  the  E&O  List  described  in  Section  E,  below.  Each  revised  Long  Lead-time  Item  list  shall  be  deemed  an  amendment  to  Exhibit  B.  It  is
Sanmina’s responsibility to update Kornit with any extended lead time or changes in the standard lead time of BOM components.

5.  Customer  acknowledges  that  Sanmina  will  order  Components  in  quantities  sufficient  to  support  up  to  six  months  of  Customer’s  Forecast,  based  on
quoted lead time and late as possible best known method. In determining the quantity of Components to order, Sanmina divides the Components into three
classes,  “Class  A,”  “Class  B”  and  “Class  C.”  Class  A  Components  are  comprised  of  the  approximately  [***]  ([***]%)  of  Components  constituting
approximately  [***]  ([***]%)  of  the  Product’s  total  Component  cost.  Class  C  Components  are  comprised  of  the  approximately  [***]  ([***]%)  of
Components  constituting  approximately  [***]  ([***]%)  of  the  Product  Cost.  Class  B  Components  are  comprised  of  the  remaining  [***]  ([***]%)  of
Components constituting approximately [***] ([***]%) of the Products cost. Sanmina will place orders with its Vendors for approximately [***] worth of
Class A Components, [***] worth of Class B Components and [***] worth of Class C Components.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of Sanmina’s purchase commitments is set forth in the table below.

Part Class
A
B
C

Expected Percentage of Total Parts  
[***]
[***]
[***]

Expected Percentage of Total Value
(of Gross Requirements)
[***]
[***]
[***]

Periods Worth of Supply to be
Bought with Each Order
[***]
[***]
[***]

6.  Customer  acknowledges  that  Sanmina  will  be  required  to  order  Components  in  accordance  with  the  various  minimum  buy  quantities,  tape  and  reel
quantities,  and  multiples  of  packaging  quantities  required  by  the  Vendor.  In  addition,  Customer  acknowledges  that  there  is  a  lag  time  between  any
Customer cancellation and the cancellation of the Components required to support production.

D. Reschedules. Customer may reschedule all or part of a scheduled delivery [***] per [***] for a period not to exceed [***] in accordance with
the table below. At the end of this [***] period, Customer shall either accept delivery of rescheduled finished units and/or pay the Sanmina’s Delivered
Cost (as defined in Section E below) associated with rescheduled units not yet built.

Days Before P.O. Delivery Date
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

Percentage Reschedule Allowance
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]

Sanmina shall use reasonable commercial efforts to accommodate any upside schedule changes beyond the firm Order periods.

E. Excess and Obsolete Inventory.

(i) Definitions:

to [***] ([***]%).

a. “Delivered Cost” shall mean SANMINA’s quoted cost of Components as stated on the bill of materials, plus a materials margin equal

b.  “Excess  Components”  means  the  Components  that  SANMINA  has  on  hand,  which  have  been  ordered,  manufactured,  or  acquired
based  on  CUSTOMER’S  then-current  Forecast  or  Orders,  but  for  which  CUSTOMER  has  no  demand  in  the  [***]  period  following  the  end  of  each
calendar quarter.

c. “Obsolete Components” means: the quantity of Components that SANMINA has on hand, which have been ordered, manufactured, or
acquired based on CUSTOMER’S then-current Forecast or Order, but which SANMINA no longer requires as a result of (i) CUSTOMER’S announcement
or notification that the Product into which such Component is incorporated has reached its end of life, (ii) a change in the specification the Product into
which the Component is incorporated as a result of an Engineering Change Notice or otherwise; or (iii) Section E (vii) below.

(ii) Within five (5) business days after receiving CUSTOMER’S first Forecast or Order of the first month following the end of each calendar
quarter (but no later than the fifteenth business day following the end of each of SANMINA’s calendar quarters), SANMINA shall advise CUSTOMER in
writing of any Excess Components and their Delivered Cost (the “Excess List”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, SANMINA’s failure to timely provide the
Excess List to CUSTOMER shall not affect CUSTOMER’S obligations hereunder.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) Within [***] of receiving SANMINA’s Excess List, CUSTOMER shall advise SANMINA of any Component on the Excess List that it

believes is not excess, and the parties shall work together in good faith to resolve any outstanding issues.

(iv) Within [***] of CUSTOMER’S issuance of its response to the Excess List, CUSTOMER and SANMINA will agree on the disposition of
the Excess List on a part number-by-part number basis (hereafter the “Mutually Agreed Excess”) and shall enter into transactions as defined below to settle
the Mutually Agreed Excess.

(v)  Within  [***]  of  the  parties’  agreement  on  the  Mutually  Agreed  Excess,  CUSTOMER  will  pay  SANMINA  the  amount  equal  to  the
Mutually Agreed Excess. SANMINA will credit these funds to the CUSTOMER’S “Offset Inventory Reserve Account” which has been established as a
“contra-asset” to CUSTOMER’S obligations under this Section E.

(vi) The parties shall use the processes set forth in Sections (i) through (v) above at the end of each calendar quarter to determine the “new”
Mutually  Agreed  Excess  for  the  end  of  each  subsequent  calendar  quarter.  The  parties  will  then  compare  the  prior  quarter’s  Offset  Inventory  Reserve
Account with the “new” Mutually Agreed Excess amount. If the new Mutually Agreed Excess is greater than the Offset Inventory Reserve Account, then
CUSTOMER shall, within [***], pay the difference to SANMINA, who shall credit the funds to the Offset Reserve Account. If the new Mutually Agreed
Excess is less than the Offset Inventory Reserve Account, then SANMINA shall, within ten (10) business days, refund the difference to CUSTOMER.

(vii) Excess Components shall be kept in the Offset Inventory Reserve Account for a maximum period of [***], at which time such Excess

Components will be deemed to be Obsolete Components, and handled in accordance with Section (viii) below.

(viii) To the extent that any of the amount in the CUSTOMER’S Offset Inventory Reserve Account relates to any Obsolete Component (e.g.,
the  Obsolete  Component  was  formerly  included  in  the  Excess  List,  and  CUSTOMER  included  that  Component  in  its  funding  of  the  Offset  Inventory
Reserve Account), SANMINA shall debit the Offset Inventory Reserve Account in the amount of the Delivered Cost of such Component. In the event the
CUSTOMER’S  Offset  Inventory  Reserve  Account  does  not  include  funding  for  any  Obsolete  Component  (e.g.,  the  Component  was  recently  rendered
obsolete as a result of a design change), SANMINA shall invoice CUSTOMER for the Delivered Cost of the Obsolete Component, CUSTOMER shall pay
SANMINA’s invoice within [***] business days after the date of invoice. SANMINA will ship or dispose of the Obsolete Component in accordance with
the CUSTOMER’S instructions.

F. Customer Component Liability.

Customer acknowledges that it shall be financially liable for all Components ordered in accordance with these Policies. Specifically, Customer’s
Component  liability  shall  be  equal  to  Sanmina’s  Delivered  Cost  of  all  Components  ordered  in  support  of  any  Order  or  Forecast,  including  any  Excess
Components resulting from any minimum buy quantities, tape and reel quantities, and multiples of packaging quantities required by the Vendor less the
actual cost (per the bill of materials) of those Components which are returnable to Vendor (less any cancellation or restocking charges). At Customer’s
request,  Sanmina  shall  use  commercially  reasonable  efforts  to  minimize  Customer’s  Component  liability  by  attempting  to  return  Components  to  the
Vendor; provided, however, that Sanmina shall not be obligated to attempt to return to Vendor Components which are, in the aggregate, worth less than
[***]. Customer guarantees the obligations of each of its subsidiaries or affiliates that places Orders or Forecasts pursuant to this Agreement, and agrees to
be jointly liable for all such obligations.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF KORNIT DIGITAL LTD.

Name of Subsidiary
Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd.
Kornit Digital North America Inc.
Kornit Digital Europe GmbH
Kornit Digital Asia Pacific Limited.
Kornit Digital UK Ltd
Kornit Digital Japan KK

Jurisdiction of Organization
Israel
Delaware
Germany
Hong Kong
England and Wales
Japan

Ownership Interest
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Exhibit 8.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 12.1

I, Ronen Samuel, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Kornit Digital Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects

the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;
and

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to

the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are

reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  company’s  internal

control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2020

By:  /s/ Ronen Samuel
Ronen Samuel
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 12.2

I, Guy Avidan, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Kornit Digital Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects

the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;
and

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,

to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are

reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  company’s  internal

control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2020

By:  /s/ Guy Avidan
Guy Avidan
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(b)/RULE 15d-14(b) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT AND 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Kornit Digital Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Ronen Samuel, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Guy
Avidan, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each certify in such respective capacity, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)/Rule 15d-14(b) under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 23, 2020

By:  /s/ Ronen Samuel
Ronen Samuel
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

By:  /s/ Guy Avidan
Guy Avidan
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 No.’s 333-203970, 333-214015, 333-217039, 333-223794 and 333-
230567),  Registration  Statement  (Form  F-3  No.  333-232070)  and  in  the  related  prospectuses  of  our  reports  dated  March  23,  2020,  with  respect  to  the
consolidated  financial  statements  of  Kornit  Digital  Ltd.  and  its  subsidiaries  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  Kornit
Digital Ltd. and its subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Tel Aviv, Israel
March 23, 2020

/s/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global

Exhibit 15.1